ML12114A061: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
Line 14: | Line 14: | ||
| document type = Report, Technical | | document type = Report, Technical | ||
| page count = 100 | | page count = 100 | ||
| project = TAC:ME7225 | |||
| stage = Other | |||
}} | |||
=Text= | |||
{{#Wiki_filter:ENCLOSURE 1TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITYSEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANTUNIT ISEQUOYAH UNIT 2STEAM GENERATOR REPLACEMENT RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT, SQN2-SGR-TRI, REVISION 3 ilA NOW.'1888 1031i5 800.APPROVEDThis ppto.I de. nt thew bC~lrclouw "lmtzn antot@1hr-Ipansbilify for11 cr etes ofdesigA. details end ffh4ýnsm,.'Letter No. TVSGT-0759Oat.: March 15.721-2UMEOSE~ VAU.9V AUTHOR1TYslOEp by m. oimannSEQUOYAHUNIT 2 STEAM GENERATOR REPLACEMENTRIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTDocument No: SQN2 -SGR-TRI1PROJECT_ Sequovah DISCIPLINE NCONTRACT PO 00075603 UNIT 2DESC. SG Rigging and Han dlin Tech. ReportDWG/DOC NO. SON2-SGR-TR1SHEET -OF -REV. 03DATE 03/15/12 ECN/DCN -FILE N2N-075.t. .... ......EDMS, WT CA-KPage Iof 98' The Steam Generating Team-Document No.: SQN2-SGR-TRIRIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTSafety Related?"YES DjNODoes this document contain assumptions requiring verification?D YES Z NOSignature BlockNote: P designates Preparer, R designates Reviewer, and A designates Approver.Page 2of.98.- | |||
The Steam tGeneritino 1"MDocument No.: SQN2-SGR-TR1RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTRecord of RevisionRevision Pages/SectionslNo. Date Paragraphs Changed Brief Description I Change Authorization0 22-Apr-201 1 All Initial IssueI 20-Sep-2011 TOC, Section 7.1, Incorporation of TVA comments and changes made toAppendix B, General reflect development. of the License AmendmentEditing throughout the Request that will combine submittal of.Technicaldocument.to address TVA Report SQN2-SGR-TR1 to the NRC with the proposedComments and reformat changes to the Unit 1 Operating License andof document In Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink."accordance with TVA This includes deleting the Appendix B No Significantinstructions. Hazard Consideration Determination, since the NoSignificant Hazard Consideration will be presentedonly within the License Amendment Request.Section 7.1 Is changed to include the results of datataken during the Unit 2 N-1 Outage (Unit 2 Cycle 17Refueling Outage).General reformatting performed to reflect adding Unit2 SGR Project responses to the NRC Requests forAdditional Information (RAls) that were made for theUnit I SGR Project rigging and handling.Due to the extensive nature of revisions betweenRevision 0 and Revision 1, revision bars are notshown.2 23-Sep-2011 Figures 6-1 and 8-2 for Incorporation of SQN Plant Operations Reviewvalve number correction, Committee (PORC) comments from PORC reviewand editorial clarifications meeting held September 22, 2011. Revision bars arein various sections. not shown, because initial issue to the NRC needs tobe without revision bars.3 13-Mar-2012 Added valve numbers to Figures 6-1 and 8-2 asaddressed in RAI Question 2 regarding these ERCWfigures. RE: Letter from TVA to NRC, "Response toNRC Second Request for Additional InformationRegarding the Heavy Load Lifts and.UHS One TimeChange fn Support of Unit 2 SGRP (TAC NO.ME7225)," dated March 5, 2012Other changes:1) Manner of rigging attachment to OSGs Is changedfrom using a rigging lug welded to the Main Steamnozzle to use of keeper plates and slings-to theOSG secondary side manways (see revised figures5-1 and 5-4):2) Correcting-the test weight from 275 tons (550 kips)to 265 tons (530 kips).Page .3 of.98-Pages/SectlonslParagraphs Changed Brief Description I Change Authorization3) Changing Figure 5-3 to illustrate raising OLSfoundation by 6 inches.4) Changing reference to Liebherr 1400/1 crane to be"Llebherr 1400/1 or Liebherr 1400/2" to permit useof either crane. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-010(Reference 24 in the.Technical Report) has beenrevised to qualify both cranes.-5) Changes made to reflect updated RSG riggingweightPage 4 of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)Table of Contents1.0 A bstract ................................. ....................... ......................... ................................................. ................... 82.0 Introduction ............... .................. I .......................................................... .................................................. .83.0 Objectives ....................................................................................................... 94.0 Regulatory Requirements/Criteria.for Handling of Heavy Loads...................................................... 104.1 SRP Section 9.1.5 -Overhead Heavy Load Handling Systems ........................................................ 10*4.2 NUREG-0612 -Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants .................................................... 114.3 NRC Bulletin 96-02 -Moveinent of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in the ReactorCore, or Over Safety-Related Equipment. ..................................... 124.4 NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03 -Changes, Tests, and Experiments ............................... 135.0 Description of Cranes and Heavy Loads ...................................... 135.1 O utside LIft System .................................. ........... ............................3..................... I ........ .......................... 135.2 Other Cranes Supporting the SGR Project ..................................... 325.3 Outside Lift System. Components ......................................................................................... 355.4 Old and Replacement Steam Generators ............................................ .. ..................... 365.5 Reactor Shield Building Concrete, Steam Generator 'Enclosure Concrete, and ContainmentV essel Steel ............................................................................................................................................ 385.6 Lift Plan .............. ........................................ ................................................................. ............................. 396.0 Description of SSCs Potentially Affected by a Postulated Load Drop ..................... 476.1 Unit 2 Containm ent .................................................................................................................................. 476.2 A uxiliary Building ................................................................. I..................................................................... 486.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water System ................................................................................................ 486.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank ............................................................................................ 496.5 Unit 2 PrImary Water Storage Tank .................................................. 506.6 Unit 2 Main Steam Piping ....... ........................................ 506.7 Unit 2 Feedwater Piping ................................. .................................................................................... 516.8 Fire Protection System Piping .......................................................................................................... 517.0 Postulated Load Drops ................................................. 527.1 Steam Generator Load Drops ..................................................................................................................... 527.2 Unit 2 Shield Building Concrete Section Load Drops ............ ................................ i. 657.3 Unit 2 Containment Vessel Steel Section Load Drops ................................... 657.4 Unit 2 Steam.Generator Compartment Roof Plug Load Drops ......................... 657.5. OLS Component Load Drops During OLS Assembly/Disassembly ................................................... 658.0 Heavy Load Drop Protection Plans/Compensatory Measures ................................ ........................... 668.1 U nit 2 Conta inm ent ................................................................................................................................... 668.2 A uxiliary B uilding ....................................................................................................................................... 668.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water System ................................................ 7 .......................................... 678.4 Unit-2 Refueling Water Storage Tank ............................................................................................. 698.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage Tank .................................................................................................. 708.6 Unit 2 Main Steam Piping..........................................................................................................70.............. 708.7 Unit 2 Feedwater Piping ....................... .................................................................................................... 708.8 Fire Protection System Piping ...................................... ........................................................................ 708.9 Outline for Compensatory Measures for Heavy Load Drop Protection .........................".................... .719.0 Probabilistic RiskAssessment (PRA) Insights ............................................ 789.1 PRA General Discussion .......................................................................................................................... 789.2 Technical Adequacy of the PRA Model ......................................................."........................................ 79Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 **Page 5. of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)Table of Contents (Continued)9.3 PRA Assum ptions ................................................................................. ............................................... 799.4 P RA M odeling ............... ..................................................................... ............................................... 809.5 P RA R esults...................... ................................................................. ............................................... 899.6 PRA Uncertainties ........................................................................................................... 909.7 PRA C onclusion........................... ...............................92....................... I ..................................................... 9210.0 Summary and Conclusions .................. ..................................................9a.................3........... !.................. 9311.0 References ................................. ...................................................................................................... 94 .AppendicesA NRC C om m itm ~ents .............. ............................................... ................................................................... 97List of Tables5-1A Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Lifting Trunnion ............................... 195-1B Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Trunnion Bolts .... ....................................................... I.......... 195-2A Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate ........... ....... ............... 205-2B Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate Bolts ................................... 205-3 PTC Crane Operation for Range of Wind Speeds .................... .. .................................................... 287-1 Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (X/Qs) ........................................................................................... 587-2 Isotopic Survey Data from CVCS Resin Tank........................ ..................................... 617-3 Summary of Doses from OSG Rupture ............................................................................................... 617-4 Shortest Distances from te Haul Route to the EAB and LPZ ............................... 64.7-5- EAB and LPZ X/Q Values ........................................................................................................................ 649-1 Flooding Consequences Logic Injection ............................................................................................ 859-2 2A ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1A Header ............................................................ 879-3 2B ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1 B Header ............................................................. 889-4 Plant Alignment Change in. Risk Metric Frequency Change .......................................................... 899-5 Plant Alignment Change In Risk Metric Conditional Probability ................. ......................... 899-6 Load Drop Change in Risk Metric Frequency ........................................................................................ 909-7 Load Drop Change in Risk Metric Conditional Probability ............................................................... 909-8 Lower Bound Drop Frequency Results .............................................................................................. 929-9 Upper Bound Drop Frequency Results ...................... ..................................................................... 92List of Figures5-1 Outside Lift System Elevation ................................................................................................................ 415-2 Outside Lift System General Assembly and Load Paths .................................................................. 425-3 Outside Lift System Base Elevation ................. * ............................................................;......................... 435-4 Dow nending D evice... .............. i .............................................................................................................. 445-5 Supplementary Crane General Assembly and Load Paths .............................................................. 455-6 Unit 2 SGR Project Steam Generator Haul Route With Unit 1 SGR Project Haul Route Overlay ......... 466-1 Simplified ERCW System Diagram Showing OLS Drop Zones ....................................................... 526-2 Heavy Load Lifting Postulated Drop Zone ......... t ............................ 538-1 ERCW Tunnel Wall ...................................................768-2 ERCW System Alignment/Configuration for Heavy Load Handling with OLS ................................... 77Technical Report.No, SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 6 of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)List of Figures (Continued)9-1 PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train B Heat Exchangers ....................... 819-2 PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train A Heat Exchangers ................................................... 829-3 PRA Figure Illustrating 1A and 2A ERCW Crosslie for Aux Air Conditioning Equipment ................. 839-4 PRA Figure Illustrating Crosstie of 1 B and 2B ERCW ESF Headers ................. I ................................. 839-5 PRA Figure Illustrating SGR to ERCW Air Compressors ............................ I,. 839-6 PRA Figure Illystrating Failure of ERCW Discharge Header B ......................................................... 849-7 Added Fault Tree Logic for Flooding Initiating Event ............................... 85Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 7 of 98 SEQUOYAH UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT1.0 AbstractIn response to NRC Generic Letters 80-113 (Reference 1) and 81-07 (Reference 2), TVAestablished a program for the control of heavy loads at Sequoyah. This program, whichaddresses the guidance provided in NUREG-0612 (Reference 3), was reviewed by the NRCand incorporated into plant Procedure 0-MI-MXX-000-026.0 (Reference 4). During theupcoming Steam Generator Replacement (SGR) at Sequoyah Unit 2, which will occur duringthe Unit 2 Cycle 18 refueling outage (Fall 2012),; heavy loads exceeding those anticipated byplant administrative controls (Reference 17) will be handled using new safe load paths. In somecases, the load paths traverse over safety-related equipment supporting operation and safeshutdown capability for Unit 1, which will remain in operation during the Unit 2 Steam GeneratorReplacement (SGR) Outage. The rigging and handling evaluations used to prepare the similarrigging and handling report for the Unit 1 SGR that was performed during the Spring of 2003(Topical Report No. 24370-TR-C-002-A, Reference 5) were researched in preparing TechnicalReport No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 for the Unit 2 SGR.As defined in NRC Bulletin 96-02 (Reference 6), licensees planning to perform activitiesinvolving the handling of heavy loads over safety-related equipment while the reactor is atpower and involving a potential load drop accident that has not previously been addressed inthe UFSAR should submit a license amendment request to the NRC. Following revisions to 10CFR 50.59 Regulation in 2000, the Bulletin's guidance was supplemented by NRC RegulatoryIssue Summary 2001-03 (Reference 7), which states that, "The fact that the load is larger or ismoving in a different load path than previously evaluated would enter into the risk assessmentrequired by 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) and determine under what plant conditions the .load lift shouldoccur."This technical report documents the provisions made to ensure that heavy load -handlingactivities associated with the Unit 2 SGR .Outage can. be accomplished without impacting thesafe operation of Unit 1. These provisions support the risk assessment required by 10 CFR50.65(a)(4) and an application for a one-time license amendment associated with the operabilityof the Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW). System. Actions required to support theconclusions of this technical report are detailed in Appendix A.2.0 IntroductionThis technicai report provides a description of and technical justification for the use of cranes andrigging of heavy loads over safety-related structures, systems, and components (SSCs) in.supportof the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR. The cranes and the heavy loads addressed in this technical reportare:" Outside Lift System (OLS) Mammoet Platform Twin-Ring Containerized (PTC) HeavyLift Crane" Use of a Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane and other assistcranesTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 8 of 98 | |||
* Large crane components" Old and replacement steam generators* Reactor Shield Building dome and steam generator (SG) compartment roof concretesections* Steel Containment Vessel (SCV) dome steel cut sectionsThe activities addressed in this technical report are:.* Assembly, use, and disassembly of the OLS.* Use of-the mobile cranes for assembly/disassembly of the OLS.* Rigging and handling to remove the Shield Building dome. concrete sections that are cutto create openings in the Shield Building dome for access to the Unit 2 Containment.Rigging and handling to. remove/reinstall the SCV steel sections that are cut to createopenings for access to the Unit 2 Containment.Rigging and handling* to remove/reinstall the SG compartment roofplugs, the removal of which is performed to provide access to the SG compartments forsteam generator changeout.Rigging. and handling to remove the Old Steam Generators (OSGs) and install theReplacement Steam Generators (RSGs).SSC protection from external events and postulated load drops.The OLS is commercially designed and, therefore, is considered as non-quality related. TheOLS was not-specifically designed to withstand the external events addressed by 10 CFR 50,Appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 2 that are a part of the Sequoyah design andlicensing basis. However, because of the size of the OLS and because of the OLS location andproximity to the Unit 2 Containment, Auxiliary Building, Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW).piping, Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST), Unit 2 Main Steam (MS) piping, and Unit2 Feedwater (FW) piping, the OLS was evaluated as indicated below for those external eventsthat might cause it to collapse. when these SSCs are required to be operable.The OLS was analyzed for both loaded and unloaded configurations for structural adequacywith design basis. earthquake (DBE) loads imposed. Details of this seismic evaluation areprovided in Section 5.1. As discussed in Section 5.1, administrative controls will be imposed torestrict crane use and orientation under high winds or severe weather conditions.This technical report also documents the load path provisions, equipment protection.techniques, operator training, and compensatory measures that will ensure. that OLSassembly/disassembly and load handling with the OLS is performed safely.3.0 ObjectivesThis technical report provides the technical basis for a one-time change to the Unit 1 OperatingLicense (OL) and Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink," applicable to the Unit 2Cycle 18 refueling outage. This technical report establishes that lifting of heavy loads will notaffect ERCW system operability, provided that the load movements are performed in accordancewith this technical report and prescribed compensatory measures.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPPage 9. of 98 4.0 Regulatory Requirements/Criteria for Handling of Heavy LoadsDetailed below are regulatory requirements/criteria that are relevant to the handling of heavyloads over. safety-related equipment. Since the load handling activities described in thistechnical report do not involve handling of loads over or near spent fuel, requirements relatedspecifically to load handling over fuel are not addressed. Following each requirement/criterionis an italicized reference to where the requirement/criterion is addressed within this technicalreport.4.1 SRP Section 9.1.6 -Overhead Heavy Load Handling SystemsStandard Review Plan (SRP) Section 9.1.5 addresses the reviews of overhead heavy loadshandling systems performed by the NRC to assure conformance with the requirements of 10CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 1, 2, 4, and 5 (Reference 8). The heavy load handling system isconsidered. acceptable if the integrated design of 'the structural, mechanical, and electricalelements, the manual and automatic operating controls, the safety interlocks and devices, andthe load handling instructions, inspections, maintenance and testing, provide adequate systemcontrol for the specific procedures of handling operations, if the redundancy and diversityneeded to protect against malfunctions or failures are provided, and if the design conforms tothe relevant requirements of the following regulations:1) GDC 1 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 as related to the design, fabrication, andtesting of SSCs important to safety to maintain quality standards.Qualification of the OLS for aspects associated with design, fabrication, and testing areaddressed below in the discussion for compliance with NUREG-0612.2) GDC 2, as related to the ability of structures, equipment, and mechanisms to withstandthe effects of earthquakes. Acceptance is based in part on meeting position C.1 ofRegulatory Guide 1.29 for safety-related equipment and position C.2 for non-safetyrelated equipment, and positions C. A and C.6 of Regulatory Guide 1.1.3.As detailed in Section 5.1, the OLS has been evaluated for seismic. loads whileunloaded and while loaded with its heaviest load (a steam generator). This seismicevaluation determined that the OLS will not collapse or result in a drop of the load duringa seismic design basis safe shutdown earthquake event for the lift configurations to beused for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR.Per Section 5.2 use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly Is limited to anarea within the location shown on Figure 5-2. However, mobile crane usage beyond theOLS boom location may be allowed if engineering evaluation shows no adverse impactto nearby safety-related SSCs. Protection :(see- Figure 5-2) for safety-related SSCs isprovided, as necessary, to ensure that Unit I and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/ormaintained in a safe condition while maintaining 'ERCW supply to essential SSCs in theunlikely event of a seismically induced ldad drop during use of these cranes forassembly/disassembly of the OLS.3) GDC 4, as .it relates to protection of safety-related equipment from the effects ofinternally generated missiles (i.e., dropped loads). Acceptance is based in part onmeeting positions C.3 and C.5 of Regulatory Guide 1.13.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 10 of 98 Safety-related SSCs that may be affected by a load drop from the OLS or mobile cranesare described in Section 6. As detailed in Section 8, these SSCs have been evaluatedand where necessary, protective or compensatory measures have been determined tomitigate the effects of a load drop induced SSC failure.4) GDC 5, as related to the sharing of equipment and components important to safety,between Units 1 and 2.Shared systems between Unit I and Unit 2 that could be affected by load drops from theOLS are discussed in Section .7.1, which -also details the system isolation meansemployed to ensure that the capability to safely shut down the operating unit (Unit 1) ismaintained during OLS heavy load handling (Unit 2 defueled). Section 8.3 details thecross-tie configuration that ERCW is placed in which ensures that the capabilities tosafely shut down Unit I and service heat loads of essential equipment (e.g., Spent FuelPool Cooling System) are maintained. As indicated in Appendix A, plant procedures willbe developed. to delineate specific prerequisite actions to successfully maintain thefunction of ERCW and other shared systems (Component Cooling System (CSS) andEssential Air Distribution System) in the event of a postulated large heavy load drop.Other specific criteria necessary to meet the relevant requirements of GDC 1, 2, 4, and. 5 aredetailed in NUREG-0612..4.2 NUREG-0612 -Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants-Section 5.1 of NUREG-0612 provides guidelines for the control of heavy loads. The objectivesof these guidelines, in part, are 1) to assure that the potential for a load drop is extremely smallor 2) radioactive releases resulting from damage caused by the load drop are less than 1/4 of10 CFR 100 limits (i.e., less than 75 rem thyroid and 6.25 rem whole body) and to ensure thatdamage to equipment in redundant safe shutdown paths is not sufficient to preclude safeshutdown..The evaluation of the radiological consequences of dropping an OSG is described in Section7.1.NUREG-0612 reflects an overall philosophy that provides a defense-in-depth approach forcontrolling the handling of heavy loads; i.e., prevent as well as mitigate the consequences ofpostulated accidental drops. Part of this defense-in-depth approach involves 1) providingsufficient operator training, handling system design, load handling instructions, and equipmentinspections to assure reliable operation -of the handling system and 2) defining safe load pathsthrough procedures and operator training so that to the extent practical heavy loads beingcarried over or near safe shutdown equipment are avoided. Where a load path.that avoids safeshutdown equipment cannot be defined, alternative measures may be taken to compensate forthis situation.As detailed in Section 7, for the large equipment lifts discussed in this technical report, a safeload path has been chosen that minimizes potential interactions with critical equipment For thelifts that must traverse safe shutdown equipment, compensatory measures will be implementedin the unlikely event'of a load drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page I11 of 98. | |||
Section 5.1.1 of NUREG-0612 states that all plants should satisfy the following for handlingheavy loads that could be brought in proximity to or over safe shutdown equipment:.1) Load paths should be defined for the movement of heavy loads to minimize the potentialfor heavy loads to impact safe shutdown equipment. These load paths should bedefined in procedures, shown on equipment layout drawings, and clearly marked in thearea where the load is to be handled.Safe load paths for the loads to be handled by the OLS have been identified as shownon Figure 5-2.. Criteria for operation of mobile cranes used in the assembly/disassemblyof the OLS have been developed as detailed in Section 5.2.2) Procedures should be developed to cover load handling operations for heavy loads tobe handled in proximity to safe shutdown equipment. These procedures should includeidentification of required equipment, inspections and acceptance criteria required beforemovement of the load, the steps and proper sequence to be followed in handling theload, the safe load path, and other special precautions.Rigging operations using the OLS and mobile cranes will be controlled and conductedby highly trained and qualified personnel in accordance with approved procedures. Theentire operation has been evaluated by engineering personnel and documented bycalculations, engineering drawings, and procedures.Drawings showing the safe load paths have been developed. Assembly anddisassembly of the OLS will be performed In accordance with the crane manufacturer'sprocedures and drawings. Tornado initiated crane failures or load drops will beprecluded through implementation of procedures to suspend load handling when highwinds or severe weather/tornado conditions are anticipated. As indicated in AppendixA, procedures to implement compensatory measures required to mitigate the effects ofa postulated load drop on ERCW system operation will be developed, and personnel willbe trained in their use.3) Crane operators should be trained, qualified, and conduct themselves in accordancewith ANSI B30.2 Chapter 2-3 guidelines.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2)(Reference 9) is applicable tooverhead gantry cranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes is ASME B30.5(Reference 10). The operator training detailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technicalreport conforms to the guidelines of ASME B30.5, Chapter 5-3.4) Specral lifting devices should satisfy the guidelines .of ANSI N14.6, as modified byNUREG-0612.The rigging operations addressed in this technical report do not use special liftingdevices as defined by ANSI N14.6.As.described in Section 5.1, the OLS attachments and rigging meet the requirements ofASME NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.15 (Reference 11) and the applicable ASME B30 seriesstandards (References 9, 10, 12). The attachments and rigging used to attach the OLSTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 12 of. 98 to the SGs have been previously load tested in accordance ASME NQA-1, Subpart 2, 15or have a previous load history that exceeds the loads to be lifted.5) Lifting devices that are not specially designed should be installed and used in'accordance with the guidelines of ANSI B30.9, as modified by NUREG-0612.As described in Section 5.1, the OLS attachments and rigging meet the requirements ofASME NQA-1-1997, Subpart 2.15 and the applicable ASME B30 series standards. Thisincludes the successor code to ANSI B30.9 (ASME B30.9) (Reference 12), as modifiedby NUREG-0612.6) The crane should be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with ANSI B30.2,as modified by NUREG-0612.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2). Is applicable to overhead gantrycranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes is ASME B30.5.. The craneinspections, testing, and maintenance detailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technicalreport conform to the guidelines of ASME B30.5, as modified by NUREG-0612..7) The crane should be designed.to meet the applicable criteria and guidelines of Chapter2-1 of ANSI B30.2 and of CMAA-70.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2). is applicable to overhead gantrycranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes .is ASME B30.5. Themanufacturer's user manual for the OLS also refers to ASME B30.5. The crane designsdetailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technical report conform to the guidelines ofASME B30.5, which meets the intent of ASME B30.2 and CMAA-70 (Reference 13).Section 5.1.5 of NUREG-0612 states that in addition to the above requirements from Section5.1.1, the effects of load drops should be analyzed (in accordance with the guidelines ofAppendix A. to NUREG-0612), and the results should indicate that damage to safe shutdownequipment is not sufficient to preclude safe shutdown.Appendix A of NUREG-0612 states, in part, that analyses of postulated load drops should as aminimum Include the following considerations:1) The load is dropped in an orientation thai causes the most severe consequences.The consequences of a postulated load drop from the OLS or the mobile cranes aredetailed in Section 7. Where it was not possible to'protect SSCs in the vicinity of the.load drop, the worst case failure of these SSCs was postulated.2). The load may be dropped at any location in the crane travel.area where movement isnot restricted by mechanical stops or electrical interlocks.As detailed in Section 7.1, loads drops along the entire load path have been postulatedand evaluated. The load path is maintained by strict administrative controls. Theseadministrative controls will be in the form of notes on drawings and procedural stepscontained in controlled work packages.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1* Page 13 of 98 | |||
: 3) X/Q values for determining the radiological consequences of a heavy load drop shouldbe derived from analysis of onsite meteorological measurements based on 5% worstmeteorological conditions.The meteorological conditions and the X/Q values used to determine the doses resultingfrom a postulated drop of an OSG are detailed in Section 7. 1.4) Analyses should be based on an elastic-plastic curve that represents a true stress-strainrelationship.As detailed /n Sections 7 and 8, when appropriate, the analyses are based on the truematerial characteristics.5) The analysis should postulate the "maximum damage" that could result (i.e., theanalysis should consider that all energy is absorbed by the structure and/or equipmentthat is impacted).Where It was not possible to analytically show that a SSC would survive the impact of apostulated load drop, the SSC was assumed to fail to the point where it could no longerperform its design function. If this failure could result in .an adverse Impact on otherSSCs, this impact was accounted for in assessing whether compensatory measureswere required to restore the affected functions.6) Credit may not be taken for equipment to operate that may mitigate the effects of theload drop if the equipment is not required to be operable by the Technical Specificationswhen the load could be dropped.No credit' has been taken for equipment not required to be operable by the TechnicalSpecifications.4.3 NRC Bulletin 96-02- Movement of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in theReactor Core, or Over Safety-Related EquipmentThis bulletin requires licensees planning to handle heavy loads over safety-related equipmentwhile the reactor is at power-that involve a potential load drop accident that has not beenpreviously evaluated in the UFSAR or a change to the Technical Specifications, to submit a.license amendment request in advance of the planned load movement so as to afford the NRCsufficient time for review and approval.Since. the. postulated load drops could adversely affect safety-related components that areaddressed in the Technical Specifications, this technical report has been prepared to supportNRC review and approval of an amendment to the Unit I Operating Ucense and to TechnicalSpecification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink' to add one-time conditions for conduct. of heavy loadlifts associated with the Unit 2 steam generator replacement (Reference Section 8.3).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRiPage 14 of 98 4.4 NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03- Changes, Tests, and Experiments.Attachment 1 to Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03, Issue 7, states, "With respect to[Bulletin] 96-02, if a heavy load movement Is part of a maintenance activity, there Is no10 CFR 50.59 evaluation needed. -The fact that the load is larger or is moving in adifferent load path than previously evaluated would enter into- the risk assessmentrequired by 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) and determine under what plant conditions the load liftshould occur. If the heavy load lift is not maintenance related, and so requires a10 CFR 50.59 evaluation, the licensee should follow the requirements of the revised rule todetermine whether prior NRC approval is needed."This technical report documents the provisions made to minimize and control the risksassociated with the subject lifts. While the lifts are associated with a maintenance activity forUnit 2, it is TVA's intent that Unit I continues normal operation during the Unit 2 SGR Outage.Because of the potential Interactions of the Unit 2 activities upon Unit I safety, and to clarify theoperational issues associated with the plant Technical Specifications, an amendment to the UnitI Operating Ucense and Technical Specification 3.7.5 based upon this technical report will be.requested.5.0 Description of Cranes and Heavy Loads.The cranes described herein are commercially available equipment and are not specificallydesigned as singlefailure proof, nor are they specifically designed to withstand the externalevents that are a part of the plant licensing basis. Since this rigging equipment will carry largeand heavy loads in the vicinity of safety-related SSCs, it must be demonstrated that theinstallation, use, and removal of this rigging equipment does not adversely affect the safetyfunction of these SSCs or that alternative means of performing the SSC safety function areavailable.5.1 Outside Lift SystemThe OLS will consist of a Mammoet Platform Twin-Ring Containerized (PTC) Heavy Lift Crane(see Figure 5-1), which is a commercially designed crane. The maximum rated load for thiscrane defined in Reference 14 is 1763.2 tons (1600 metric tons), however this will vary withcrane configuration and lift radius. From Reference 14, the rated load for the craneconfiguration proposed for the Sequoyah SGR ranges from 66 tons (60 metric tons) to 1227tons (1113 metric tons), depending on the lift radius. The OLS meets or exceeds ASME NQA-1Subpart 2.15 design requirements, and its load charts and operating. restrictions considerapplicable dead, live, wind, impact, and out-of-plumb lift loads (Reference 15). The OLS,supplied with standard load charts for its various boom configurations, has a rated load capacitycertified by the manufacturer and has been load tested during its production; this meets theload test requirements of ASME NQA-1, 1994 Edition, Subpart 2.15, Section 601.2. In addition,after the OLS has been erected it will be load tested by lifting a 265 ton (530 kip) test loadassembly with the OLS boomed out to a radius where the test load represents 110% of the OLSrated-capacity at this radius. OLS lifts of the loads described in this technical report will beperformed after Unit 2 is defueled and will be completed prior to the start of refueling. The OLSload test may be performed with.Units 1 and 2 in any mode (Reference 16). The OLS will beTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 15 of 98 located in an area between the Turbine Building, the Unit 2 RWST and the Unit 2 Containment,as shown on Figure 5-2.The OLS is designed, built, and tested to criteria based on the following DIN standards:* DIN 15018 Part 1, Cranes: Steel structures, verification and analyses* DIN 15018 Part 3, Cranes: Principles relating to steel structures; Design of cranes onvehiclesa DIN 15019 Part 2, Cranes: Stability for non-rail mounted mobile cranes; test loading and.calculation* DIN 15020 Part 1, Lifting Appliances: Principles relating to rope drives; calculation andconstruction* DIN 1055 Part 4, Design loads for buildings; Imposed loads -wind loads on structuresunsusceptible to vibrationIn addition, the following codes are also listed in the crane user manual: ASME 830.5-1994,SAE J987, SAE J765 and CE.In order to obtain its certification, the prototype PTC was tested to 125 percent of its rated loadafter it was manufactured. The OLS has dual engines, dual hydraulic systems and dualcomputers. It is capable of performing its intended function with one of each system out ofoperation. In the event that all power and hydraulic systems fail, the load can be safely loweredusing a 12-volt car battery and the manual controls.Beyond the OLS's dual systems, an operational safety device called a redundant load momentsafety system is integrated into the computer system, which progressively warns and thendisables operations, subsequently allowing only operations, which improve the safety rmiargins.The OLS consists of a main A-frame boom, which is pinned to and rides on wheel trucks at itsbase, and has a jib boom and 2 stay beams pinned to its top end. The main boom is stabilizedby a counterweight system including a backmast boom that also rides on wheel trucks. TheOLS wheel trucks ride on the base ring supported by built-in outrigger support rings/plates,which enable the OLS to -be self-leveling, as shown on Figure 5-3.The OLS will be supported on top of an 8 ft wide, 70.5 ft diameter (centerline) concrete ringfoundation that is supported by approximately 80 piles to bedrock and has an integral concretecap that Is a minimum of 4 ft thick. The crane base Is supported on 24 independent jackstands, which are resting on top of the pile cap extension. Each jack stand is approximately 5 ftx 7.5 ft. Lateral loads are resisted by friction between the stands and the concrete.Utilizing the Unit 1 SGR Project seismic Il/I qualification for the OLS, the Unit 2 SGR Projectevaluates for seismic 1i/I in Reference 15 for stability and stress under the minimum designbasis earthquake event for the. proposed SGR lift configurations in -both the loaded. and not-loaded conditions. Due to the very low natural frequency of the pendulum (-0.1 hz) with a SGas the lifted load, the lateral displacement response of the SG center-of-gravity relative to the.boom tip is less than 0.25 ft. The corresponding lateral load applied to the boom tip isapproximately.2 kips, which is negligible for crane stability and stress calculations. Therefore,lateral loading of the boom. tip due to "swinging" was neglected in the stability and stresscalculations.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 16 of 98 A 'seismic analysis has been performed for the OLS which. demonstrates that the OLS iscapable -of sustaining SSE loads without failure of the OLS foundation, the crane structuralcomponents or rigging devices. The seismic evaluation of the OLS was based on dynamicmodal analysis by the response spectrum method using a GT-Strudl finite element model. Theseismic response spectrum used in the analysis was derived as described. below. Three criticalOLS configurations (based on lift radius and load) that envelop, all configurations of the OLSCrane for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project were analyzed separately. Each of these threeconfigurations was analyzed in the not-loaded and loaded conditions. Responses wereobtained for dead + lifted loads D_+L) load combination and under D+L+E load combination,where E is the seismic load. Based on the force and displacement. responses from the finiteelement analyses, the OLS was evaluated for strength (stress) and stability.For the stress analysis of. critical crane components it was conservatively assumed that all themembers and connections have an interaction of 1.0 for combined stresses at their maximumworking allowable for dead + lifted loads (D+L). The interaction, value of. 1.0 under D+L loadcondition is a baseline number for quick evaluation under D+L+E load condition, where E is theseismic SSE load condition and acceptance was yield stress for seismic Il/i qualification. Theminimum factor of safety to yield strength available in the allowable stress.design is 1.5. Theratio of the responses (D+L+E) / (D+E) was calculated and compared to- 1.5. If the ratio wasless than or equal to 1.5, the members were considered adequate without any furtherevaluation. If the ratio was greater than 1.5, a more detailed evaluation of stresses wasperformed to determine adequacy of the member. For some components like the basecomponents, stresses were directly evaluated without using the ratioing approach. Thestresses in all components that were evaluated further remained within AISC-ASD 9th Editionallowables. The maximum combined stress interaction ratio under the load combinationincluding seismic load was 1.2 in comparison to the allowable of 1.5.Stability (overturning, sliding of the crane was evaluated based on base reactions obtained fromthe analyses. The evaluation determined that the minimum factor-of-safety against overturningduring a seismic event was 1.13 and the minimum factor of safety (FOS) against sliding duringa seismic event was 1.55. The results of the evaluation showed that the critical failure mode ofthe OLS crane in a seismic event was by overturning (tipping).The maximum lifted load of the SGs during the Unit 2 SGR Project is about 381 metric tons.The maximum lift radius with the full SG load is 54.8 meters. The rated chart capacity byinterpolation (including effect of allowable operating wind speed) of the OLS based on 55 m liftradius is 408 metric tons. The worst case lifted load is therefore 93.3 percent of chart capacity.It is noted that this 93.3 % chart capacity occurs only for OSG 2-3 and RSG 2-3. For the otherRSGs and the OSGs, the percentages of chart capacity at their maximum lift radii are around91 percent or less. 'The rated chart capacities of the OLS have a factor of safety of at least1.25. For the worst case lift .of the SG corresponding to 93.3 percent'chart capacity, the factorof safety against overturning Is at least (1.25 / 0.933) = 1.34. As discussed In the previousparagraph, during a seismic event the minimum factor of safety against overturning.for the OLScrane was. 1.13. Further, the 'OLS is seated on a firm engineered pile foundation that isadequately designed for the design loads including seismic loads, ensuring that there will not bea collapse of the crane due to a foundation failure in a seismic event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 17. of 98 The. guidance of Section 5.1.6 of NUREG-0612,. which addresses single-failure-proof handlingsystems,. has' not been applied to the interfacing lift points (e.g., trunnions, keeper plates) forloads handled by the OLS, since-a single-failure-proof lifting arrangement is not being provided.While the OLS incorporates many redundant and safety-enhancement features, it is notconsidered a single-failure-proof lifting system. Consequently, effects of postulated. non-mechanistic. load drops from the OLS have been evaluated, and heavy load handlingprovisions, including compensatory measures, have been made a part of the load handling planto satisfy the evaluation criteria of Section 5.1 of NUREG-0612.The OSG interfacing lift points are the secondary side manways, which will be fitted with keeperplates to enable slings to be utilized to rig out the .OSGs. The keeper plates will be Installedduring the Unit 2 defueled condition. Slings for rigging the OSG will be attached to themanways during the Unit 2 defueled condition. With respect to the RSGs, the interfacing liftpoints (lifting trunnions) are attached outside of the Unit 2 Containment independent of Unit 2and Unit I conditions. OSG and RSG rigging and handling are performed during the Unit 2reactor defueled condition. The OSG and RSG interfacing lift points meet the designrequirements of ASME NQA-1, Subpart 2.15 and the allowable stresses per the AISC Manualof Steel Construction, 9th Edition.The lifting devices that are not specially designed (i.e., commercially available) are the syntheticslings used to lift the SGs, which will comply with ASME B30.9, "Slings." The slings used toattach the OLS to the SGs will have been previously proof load tested in accordance ASMEB30.9, which meets the requirements for NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Spreader beams used toattach the OLS to the SGs will have been previously load tested in accordance with ASMEB30.20, which meets the requirements for NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Rigging will be inspected priorto use in accordance with approved procedures, and rigging operations will be controlled andconducted by highly trained and qualified personnel in accordance with approved procedures.The design load by which the sling is selected includes the static load plus all dynamic loads(e.g., impact and wind),. and these loads are documented in calculations prepared by the riggingcontractor and reviewed by SGT. The slings have been designed per the requirements ofASME B30.9, where the minimum FOS against ultimate capacity is required to be greater thanor equal to 5. The minimum FOS for the SG lifts at Sequoyah Unit 2 is determined below forthe slings, and is. based -on the maximum static and dynamic impact toads. The slings,therefore, meet the guidelines provided by ASME B30.9 and Section 5.1.1(5) of NUREG-0612.The discussion below provides the design criteria used for the design of the interface liftingpoints and rigging and a measure of "robustness" of the equipment with the calculated FOS.The design load considered for the design of the interfacing lift points and rigging includesmaximum static and dynamic loads.The interfacing lift points and rigging for the Sequoyah Unit 2 steam generator lifts are asfollows:(a) Replacement Steam Generators (RSGs)(Interfacing lift points are lifting trunnions thatattach to the secondary manways):Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Pa'ge 18 of 98 | |||
: i. Slings -The load per sling is derived from Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L02(Reference 47). Since two slings will be used, each with a working load limit of 125metric tonnes (Te), the load carried per sling is 0.5*340.2Te = 170.1Te. Theconfiguration and dimensions of the spreader beam yield an angle to horizontal ofthe sling of approximately .580 (Reference 47). The Increase in load from thehorizontal component per sling due to the 580 angle is 170.1Te/sin(58°) = 201Te,which is the actual load per sling. As shown on Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L02(Side View), the two slings have a total capacity of 435Te In the basket configurationthey are used in. Therefore, a single sling is rated for 435Te/2 = 217.5Te. Slingsare designed with a 5:1 Working Load Umit (ASME B30.9). Therefore, the SlingUltimate Strength in this configuration is 217.5Te*5 = 1087.5Te. Thus, the factor ofsafety Is 1087.5Te/201Te = 5.4, which is greater than 5, as required by ASMEB30.9.ii. Trunnions -The lifting trunnions meet the design requirements'of ASME NQA-1,Subpart 2.15 and the allowable stress design of AISC Manual of Steel Construction,9t Edition. The design loads used include a dynamic impact load. The stressinteraction ratios for the trunnion base metal (ASTM SA 516 Gr 70 or A36) are 0.127(shear), 0.334 (bearing), and 0.021 (bending) that is conservatively based on A36material as calculated on Westinghouse Calculation CN-PEUS-10-32 (Reference49).Table 5-1A -Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Lifting TrunnionAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (YieldStress (ksi) Stress (ksi) (Actual/Allowable) Stress/Actual Stress)Shear 14.4 1.83 0. 127 19.67Bearing 32.4 10.81 0.334 3.33Bending 21.6 0.45 .0.021 80.0iii. Trunnion Bolts -The trunnion bolts are 1.250 diameter -8UN, ASTM A193 Gr B7.(Reference 49). The interaction ratios are 0.81 (shear) and 0.246 (tension). Thetensile stress of these bolts from the ASTM Standard for Al 93 bolts is 125ksi.Table 5-1B -Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Trunnion BoltsAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (TensileStress (ksi) Stress (ksi) (Actual/Allowable) Strength/Actual Stress)Shear. 21.0 17.0 0.810 7.35Tension* 23.2 5.7 0.246 22.0*Note -Calculated allowable tensile stress accounts for shear stress. per AISC e Edition.Technical Report. No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 19 of 98 (b) Old Steam Generators (OSGs) (Interfacing lift point is a Secondary Manway KeeperPlate);I. Slings -The load per sling is derived from Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L10(Reference 48). Since two slings will be used, each with a working load limit of 125metric tonnes (Te), the load carried per sling is 0.5*340.2Te = 170.1Te. Theconfiguration and dimensions of the spreader beam yield an angle to horizontal ofthe sling of approximately 580 (Reference 48). The Increase in load from thehorizontal component per sling due to the 580 angle is 170.lTe/sin(580) = 201Te,which is the actual load per sling. As shown on Drawing 0010037471-000-D--10(Side View), the two slings have a total capacity of 41 OTe in the basket.configuration they are used in. Therefore, a single sling is -rated for 41 OTe/2 =205Te. Slings are designed with a 5:1 Working Load Limit (ASME B30.9).Therefore, the Sling Ultimate Strength in this configuration is 205Te*5 = 1025Te.Thus, the factor of safety is 1025Te/201Te = 5.1, which is greater than 5, asrequired byASME B30.9.ii. OSG Keeper Plates -The keeper plate is a Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi [345 N/mm2])steel plate which attaches to the OSG secondary manwaks using bolts as shownon Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L10 (Reference 48). The intent of the keeper plateis to prevent the sling from slipping off of the secondary manway. As discussed inSGT Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057 (Reference 50), the keeper plate is designedin accordance with ASME BTH-1 -2005 where a factor of safety of 2.0 is used: Thestress Interaction ratios for the keeper plate base metal (ASTM A572 Gr 50) are0.04 (shear) and 0.35 (bending), which is shown on Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057 (Reference 50).Table 5-2A -Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper PlateAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (YieldStress Stress (Actual/Allowable) Stress/Actual Stress)(N/mm2) (N/mm2)Shear 100.0 4.0 0.04 86.0Bending 216.0 *75.0 0.35 4.6ill. Keeper Plate Bolts -The keeper plate bolts are 1.25" diameter -ASTM A490(Reference 48). The Interaction ratios are 0.07 (shear) and 0.05 (tension). Thetensile stress of these bolts from the ASTM Standard for A490 bolts is 150ksi(1 034N/mM2).5-21 -Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate BoltsAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio *Factor of Safety (TensileStress Stress (Actual/Allowable) Strength/Actual Stress)(N/mm2) (N/mm2)Shear 267.0 19.0 *. 0.07 54.4Tension 431.0 22.5 0.05 46.0Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 20 of 98 Once the OLS is assembled, daily checks of the engine and hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical and.mechanical systems will be performed during periods of use. These engine and system checkswill verify areas such as proper fluid levels and operating pressure, and the working ofcomporents such as the air-dryer, control panel, and brakes. All limit switches and the loadmoment indicator will also be checked daily. Further, a visual inspection will be performed tolook for possible malfunctions such as leakage, locking of pins/rods, rustformation, failure ofwelded joints, and damage to hoisting ropes.The instrumentation on the OLS (PTC crane) was last calibrated in January 2011. Instrumentcalibration is normally performed once a year, or as required by Clients.. Calibration of the OLSload cell instrumentation will be performed as .required In ASME NQA-1 Subpart 2.15. Inaddition, the OLS will be load tested prior to use. Since the load test will be performed with atest load of known weight, it will confirm the calibration of the OLS load cells. Additionally, theOLS boom radius indication readouts will be verified during the load test, which will also verifythe incline meter readings. The safe load indicator, which stops crane operation unless theoperation improves the safety margin, will also be tested during the load test.After erection -of the boom/jib and during the functional test and load test, the anti-two. blockswitches, airplane warning lights, and boom stops will be checked.Qualification of the operators for the Unit 2 SGR Project will Include the requirements specifiedin ASME B30.5, as stated in Section 4.2(3). The operators will successfully pass a completephysical, which covers all aspects of the standard prior to obtaining. approval for crane.operation and site access. The testing will include a complete physical, a MMPI psychologicaltest, and training and testing to site procedures.All OLS operators are being supplied by the manufacturer and have many years experience.operating this crane.Mammoet will have four dedicated operators for the OLS, two per shift.The. person-In-charge (PIC) monitors the signal men controlling the lift and directs them asnecessary. The physical location of the PIC during a lift with the OLS will vary depending onthe load being lifted. The PIC and signal men will position themselves as field conditionsdictate in order to have the best vantage point to observe the lift. Forexample, there will bethree separate signal men controlling the various steps of an OSG lift; one signal. man insidethe Unit 2 Containment and two signal men outside the Unit 2 Containment. Only one of thesethree signal men will be in control of the lift at a time. The OLS operator will be instructed, priorto commencement of a lift, as to who the signal man in control is and when the signal man willbe transferring this control responsibility to another signal man. It will be made clear to theoperator which signal man has control of the lift at all steps along the way. The operator willalso be told that anyone can stop the lift at any time if they see an interference or any item.which is out of place. The signal man will control the lift by being the only individual thattheoperator will 'listen to, via a dedicated radio channel or dedicated line, to start any operationInvolving the OLS.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 21 of 98 During removal of an OSG, three signal men will control the lift as described below:* The Mammoet signal man (located inside the Unit 2 Containment) will have control ofthe lift from the start of the lift until the OSG is completely above the top of the steamgenerator compartment roof inside the Unit 2 Containment. At this point he/she willinform the operator that the Mammoet signal man on the Containment dome hascontrol.The Mammroet signal man on the Unit 2 Containment dome will be positioned where hecan see the OSG and direct the lift from the time'the OSG is above the steam generatorcompartment roof until the OSG Is in position to be lowered to the ground. Note that thesignal man will position workmen as needed to help him watch the lift. Once the OSG isin position to be lowered to the ground, the Mammoet signal man on the Unit. 2Containment dome will turn over the lift to another Mammoet signal man positioned onthe ground close to the'lowering area. The operator will be informed- by the signal manon the Unit 2 Containment dome that he/she is turning over responsibility to-the signalman on the ground.* The Mammoet signal man on the ground will control the lift until the OSG isdownendedonto the transporter.The signal men utilized will be experienced In heavy load handling and qualified by experienceto direct these lifts.At all times, the OLS operator is in control of load movement. The OLS software prevents loadmovement outside.of specified limits. This is accomplished through the use of limit switchesand load cells. Examples of movements that are limited in this manner are:* Anti two-block switch -prevents raising the lifting block into the boom tip* Boom back stop switch -prevents the boom from being boomed back too far* Jib preventer switch -prevents the jib from being boomed up too far* Minimum and maximum radius: switches -will be set during erection based on load pathfor loads to be moved* Load cells to. indicate the lifted load -these will be tested during the load test* Safe load indicator (SLI) system -is tied into the load cell and the min/max radiusswitchesThe OLS SLI software was designed by KrOger Systemtechnik, a leading specialist in designingcrane SLI software.The qualification of the software is verified through functional testing during. initialcommissioning of the prototype crane. This functional test is developed to validate theanticipated logic of the control system. Any changes implemented In the system control logicarevalidated through additional functional testing to ensure proper operationFor the Unit 2 SGR Project rigging and heavy load handling, the safe load paths can befollowed by the OLS instrumentation. The instrumentation accurately indicates the radius of theload. The slewing of the OLS will be directed by the Mammoet superintendents under theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 Page 22 of 98 direction of the person in charge (PIC). For the initial pick, the boom will be located over theload using a total station surveying system. The. load path. is designed as being at a certainradius for which there is instrumentation in the cab that accurately locates the load. In additionto the instrumentation the load path will be marked on the ground. The rigging operation will bedirected by the PIC who will be in constant radio communication with the crane operators andload tenders Inside the Unit 2 Containment.. A field engineer will be with the PIC who will be in.constant communication with the operator in the plant control room. .Figure 5-2 provides aschematic designed to illustrate the. load path. in a general way.' The actual implementationdrawing precisely defines. each segment of the load path.Personnel involved in operating the OLS will receive the following instruction:Operators will receive the applicable Sequoyah site-specific training specified in:TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721, "Rigging" (Reference 17).-TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, "TVA Rigging Manual" (Reference 18)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 7211B, "Rigging Equipment*- Standard ProcurementSpecifications" (Reference 19)-WA.Safety Manual Procedure 802, uRequirements for the Safe Operation of Cranes"(Reference 20)" Personnel will undergo hands on training with the equipment before a load isattached to the equipment." Prior to a lift, detailed pre-lift meetings will be conducted by the SGR rigging specialist ordesignee. Operation of the crane shall be in accordance with approved provisions providedby the crane manufacturer In addition to the crane operator's manual, and .crane operatorswill be trained in accordance with subcontractor ES&H procedures.e Coordination with. Plant Operations is required prior to commencement of heavy loadmovement activities.During the lifting operation, the exact location of boom tip will be monitored by two independentmethods. instrumentation internal to the crane provides continuous readout of crane and boomorientation and the location of the boom tip. In addition, the boom tip will be continuouslymonitored from a remote survey station independent from the crane instrumentation. Thissurvey station will have the necessary data input to monitor and calculate the boom tip locationrelative to the interfacing structures and components. The individual directing the riggingoperations will be in constant communication with both the crane operator and the surveyormanning the remote survey station. These controls will be utilized to ensure. that- the exactlocation of the load is known and compliance with design requirements is maintained:Assembly and disassembly of the OLS will be performed in accordance with the cranemanufacturer's procedures and drawings and may be performed with Unit 1 and Unit 2 inModes 1-6 or defueled. The assembly/disassembly process will require the use of mobilecranes and other equipment as detailed in Section 5.2. During assembly and disassembly ofthe OLS, the main boom will lay in an area to the south of the Unit.2 Containment as shown onFigure 5-2. The orientation of the main boom during assembly/disassembly along with theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 23 of 98 restrictions on mobile crane usage and SSC protection provisions in Section 5.2 ensure thatUnit 1 and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/or maintained in a safe condition in the unlikelyevent of a load drop during assembly/disassembly of the OLS.The OLS has been evaluated for seismic loads while unloaded and while loaded with a steamgenerator (SG) as detailed in Reference 15. A SG is the heaviest load that will be handled bythe OLS. This seismic evaluation determined that the OLS will not collapse or result in a dropof the load during a seismic design basis Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) event for the liftconfigurations to be used during the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR. Therefore, use of the crane for theSequoyah Unit 2 SGR will not result in Seismic II/ interaction issues on the SSCs located in thevicinity of the OLS.Reference 15 qualifies the applicability of the calculation performed for the Unit 1 SGR Project.Reference 15 compares different types of input data specific to Unit 2 and compares it to theinput data used for evaluation for Unit 1. This calculation (Reference 15) justified the existingevaluation (Reference 21) as acceptable for use for the Unit 2 SGRP by determining that theUnit 1 qualification and conditions enveloped that for Unit 2.The Unit 1 calculation, Reference 21, qualified a GT-STRUDL 3-D lumped mass finite element-model using beam/truss elements to analyze the critical lift configurations of the OLS for SSEloads. NRC Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.61 allows 7% damping for bolted steel structures for theSSE. However, this analysis conservatively used 5%, which is consistent with Table 3.7.1-3 ofthe UFSAR. The OLS seismic analysis was performed using the response spectrum method inboth the loaded and unloaded conditions.The seismic analysis of the OLS is based on an appropriate ground spectrum corresponding tothe plant's minimum SSE design .basis spectra. The OLS will be supported on a concrete. ringfoundation seated on a large number of battered piles anchored to bedrock. Based on soilborings the average depth of soil deposit at the location of the OLS is 30 ft. The input spectrumused for the horizontal direction is an amplified response spectrum at ground surface for anaverage soil depth to bedrock of 30 ft under the crane foundation. These amplified spectrawere obtained by interpolation. for a 30 ft soil deposit and reduced to correspond to theminimum design basis from Reference 22 which provides 5% damped free field top of soilresponse spectra curves. for the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant for soil depths of 40 ft and 20 ft. It isnoted that the amplified ground spectra documented in Reference 22 are an average based onthe four artificially generated time histories used to develop the more conservative actual designspectra (see Section 2.5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR). A 10% broadened amplifiedSSE horizontal ground response spectrum for 5% damping for 30 ft depth of soil correspondingto the "minimum design basis spectra" in Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR was thus developedfrom the 20 ft and 40 ft curves in Reference 22. and used as the input horizontal spectrum.Since the OLS will be supported on a: concrete ring foundation seated on a large number ofbattered piles that are supported well into bedrock, the vertical response spectrum used for thecrane seismic analysis was the minimum design basis vertical spectrum for 5% damping fromFigure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. The vertical response spectrum used is 2/3rds (per UFSAR* Section 2.5.2.4) of the horizontal minimum design spectrum.Section 2.5.2.4 of the UFSAR provides discussion on the chronological sequence ofdevelopment of the Sequoyah seismic design basis spectra at top of bedrock. The seismic'safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) "minimum design basis spectrum" -at top of bedrock forTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Pilge 24 of 98 Sequoyah Nuclear Plant, as stated in Section 2.5.2.4 (p 2.5-21) of the UFSAR, is the modifiedHousner spectrum based on a peak acceleration (ZPA) of 0.18g and.are indicated -as "MinimumDesign Spectra" In Figures 2.5.2-11 through 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. Further from Section2.5.2.4 -of the UFSAR, it is noted that TVA used a more conservative arithmetically averagedresponse spectra generated by four artificial records as the SSE design response spectrum.These spectra are indicated as "Actual Design Spectra" in UFSAR Figures 2.5.2-11 through2.5.2-14. Figures 2.5.2-11 through 2.5.2-14 of: the UFSAR thus illustrate the relationshipbetween the minimum design response spectra and the actual design spectra for differentdamping ratios.The seismic evaluation of the OLS (PTC Crane) is based on an appropriate ground spectrumcorresponding to the minimum SSE design basis spectra. It is also noted that since the OLS isa temporary system that will be in service for a short period of time and will be loaded for amuch smaller period of time, the use of a spectrum based on the minimum seismic design basisof the .plant Is very conservative. Table 3.7.1-1 of the Seqjuoyah UFSAR specifies a maximumdamping of 5% for Category I bolted steel structures for SSE. Regulatory Guide 1.61 allows7% for bolted steel structures for SSE. In order to keep the analysis conservative, the OLSseismic analysis is based on 5% damping response spectra.The OLS is supported on a concrete ring foundation seated on a large number of pilesanchored to bedrock. Based on borehole data taken during soil investigation for the SGRProject, the average depth of soil deposit above bedrock at the location of the OLS isapproximately 30 ft. Since the OLS will be supported on top of a -30 ft thick soil deposit abovebedrock, the response spectra used in the analysis is an amplified spectrum at ground surfacecorresponding to the "minimum design basis" spectrum (see Section 2.5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of UFSAR) for SSE at top of bed rock, as explained below.The input spectrum used for the horizontal direction is an amplified response spectrum atground surface.. For a. given soil deposit, the amplified ground spectrum is essentially afunction of the depth of soil deposit. Reference 22 provides 5 percent damped free field top ofsoil operational basis earthquake (OBE) response spectra curves for Sequoyah Nuclear Plantfor soil depths of 40 ft and 20 ft. It is noted that the ground spectra developed in Reference 22are an average based on the four artificially generated time histories used to develop the moreconservative "actual design spectra" (see. Section 2-5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of UFSAR).Reference 22 further makes reference to WVA Report CEB-80-15, Rev. RO, "PreliminaryResponse Spectra for Ground Motion in Area of Diesel Generator Building and CoolingTowers.w A 10 percent broadened SSE ground response spectrum for 5 percent damping for30 ft depth of soil corresponding to the "minimum design basis spectra" in Figure 2.5.2-14 ofthe.UFSAR was developed from the 20 feet and 40 feet curves in Reference 22 as follows:(i) The OBE ground spectra for 30 ft depth of soil were approximated by averaging the 20ft and 40 ft response spectra curves on sheet 2 of Reference 22. It is noted that this isconservative.(ii) The SSE ground spectra for 30 ft depth of soil was obtained by multiplying the OBEcurve obtained in step (i) above by 2 (see Section .2.5.2.4 of UFSAR).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI.Page 25 of 98 (iii) The SSE ground spectrum obtained in step (ii) above is further reduced to correspondto a time history corresponding to the "minimum design basis" spectrum for a givenfrequency by multiplying by a factor given by the ratio of acceleration value from theminimum design spectra to the corresponding acceleration value from the actualresponse spectra for that frequency.(iv) The frequency axis is broadened by +/-1Opercent to obtain a 10 percent broadened.SSE ground horizontal response spectra for use in'the seismic evaluation of the OLS.The amplified input horizontal spectra for the OLS analysis, -developed as explained above,were input at ground surface. Since the OLS is supported on a concrete ring foundation seatedon a large number of plies that are supported well into bedrock, the vertical response spectrumused for the crane seismic analysis was the minimum design basis vertical spectrum for 5percent damping from Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. The vertical response spectrum used is2/3rd (per Section 2.5.2.4 of UFSAR) the horizontal minimum design spectrum.The bedrock motion was amplified upward through the soil in Reference 22 and TVA ReportCEB-80-15. The amplified spectra from these references, used for developing the responsespectrum for the OLS analysis, were developed based on a soil structure interaction evaluationmethodology described in Section 3.7.1.6 of the UFSAR:For Category I structures (see Table 3.7.1-1) founded upon soils the rock motionwas amplified to obtain the ground surface motion by considering the soil depositas an elastic medium and making a dynamic analysis of a slice of unit thicknessusing only the horizontal shearing resistance of the soil. A damping ratio of 10percent is used for the soil. The four artificial earthquakes mentioned in Section2.5.2.4 were considered as the input motion at the top of rock. .Once the timehistory of surface accelerations was known, a response spectrum -was producedfor the analysis of the soil-supported structure.Regarding the above, the ground surface response spectrum determined by a linearamplification of the bedrock motion was broadened by +/-10 percent in order to obtain a designresponse spectra. The broadened curve.was used as input to the dynamic seismic analysis.Soil springs were calculated to simulate soil-structure interaction at the foundation. Theresponse spectra loadings were applied simultaneously in two horizontal directions and thevertical direction. Modal responses were combined using the NRC Ten-Percent Method. Co-directional responses were combined using the Square Root of the Sum of the Squares (SRSS)method.The seismic evaluation of the OLS determined that the calculated stresses are less than themaximum allowable stresses (0.9 F.) and the minimum safety factor against overturning is 1.1(Reference 15).To further demonstrate the capability of the OLS, Reference 21 also determined the "whip-lash"effect a loss of lifted load would have on the OLS. Reference 21 determined that the whip-lasheffect resulting from a postulated drop of a load from the OLS will not cause instability of theboom masts in the reverse direction, i.e. the masts will not flip over backwards and impactTechnical. Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1PPage 26 of 98 SSCs (e.g., Auxiliary Building, Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), etc.) behindthe OLS (Reference 15).Rigging operations will, not be performed when wind speeds exceed the maximum operatingwind speed for the OLS. This wind speed will be measured using an anemometer on the craneboom tip. The OLS has two anemometers for measuring wind speed, one anemometer Islocated in the boom tip and a duplicate anemometer is located at the.top of the back stay. Theanemometers are verified to be operational prior to the boom/back stay being erected. If windspeeds.increase during a rigging operation such that the wind speed may exceed the maximumoperating speed, rigging operations will be suspended and the unloaded OLS will be secured byImplementing administrative controls specified by the manufacturer in Reference 23. These.administrative controls define .the allowable mainmast and jib angles, .and the slew drive andload block configurations, and are dependent on the wind speed.The stability analysis for the crane does not consider wind effects, since these are consideredseparately as part of the crane manufacturer's limitations on OLS crane operation. To complywith the crane manufacturer's limitations, the maximum wind speed allowed during operation ofthe OLS (PTC Crane) when the lifted load is more than 3 ft off the ground is 10 m/s (22 mph) inany direction measured at the boom tip. The maximum wind speed allowed during operation ofthe OLS when the lifted load is at 3 ft or less off the ground is 15 m/s (33 mph) in any directionmeasured at the boom tip.The maximum wind speed allowed during operation of the OLS (PTC Crane) when the liftedload is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment is 10 m/s (22 mph) inany direction measured at the boom tip. This operating wind speed is .specified in the PTCCrane Manual and the load capacity charts. The wind load due to this maximum wind speedhas been accounted for by the manufacturer in the crane structural and stability calculationsbased on which the safe working load specified in the load capacity table was arrived at withsafety margins specified in the lifting codes. The maximum wind speed allowed duringoperation of the OLS when the lifted load is less than or equal to 3 ft off the ground or Inside theUnit 2 Containment is 14.75 m/s (33 mph) in any direction measured at the boom tip, asdirected by the crane manufacturer. The lifting capacity of the OLS was determined by themanufacturer in accordance with the following codes (lifting codes): DIN 15018 Parts 1 & 3, DIN15019 Part 2, DIN 15020 Part 1 and DIN 1055 Part 4, ASME B30.5-1994, SAE J987, SAE J765and CE. It is noted that the OLS comes Instrumented with a wind speed anemometer mountedat the boom tip.The rigging contractor's calculation provides a comparison between the actual calculated windforce on the steam generator, using a wind speed of 50 mph, and the allowable lateral load .onthe steam generator, per the OLS manufacturers requirements. This comparison indicates thateven with a wind speed of 50 mph the wind force on the steam generator will be approximately55 percent of the allowable wind force. Keeping in mind that the allowable wind speed will belimited to 22 mph (10 m/s) in the high lift position (with the load outside the Unit 2 Containment)and 33 mph (15 m/s) in the lowered position (or with the load inside the Unit 2 Containment)one can see that sufficient margin remains to maintain the OLS in a safe condition.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 27 of 98 In case the wind at the tip is expected to exceed the specified 10 (15') m/s (22 (33*) mph), thecrane will be secured in the configurations in the table below as specified in the PTC CraneManual and the rigging contractor's calculation:Table 5-3 -PTC Crane Operation for Range of Wind SpeedsWind Speed at Tip Mainmast Jib Offset Slew Drive LoadAngle Angle10 (15*) -22 m/s All angles Minimum Braked Lower Block (**)(22 (33*)-49 mph) allowed 00 -85' 100 Suspended.22-30 m/s 800 100 Braked Lower Block (**)(49-67 mph) Suspended30-46 m/s 800 100 Braked + Lower Block (**)(67-103 mph) Park Brake Secured. with 200 ton(440 kip) pretension to250 ton (550 kip) ballaston the ground>46 m/s Boom Jib Lowered Free Not Applicable(>103mph) Lowered(*) Only when lifted load Is carried not more than 3 ft above grade.(**) Lower Block is the terminology used by the crane manufacturer for the main hook block orload block.The above table shows that the load may remain suspended from the lower block (main hookblock) for wind speeds up to 67 mph with the slew drive braked and the mainmast and jib offsetangles configured as specified in the table. The maximum time required to bring the OLS fromthe operating configuration to the specified configuration is less than 15 minutes. For windspeeds anticipated In the 67-103 mph range, the OLS shall be configured with regard tomainmast and Jib offset angles as specified in the above table and the following cases applywith regard to the load: (1) If the load on the hook is equal to or greater than 550 kips, the loadwill be partially lowered to the ground so as to maintain a pretension of 440 kips; (2) If the loadon the hook is less than 550 kips or there is no load on the hook, the load will be lowered andremoved from the hook and the lower block tied off to a 550 kip ballast on the ground with a440 kip pretension. The maximum time required to bhng the crane from the operatingconfiguration to the specified configuration is less than 30 minutes.When wind speeds could exceed 103 mph (this would be expected to occur only duringtornadoes), the boom and the jib will be lowered. The time required to accomplish this is about2 hours (if no load is on the hook). Should there be an unexpected detrimental change inweather while the OLS is loaded, the lift will be completed and the OLS will be place in itsoptimum safe configuration or the load will be grounded and the crane will be placed in a safeTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 28 of 98 configuration. The time to accomplish this will vary depending on the load being lifted and the*stage of the lift.The OLS manufacturer has qualified the crane for wind effects, including side load effects, forwind speeds up to 103 mph, with the lower block secured to a 550 kip load and pretensioned to440 kips. Thus, the OLS will not tip over from side load effects for wind speeds up to 103 mph.The design basis wind speed for Sequoyah Nuclear Plant is 95 mph (UFSAR Section 3.3,1.1).Wind speeds exceeding 103 mph can be expected only during a tornado. However, for theSequoyah SGR Project, all heavy lift operations using the OLS will commence only afterconfirming, based on weather forecasts and reports, that no severe weather conditions areexpected for.the duration of the lift. In the event a tornado watch or warning is announced inaccordance with Procedure AOP-N.02, crane operations shall cease and the boom and jib willbe lowered and oriented in a Southwest direction as indicated on Figure 5-2.Lateral Capability of the OLS Compared to a Lampson CraneLampson Transi-Lift Crane: The boom and jib of the Lampson Crane are of single lattice frameconstruction. The crane is mounted at the base on crawlers with a relatively smaller footprint,which induces relatively higher pressures on the base of foundation. The Lampson Crane usedon the Miller Park Project was seated on the ground, not on an engineered foundation. Theground on which it was seated was not a level surface and It is reported that at the time offailure there were apparent cracks In the ground on which the crane was seated.OLS: In comparison, the main mast (main boom) and back mast are of a significantly morerobust A-Frame Construction with the two legs of the A-Frame connected by a horizontal crossbeam/frame. The two pivots at the base of the A-Frame masts are 33 ft apart laterally for boththe main mast and the back mast. Further, the jib of the crane is a double frame constructionwith the two parallel frames connected by cross beams at three levels. The two jib pivots at thebase of the double frame are 13 ft apart laterally. The OLS has a 70.5 ft diameter (centerline)ringer base mounted on 24 jacks seated on .top of an engineered foundation using outriggerplates. The OLS ringer design with 24 jacks enables good -distribution of bearing pressureunder the jack pads. The OLS will be seated on the reinforced concrete pile cap extension ofan engineered battered pile foundation consisting of approximately 80 piles anchored intobedrock. The battered pile foundation is designed for lateral loads (seismic and wind) inaddition to gravity loads of the crane and load.The-above structural features and configuration of the OLS provides it with a significantly higherlateral load carrying capability in comparison to the Lampson Crane.Correlation of Operating Wind Speeds of OLS and Other CranesThe permissible operating wind speed (measured at the tip of the jib) specified for theOLS (Mammoet PTC Crane) for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project is 22 mph (for allwind directions) when the load is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2Containment and 33 mph (for all wind directions) when the load is 3 ft or less off theground or inside the Unit 2 Containment.. The maximum permissible wind load at the* Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 29 of 98 load is.0.75% of the safe working load (SWL) specified in the load capacity chart. Forthe worst case lift of the SG for the Unit 2 Sequoyah SGR Project, this lateral wind forcewill occur on the load at a wind speed of 50 mph. The OLS has been load tested forside load on a steam generator that is 2.9 times that from a 50 mph wind. Thiscomparison indicates the substantial safety factor for wind load even at 50 mph for theuse of the OLS for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project..For the Lampson Transi-lift Crane used in the Miller Park Project, the specifiedoperating wind speed was 20 mph. The wind anemometer was mounted on the boom atan elevation of -175 ft from the ground, not at the jib tip. Based on reports of theaccident, winds were gusting in the 28-30 mph range during the afternoon of theaccident.It is noted that in the cases of crane failures that have occurred at low wind speeds (e.g., theLampson Crane at Miller Park), the wind, in and of itself, has not been the ultimate factor forfailure, but a contributing factor among others, the combination of which resulted in the finalcollapse. Some of these factors are included in the discussion below.For the OLS, wind loads have been.accounted for by the manufacturer both on thecrane structure as well as the load in developing the rated load capacity tables. Themaximum permissible lateral wind load at the load is 0.75% of the safe working load(SWL) specified In the load capacity chart. For the worst case lift of the steamgenerator for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project, this lateral wind force will occur on theload at a wind speed of 50 mph. The OLS has been load tested for side loadscorresponding to 2% of SWL, which corresponds to a side load on a steam generatorthat is 2.9. times that from a 50 mph wind. This comparison indicates the substantialsafety factor for wind load even at 50 mph for the use of the OLS for the Sequoyah Unit2: SGR Project. The actual permissible operating wind speed at the tip of the jibspecified for the crane.for the Unit 2 SGR is 22 mph (for all wind directions) when theload is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment and 33 mph(for all wind directions) when the load is 3 ft or less off the ground or inside the Unit 2Containment. Thus, there is significant margin available with regard to wind load on theOLS.For the Lampson Crane at Miller Park that failed, the manufacturer's recommendationwith regard to permissible wind speeds was 20 mph. Based on reports of the accident,winds were gusting in the 28-30 mph range during the afternoon of the accident. Also,the wind anemometers were placed at a lower elevation relative to the tip of the jib andtherefore, were not measuring the wind speed at the jib tip. Wind loads were notaccounted for on the 180 ft x 100 ft load. In addition, the actual lifted load was -105%of that allowed by the Lampson Crane's rated load capacity chart. Further, the ratedloads for the Lampson Crane were 85% of its tipping load in comparison to less than80% for the OLS.All calculations/tests performed by crane manufacturers with regard to stability of craneunder wind loads in developing their rated load capacity charts assume that the cranebase is seated on a firm level surface and the foundation is capable of carrying theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 30 of 98 bearing pressures. The OLS crane to be used for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Projecthas a 70.5 ft diameter ringer base mounted on 24 jacks seated on top of an engineeredfoundation using outrigger plates. The QLS. ringer design with 24 jacks enables gooddistribution of bearing pressure under the jack pads. The OLS will be seated on thereinforced concrete pile cap extension of an engineered battered pile foundationconsisting of approximately 80 piles anchored to bedrock. The battered pile foundationis designed for lateral loads (seismic and wind) in addition to gravity loads of the craneand load. Thus, the OLS will be seated on a firm level foundation designed to carry allthe expected loads.The Lampson Crane at Miller Park was not seated on a firm level surface. There wasno engineered foundation designed especially considering heavy loads of the order of450 tons that were lifted. Also, the crane was mounted on crawlers with relativelysmaller footprint in comparison to the ringer base of the OLS. In addition, it is reportedthat at the time of failure there were apparent cracks in the ground on which theLampson Crane was seated.Due to the structural (A-Frame/double-frame construction and ringer base) configurationof the OLS discussed under the "Lateral Capability of the OLS Compared to a LampsonCrane" section above, the OLS has significantly higher lateral load carrying capability incomparison to other cranes available. In comparison, the Lampson Crane mastcomponents are of single lattice frame construction.To eliminate the effects of wind conditions beyond the maximum operating wind speed, a lift willnot commence if analysis of weather data for the expected duration of the lift indicates thepotential for wind conditions in excess of the maximum operating wind speed. Further, shouldthere be an unexpected detrimental change in weather while the OLS is loaded, the lift will becompleted and the OLS will be placed in Its optimum safe configuration or the load will begrounded and the crane will be placed in a safe configuration.Based on the above discussion, the conditions that could result in credible crane failure modesor load drops (i.e., operator errors, use of improper rigging or inappropriate slings, and cranecomponent failures) have been minimized or eliminated through the training of riggingpersonnel, use of engineer-developed procedures for the load lifts, performance of engineeringevaluations of the OLS and rigging components, and inspection and testing of the OLS. Inaddition, an OLS failure or load drop due to a tornado or seismic event has been eliminated.The tornado initiated OLS failure or load drop will be eliminated through implementation ofprocedures to preclude load handling when high winds or severe weather/tornado conditionsare. anticipated. The seismic induced crane failure or load. drop has been eliminated byshowing that.the OLS will not collapse or drop a load while loaded .or unloaded during the SSE.Given the training, procedures, evaluations, inspections, and testing involved in use of theOLS, it is highly unlikely that the OLS will fail or drop a load. However, as required by NUREG-0612, load drops from the OLS have been postulated and the potential consequences of thesepostulated drops evaluated as detailed in Sections 7 and 8.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 31 of 98 5.2 Other Cranes Supporting the SGR ProjectIn addition to the OLS, mobile cranes will be used to perform a variety of other SGR Projectrigging activities. Assist cranes will be used in the assembly/disassembly of the OLSi and a.Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane will be erected prior to the SGROutage to. rig and handle miscellaneous loads, principally between grade elevation and thedome of the Unit 2 Shield Building. The Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawlercrane will be erected in the area immediately east of the Unit 2 Shield Building and west of theIndependent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) (Figure 5-5). This crane will be operatedprior to, during, and immediately after the SGR Outageto perform lifts of various equipmentand items supporting SGR Project activities. These lifts are independent of. the operational.status of Unit 1, and will be performed during the Unit 2 conditions specified below:* Structural steel components of the Construction Platform Support Truss System that willbe erected on the dome of the Shield Building -lifts performed during any Unit 2condition.* Equipment for concrete cutting and repair (hydro-lasers, restoration formwork) -liftsperformed during any Unit 2 condition on the front end of the SGR Outage. On the backend of the SGR Outage, concrete restoration activities are completed before Unit 2exiting Mode 5 (Shield .Building Operability required).* Cut sections of main steam piping with venturi which are removed from each of theOSGs. The Replacement Steam Generators (RSGs) come equipped with main steamplping/venturi Integrally installed on the RSG components. These lifts are performedduring the Unit 2 defueled condition.* Steel Containment Vessel (SCV) steel cut sections during the Unit 2 defueled condition.Note that the SCV cut sections may also be rigged by use of the OLS.* Concrete handling buckets for placing concrete in the restored Shield Building openings-lifts performed on the back end of the SGR Outage with concrete restoration activitiesrequired to be complete before Unit 2 exits Mode 5 (Shield Building. Operabilityrequired).The mobile-cranes are commercially designed, ruggedly constructed, cranes with a main boom,each crane utilizing a counterweight stabilization system. The designs of the cranes meetASME B30.5-2004 design requirements (Reference 10), and the cranes' rated capacitiesconsider applicable loadings. The cranes will have been load tested during their production andwill have a current certification in accordance with ASME B30.5-2004.Use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly is limited to an area within that-shownon. Figure 5-2. Mobile crane usage beyond the OLS boom location may be allowed ifengineering evaluation shows no adverse impact to nearby safety-related SSCs. Restrictionson the use of these cranes will also be imposed to specify the weather conditions under whichthey may be operated and how and when to secure the mobile cranes in case of inclementweather. These restrictions are designed to preclude- adverse interactions with safety-relatedSSCs, as well as the ISFSI, for adverse conditions, including seismic events.Use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly will be governed by the followingrestrictions:Technical Report No..SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 32 of 98 | |||
: 1. Load handling with the mobile cranes is limited to an approved area around the OLSboom location shown on Figure 5-2.2. The load imposed on the ground by the mobile crane is limited to the calculatedallowable ground bearing pressure of 4 ksf.3. Physical protection measures (e.g., timber mats and steel plates) will be placed asshown on Figure 5-2 for identified commodities requiring protection. As demonstrated inSection 7.5, the RWST and ERCW piping require no protection during OLSassembly/disassembly, since they are located outside the OLS erection area. There areno Safety-Related SSCs located within the OLS assembly boundaries. Therefore, noload lifting elevation restrictions need to be considered.Load handling operations with the Manitowoc 2250 crane that will be used for OLSassembly/disassembly will cease and the cranes will be put in a safe configuration when windsexceed the wind speed limits of 35 mph. This wind speed is based on the crane manufacturer'smanual for the Manitowoc 2250. In performing the OLS assembly/disassembly, the OLS cranecomponents to be lifted have a small sail area in comparison to the weight. If other mobilecranes are used during the assembly/disassembly of the OLS, load handling operations willcease when winds exceed the manufacturer's maximum recommended wind speed for safeoperation.-Mobile crane operations will cease and the cranes will be put in a safe configuration if a tomadowatch or warning has been announced in accordance with Procedure AOP-N.02, "TomadoWatch/Warning.°The rationale for allowing higher allowable operating wind speeds for the mobile cranes relativeto those for the OLS is provided below.The OLS supplier has determined that the safe operating wind speed while lifting a SG is 33mph, which includes a safety factor. The Unit 2 SGR Project has made the decision to limit themaximum operating wind speed while the generators are greater than 3 feet above the groundand while outside the Unit 2 containment to further increase the margin of safety. As previouslystated, the maximum operating wind speed allowed for the OLS is 22 mph when the lifted loadis more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment and 33 mph when the liftedload is less than or equal to 3 ft off the ground or inside the Unit 2 Containment. In addition, theSG lifts will be performed at between 90 percent and -94 percent of rated crane capacity, thusjustifying a reduced wind speed.The maximum operating wind speed will be relayed to the operator during the pre-job briefing,and they are also included on the operating load path drawings. The crane operator has actualwind speed indication in the cab of the crane from an anemometer located on the crane boom.As a backup, a field engineer who accompanies the person-in-charge (PIC) will monitorweather forecasts and wind speed information from the site meteorological tower and will notifythe PIC, as required, as wind/weather conditions change. Typically, lifts will commence onlyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 33 of 98 after reasonable assurance Is obtained with regard to favorable weather and wind conditions atleast for the duration of the lift, thereby precluding any limiting conditions. However, In theevent that winds increase to near or at the limiting conditions, further actions will proceed toplace the crane in a safe and optimum configuration in accordance with the drawings,- craneoperating manual and site procedures; which will be implemented through the work package forthe activity.Protection (see Figure 5-2) for safety-related SSCs is provided, as necessary, to ensure thatUnit i and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/or maintained in a safe condition in the unlikelyevent of a load drop during use of these cranes for assembly/disassembly of the OLS. TheSSCs in the vicinity of where the OLS will be assembled/disassembled are the essential rawcooling water (ERCW) system piping, the Unit 2 refueling water storage tank (RWST), and fireprotection piping. The approved area around the OLS boom location shown on Figure 5-2 is asafe load path provided that the mobile cranes are operated in accordance with Figure 5-2, theground loadings by the mobile crane do not exceed the calculated allowable ground bearingpressure of 4 ksf, and the protection listed in Section 7.5 is in place.Personnel involved in operating the mobile cranes will receive the following instruction:* Operators and riggers will receive the applicable Sequoyah site-specific training specified in:-VA Safety Manual Procedure 721, "Rigging" (Reference 17)..-TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, "'VA Rigging Manual" (Reference 18)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 721B, "Rigging Equipment -Standard ProcurementSpecifications" (Reference 19)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 802, "Requirements for the Safe Operation of Cranes"(Reference 20)* Personnel will undergo hands on training with the equipment before a load isattached to the equipment." Prior to lifts over safety-related SSCs, detailed pre-lift meetings will be conducted by theSGR rigging specialist or designee. Operation of the crane shall be in accordance withcrane operator's manual, and crane operators will be trained in accordance withsubcontractor ES&H procedures.Coordination with Plant Operations is required prior to commencement of heavy loadmovement activities.The mobile cranes will not be operated in high winds or weather conducive to tornados and willbe relocated away from safety-related SSCs under these conditions. The mobile cranes are notdesigned to withstand seismic events, however, as evaluated in Reference 24, the Liebherr LR1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane will remain stable and preclude any impactinteractions with safety related SSCs in a seismic event. Reference 24 describes the location,safe load path requirements, and administrative controls for operation to prevent any damageto important-to-safety SSCs. Load height and weight restrictions will be imposed to precludenearby safety-related SSCs from being adversely affected by a postulated IQad drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 34 of.98 The mobile cranes are. generally not equipped with wind speed monitoring capabilities. Toensure that any restrictions on the wind speeds are implemented, the mobile cranes will rely onsite wind speed readings that are recorded at the site meteorological tower. In general, themobile cranes have restrictions on their operational wind speed, as well as other operationallimitations. To ensure that the crane manufacturer's operational limitations are being followed,there are job-specific construction procedures in place for the work associated withassembly/disassembly of the OLS. These controls regulate the construction activities. Inaddition, there is a work package specifically written for each work activity that invokes therequirements dictated by engineering, including wind speed limitations on crane operation.Meteorological forecasts will also be used to monitor wind speedsBased on the above discussion, it is highly unlikely that a load will be dropped from a mobilecrane. However' as required by NUREG-0612, load drops from a mobile crane have beenpostulated and the potential consequences of a postulated drop evaluated as described inSections 7 and 8. None of these consequences leads to the need to. invoke the one-time Unit IOperating License change / change to Technical. Specification 3.7.5 or impose the ERCWcompensatory measures during lifts by the mobile cranes. With regard to rigging of the SCVsteel cut sections by either the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by theOLS, postulated drops of these steel sections from crane failures have been evaluated inReference 24 to result in no failure of the ERCW. lines over which these loads will travelbecause of load handling limitations for these lifts and the physical protection of the ERCWlines provided to them by their soil depth and the concrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipetunnel containing these ERCW lines.Operational crane tests are performed at the time of production of the crane and the cranemanufacturer maintains records of these tests. During the assembly/disassembly of the OLSand prior to each shift usage of the mobile cranes, a preoperational checklist of the cranefeatures will be conducted. by that shift operating team and signed off. If a load sustaining partof a crane (other than the wire rope) is altered, replaced, or repaired, ASME B30.5 requires thatthe crane be load tested using a maximum of 110% of the manufacturer's load rating. For wirerope replacement, a functional test is performed using normal operating loads. The mobilecranes used in the assembly/disassembly of the OLS will follow these ASME requirements.5.3 Outside Lift System ComponentsThe OLS will arrive at the Sequoyah site in standard containers. These containers will bemoved to the OLS assembly/disassembly area (see Figure 5-2) on tractor-trailers. The OLS will.be assembled/disassembled in accordance with Reference 23 while both units are in Modes 1-6or defueled. As described in References 23 and 51, the heaviest individual component is thelower counterweight tray at 27.8 metric tonnes (61.3 kips). The heaviest assembled componentlifted during the erection process is the main mast at 104.7 metric tonnes (230.1 kips). Thelargest ballast blocks used are 10.9 metric tonnes (24 kips).The crane components will be off-loaded .from the tractor-trailers using the mobile cranesdiscussed in Section 5.2, and forklifts. During the offload process, the components will be liftedslightly higher than the trailer bed and lowered to the ground. Offloading locations will be.chosen to minimize the potential for impacting ERCW piping. In addition, physical protection inthe forms of timber mats, steel mats, and steel plate will be provided to ERCW piping and otherTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 35 of 98 underground commodities as necessary to distribute the impact from a load drop such-that theERCW piping/other underground commodities will not be affected. None of theseconsequences leads to the need to invoke the. one-time Unit I Operating License change /change to Technical Specification 3.7.5 or impose the ERCW compensatory measures duringlifts by the mobile cranes.5.4 Old and Replacement Steam Generators.The existing Westinghouse Model 51 OSGs will be removed and new RSGs furnished byWestinghouse will be installed. The RSGs are form, fit and function replacements of the OSGsand are similar in orientation and overall physical dimensions to the OSGs. The envelopingweight for the steam generator lifts has been determined to be 375 tons (750 kips). Thisenveloping weight includes the steam generator, rigging, attached upper lateral restraint, andattached insulation.Movement of the OSGs/RSGs out of and into the Unit 2 Containment will be performed withUnit 2 in the defueled condition with Unit 1 assumed to be at power. Coordination with PlantOperations is required prior to commencement of SG movement activities.Once lifted clear of the Shield Building dome, the OSGs will follow designated load paths overthe top of the Shield Building dome, as shown on Figure 5-2. Rigging and lifting of the OSGswill be performed by trained personnel, will be strictly controlled and conducted in accordancewith approved procedures, and will be restricted to the load paths described by Figure 5-2.After clearing the edge of the Shield Building dome, the OSG will be lowered. Once the bottomof the OSG reaches a suitable height above the ground, the OLS will rotate and move the OSGto the downending area for attachment of the lower end of the OSG to the downending device,as shown on Figure 5-4. As illustrated in Figure 5-4, the OSG will be lowered and downendedto the horizontal position for placement on the transporter. Downending equipment and thedownending foundation area have been designed for the applicable loads in accordance withASME NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Reference 25 determined that the loads on the downendingfoundation are less than 278.5 tons (557 kips) and the soil beadng pressure from thefoundation is less than the allowable pressure. Each OSG will be handled in an identicalmanner (but with' slightly different load paths over the Shield Building dome), and the RSGs willbe handled in a similar manner, but reverse order. However, the OLS attachments and saddleswill differ as required for adaptation to the RSGs.For the Unit 2 SGR Project, it is estimated that from the time an OSG clears the Unit 2Containment dome until it is positioned to start downending on to the transporter will beapproximately two hours. This time is also valid for a RSG once it is upended.and ready to starttoWards the Unit 2 Containment until it is ready to pass through the Unit 2 Containment domeopening. Safety-related SSCs (e.g., ERCW piping) could potentially be impacted by a SG dropfor a duration of approximately 30 minutes during this portion of the lift. 'Protection andcompensatory measures will be in place during this portion of the lift to prevent damage toand/or mitigate the consequences of damage to these SSCs.The time to downend or upend a SG is anticipated to be approximately two hours. No safety-related SSCs could be impacted during this portion of the lift by a SG drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 36 of 98. | |||
The anticipated time to haul an. OSG once it is ready for transport until it is outside the Unit 2OSG storage facility (OSGSF), is approximately four hours. Although there are safety-relatedSSCs (ERCW piping) buried adjacent to the haul route, protection will be provided prior tomovement of the SGs along the haul route such that these SSCs will not be damaged as aresult of a load drop from the transporter.The SG haul route is shown on Figure 5-6. The distance from the Unit 2 SGRdownending/upending (laydown) area to the Unit 2 OSG Storage Facility/replacement steam.generator storage area (RSGSA) is approximately 4,090 ft. A review of SSCs in the vicinity ofthis portion of the haul route identified several safety-related and non-safety related buried andabove-ground interferences. Interferences include ERCW pipes, valve boxes, fire protectionpiping, sanitary water system, lighting systems, electrical duct banks, manholes, catch basins,and drain pipes. Non-safety related interferences were. evaluated in Calculation 39866-CALC-C-003 (Reference 42) and determined to- be capable of withstanding the normal surchargeloads that will be experienced during SG transport by: use of a self-propelled modulartransporter (SPMT). Calculation 39866-CALC-C-005 (Reference 43) documents the continuedavailability of safety-related ERCW piping and duct banks in consideration of a postulated dropof a steam generator being transported by the SPMT with the application of the followingprotection measures detailed in the calculation:36" ERCW pipe Southwest of Perimeter Road approximately between STA 5+88.10 andSTA 9+92.10: 1.0 ft of sand/fill protection0 30" ERCW pipes Northeast of Perimeter Road approximately between the centerline ofthe Reactors and STA 9+92.10:1.0 ft of sand/fill protection0 36" ECRW pipes running parallel to the ERCW Pumping Station Access Road betweenSTA 0+40' and STA 0-25': 2.5 ft of sand/fill protection* Handhole 29: 2.5 ft of wood cribbing along the perimeter of two sides* Manhole Groups 31 & 32, and Handhole group 52: 2.5. ft of wood cribbing along theperimeter of three sidesThe potential for a load drop in the vicinity of the safety-related SSCs will be minimized byoperating the transporter at less than 5 mph, provision of a stable road surface with limitedgrades, and use of a stable single-wide transporter. Additionally, the height of the transporterwill be restricted in the vicinity of safety-related SSCs.Although the SG transporter is considered rugged equipment, it is not specifically designed towithstand external events addressed by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 2, which are part of theSequoyah design basis. The probability of an external event occurring when the transporter isnear a safety-related SSC, and which causes a heavy load drop that results in loss of theadjacent SSC is extremely low. However, to conservatively address the worse caseconsequences, a test weight or SG drop off the transporter was postulated to occur anywherealong the haul route in conjunction with a plant external event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 37 of 98 In ,lieu of performing the haul route load test with a fully loaded transporter, the test will beperformed by loading the test vehicle with enough test weights to produce a subgrade bearingpressure equivalent to or greater than that caused by a loaded transporter. The purpose of theload test is to develop a test pressure that will identify any soft spots in the surfacecourse/subgrade requiring repairs. The entire haul route will be either load tested or evaluatedagainst equivalent previously performed load tests. prior to the SG transport. With respect toload tests performed as part of the SGR Project, the complete haul route designated for testingneed not bW tested all at one time;. individual segments may be tested at different times. Loaddrop protection, need only be present immediately prior to and during passage of the load (testload or SG).The generators will be lifted with rigging devices attached as well as any equipment (nozzleclosure plates, insulation, upper lateral support, etc.) that will be attached during movement.The lifted weight for the OSGs includes the following components:e Generator (calculated)0 Lifting device (calculated)0 Internal water and sludge (conservatively estimated based on past projects)* Nozzle cover plates (calculated)0 Lower lateral bumper blocks (calculated).0 Upper lateral support (calculated)* Rings and Insulation (calculated)0 Rigging (calculated)The lifted weight of the new SGs includes the following components:* Generator (375 tons)* Lifting trunnions (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)" Lower lateral bumper blocks (calculated -will be confirmed after removal)* Upper.lateral support (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)* Insulation support rings (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)." Rigging (calculated)The OLS has a load cell incorporated into the crane that will be able to confirm the weight aseach lift is performed. The OLS will lift. the generators a few inches off their support and thenhold. At this point the weight of the load will be confirmed and a systems check will. beperformed on the OLS prior to movement.5.5 Reactor Shield Building Concrete, Steam Generator Enclosure Concrete, andContainment Vessel SteelTwo approximately 20 ft by 45 ft openings will be cut into the Shield Building dome, asillustrated in Figure 5-2. Similar geometry openings will also be made in the Steel ContainmentVessel (SCV) dome, and the concrete roof plugs. of each of the four SG compartments will beremoved in order to create the rigging paths. into the steam generator cubicles to allow removalTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 38 of 98 of the OSGs and installation of the RSGs. | |||
* Rigging of the Shield Building concrete sections,SCV steel sections, and SG compartment roofs will occur only during the defueled condition.The OLS will be used to remove the cut concrete sections of the Shield Building dome, whichbased .on engineering are expected to weigh less than 170 tons (340 kips) (Reference 26).Because the SCV steel sections have been evaluated to weigh no more than 15.5 tons (-31kips), either.the OLS or the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr'LR 1400/2 crane may be used forrigging these loads (Reference 24).The. SG compartmeht roof and the Main Steam whip restraint beams below the roof will be cut,and removed and reinstalled by the OLS as one piece for each of the four compartments. Theweight of an individually-rigged SG compartment roof has been determined to be no greaterthan 67.25 tons (134.5 kips) (Reference 27).Movement of the above loads will be performed with Unit 2 in the defueled condition and withUnit 1 assumed to be at power. -Coordination with Plant Operations is required prior tocommencement of heavy load movement activities.5.6 Lift PlanThe heavy lift plan for the various loads to be lifted during the SQN, Unit 2, SGR Project isdetailed in engineering packages, which define the requirements for the safe rigging of theheavy loads associated with the Unit 2 SGR Project. These engineering packages weredeveloped under the direction of registered professional engineers having special knowledge ofcritical lift operations with many years of experience performing this type of work. Theengineering packages associated with the rigging plan include the following details:" Calculations to determine the critical aspects (e.g., lifted weight, center of gravity, size,etc.) of items to be rigged* Qualification of rigging components* Qualification of rigging equipment" Comparison of lifted load with crane capacity* Allowable load paths and allowable locations of cranes with respect to the load paths" Crane foundation design and construction details" Relocation details for underground utilities in the OLS foundation area* Qualification and design of SG rigging attachment points* Load test requirements* Evaluation of safety-related buried commodities in the vicinity of heavy lift load path for apostulated load drop from the OLS-Evaluation of the OLS for seismic and wind/tomado loads* Evaluation of the response from a postulated drop onto the Unit 2 Shield Building* Load. path restrictions (path, height)* Operating weather restrictions and associated work instructions* Protection details for safety-related SSCs If a load drop occurs* Contingency measures for the realignment of plant systems if a load drop occursIncorporated into these engineering products are the load limitations derived from the cranemanufacturer's load charts. For lifting of the SGs, calculated weights will be confirmed by loadTechnical Report No.. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 39 of 98 cell measurements upon initial lift operations. The potential for winds to influence the safety ofthe lift operations will be controlled administratively. As noted above, cranes performing heavylift operations will be limited to locations where ground conditions have been examined andevaluated; more specifically, the OLS will be supported on an engineered pile foundation.A specific work package is written for each work activity associated with the above rigging planthat invokes the necessary requirements dictated by the engineering packages. These Workpackages -are prepared by construction personnel who plan the overall SGRconstruction/maintenance program.. Each work package Is reviewed by design engineeringpersonnel to confirm that the planned activities are within the limits established by theengineering evaluations and analyses'.During the Unit 2 SGR Project heavy load lifts, personnel observing the load lift will be in directcommunication with the main control room to relay status information of the lift to the operatingcrew. In addition, personnel will be in direct communication with the main control room tomonitor for Auxiliary Building flooding should a heavy load drop occur.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 40 of 98 Figure 5-1 -Outside Lift System ElevationTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 41 of 98 00M:.z0zG)mmy WE -U* m~uoiui FIESEN 0 THE OLS MEECIO AREAFmus r H os Ramm"TI0i0ErCO)0r91VMA LF ,DI FT FOR LOAM GRATER Ti25 IOS(D300 I___________________________ U I X~ie'PILE SLZIAMOUNT AND ALOCATIMPE PTVA DEM0GCHANGE UO7ICE D2470Ar-(REF.) ptq 45 (REP.)Figure 5-3 -Outside Lift System Base ElevationTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 43 of 98 RSG DOWENDINSImUaMUFigure 5-4 -Downending Device.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 44 of 98 VU LFT HOWT- 170 r AVE M=LIF H~f [i FOR LOAM =ZATM 11025 WUS125Fr FOR 1015 UP YO 25 'PSFigure 5-5 -Supplementary Crane General Assembly and Load PathsTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 45 of 98 0)46-0a-SI0=0>*000 =0CE..2 xLAD0-CLC3a) 6.0 Description of SSCs Potentially Affected by a Postulated Load DropTo support the Unit 2 SGR, there will be movements of heavy loads in the vicinity'of, and over,safety-related equipment that is required to support operation of both units while Unit 2 is inModes I through 6 and defueled. The SSCs that are potentially affected from either equipment.impact or a heavy load drop impact are identified in this section. The potentially affected designfunctions and operability requirements of these SSCs are also addressed. As detailed inSections 7 and 8, the movements of loads in the vicinity of and over these SSCs have beenevaluated and found to be acceptable based on the capability of the SSC to withstand theimpact, protection being provided, and/or compensatory measures being implemented.6.1 Unit 2 ContainmentThe Sequoyah Unit 2 Containment consists of a free-standing Steel Containment Vessel (SCV)surrounded by a free-standing concrete Unit 2 Shield Building. The SCV and Shield Buildingare designed to Seismic Category I standards to remain functional during and after a SSE. Thedesign function of the SCV, as indicated in UFSAR Sections 3.8.2.1, 6.1 and 6.2.1.1.1, is toprovide an essentially leak-tight barrier to the release of fission products to the environmentAs described in UFSAR Section 3.8.1.1, the Shield Building is.a reinforced concrete structure.The design functions of the Shield Building are to protect the SCV from external events and toact as the principal structure that limits doses from radioactivity inside the Containment. Thesedesign functions are not required while the reactor is defueled.Unit 2 Technical Specifications 3/4.6.1.1, 3/4.6.1.6, and 3/4.6.1.7 specify the integrityrequirements -for the Unit 2 SCV and Unit 2 Shield Building during Modes 1-4. The Bases forTechnical Specifications 3/4.6.1.1, 3/4.6.1.6, and 3/4.6.1.7 indicate that the safety design basisfor Primary Containment is that the Containment must withstand the pressures andtemperatures of the limiting design basis accident without exceeding design leakage rates.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.6.2.2 requires that two Independent trains of lowerContainment vent coolers be operable with two coolers in each train in Modes 1-4. The Basesfor Technical Specification 3/4.6.2.2 indicate .that the operability of the -lower Containment ventcoolers ensures that adequate heat removal capacity is available to provide long-term coolingfollowing a non-LOCA event.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.6.3 requires that each Containment isolation valve beoperable in Modes 1-4. The Bases for Technical Specification 3/4.6.3 indicate that operabilityof the Containment Isolation valves ensures that the Containment atmosphere will be isolatedfrom. the outside environment in the event of a release of radioactive material to theContainment or pressurization of the Containment.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.9.4 defines the required status of Containment Buildingpenetrations during movement of irradiated fuel within the Containment The Bases ofTechnical Specification 3/4.9.4 indicate that the requirements on Containment Buildingpenetration closure and operability ensure that a release of radioactive material withinContainment will be restricted from leakage to the environment.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 47 of 98. | |||
6.2 Auxiliary BuildingThe Auxiliary Building will not be directly impacted by the evaluated load drops. However, apotential effect from the postulated load drops is flooding of the Auxiliary Building through theERCW tunnel. The impact of potential flooding on the Auxiliary Building is addressed in Section7.1. Measures that mitigate this flooding are detailed in Section 8.2.As described in UFSAR Section 3.8.4.1.1, the Auxiliary Building is a part of the Auxiliary ControlBuilding. It is a multi-story reinforced concrete structure that houses Unit I and 2 EngineeredSafety Features equipment. The Spent Fuel Pit and Fuel Transfer Canal are also housed In theAuxiliary Building. Thq Auxiliary Building is designed to Seismic Category I standards and willremain functional during and after a SSE. The exterior concrete walls above grade aredesigned to resist the design basis tornado missiles. Since the Auxiliary Building is sharedbetween Unit I and Unit 2, these design bases are required whenever either unit is in Modes 1-4 or fuel is stored in the Spent Fuel Pool.6.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water SystemrAs described in UFSAR Section 9.2.2.2, the ERCW system consists of eight pumps; fourtraveling water screens, four screen wash pumps, and four strainers located within the ERCWpumping station, and associated piping and valves. The safety-related portion of the ERCWsystem is designed to Seismic Category I standards and will remain functional following theSSE. Water is supplied to the Auxiliary Building from the ERCW pumping station through fourindependent sectionalized supply headers designated as 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B. Four ERCWpumps are assigned to Train A, and four are assigned to Train.B. The two headers associatedwith the same train (i.e., 1A/2A or I B/2B) may be cross-tied to provide greater flexibility. Thisallows one supply header to be out of service (e.g., for strainer maintenance), subject to theUltimate Heat Sink limitations of Technical Specification 3/4.7.5. Section 9.2.2 of the UFSARindicates that the ERCW system design function is to supply cooling water to various heat loadsin both the primary and secondary portions of each unit. A simplified flow diagram of the ERCWsystem is provided as Figure 6-1. Figure 6-1 also depicts the impact locations of the postulatedload drop of an SG based on the load path indicated on Figure 5-2. Note that as illustrated inFigure 6-2, there are three (3) ERCW lines which run adjacent to each other under the load pathresulting in three impact locations on Figure 6-1.The ERCW system piping is arranged in four headers (1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B) each servingcertain components in each unit as follows:1. Each header supplies ERCW to one of the two Containment Spray heat exchangersassociated with each unit.2. The primary cooling source for each of the Diesel Generator heat exchangers is from theUnit I headers. Each diesel also has an alternate supply from the Unit 2 headers of theopposite train.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 48 of 98 | |||
: 3. The normal cooling water supply to Component Cooling System (CCS) heat exchangers1A1 and 1A2, 2A1 and 2A2, and OBI and 0B2, is from ERCW headers 2A, 2A, and 2B,respectively..4. Each A and B supply header in each unit header provides'a backup source of Feedwater forthe turbine-driven Auxiliary Feed Pumps in the respective unit.5.. Each of the two discharge headers provides a backup source of Feedwater for the motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps in each unit.6. Headers 1A and 1 B provide ERCW cooling water to the control room and Control Buildingelectrical board room air-conditionsystems.7. Each A and B header in each unit supplies ERCW cooling water to the Auxiliary Buildingventilation coolers for safeguard equipment, the Containment ventilation system coolers, theReactor Coolant Pump (RCP) motor coolers, the control rod drive vent coolers, and theContainment instrument room cooler's water chillers in the respective unit.8. Headers 1A and 11B provide a backup source of cooling water for the Station AirCompressors.9. Headers 1A and 2B provide ERCW cooling water for the Shutdown Board. room airconditioners and Auxiliary Control Air Compressors.10. Headers 2A and 2B provide ERCW cooling water for the Emergency Gas Treatment roomcoolers and boric acid transfer and Unit 2 Auxiliary Feedwater Pump space coolers.11. Headers 1A and 16 provide ERCW cooling water for the CCS pumps and Unit 1 AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump space coolers.12. Under flood conditions, ERCW provides water to the Spent Fuel Pit heat exchangers,Reactor Coolant Pump thermal barriers, ice machine refrigeration condensers, and sampleheat exchangers, and the Residual Heat Removal heat exchangers as needed.Technical Specification 3/4.7.4 (both units have the same Technical Specification requirements)requires that at least two independent ERCW loops be operable in Modes 1-4. The Bases ofTechnical Specification 3/4.7.4 indicate that the operability of the ERCW system ensures thatsufficient cooling capacity is available for continued operation of safety-related equipmentduring normal and accident conditions. The Unit 2 systems that require ERCW are not required.to be operable while the reactor Is defueled.6.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage TankAs discussed in UFSAR Section 3.8.4.1.4, the Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) isa Seismic Category I structure, but is not tornado missile protected. Pipes from the Unit 2RWST to the Auxiliary Building are housed in reinforced concrete tunnels. A storage basin isprovided around the Unit 2 RWST to retain a quantity of borated water in the event the RWSTis ruptured by a tornado missile or other initiating event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 49 of 98 The design function of the Unit 2 RWST, as indicated in UFSAR Sections 5.5.7.2.2, 6.3.2.2 and6.3.3.12, is to provide borated water for (1) filling the Refueling Canal during refueling and (2)the Safety Injection, Residual Heat Removal, and Containment Spray pumps during theEmergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) function. These design functions are not requiredwhile the Reactor is defueled.UFSAR Table 6.3.2-3 provides the minimum storage volume for the accumulators and RWST.As indicated in UFSAR Section 6.3.2.6, this minimum storage volume is sufficient to ensure thatafter a RCS break, sufficient water is injected and is available within the Containment to permitrecirculation flow to the core, and to meet the net positive suction head requirements of theRHR pumps.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.5.5 requires the Unit 2 RWST to be operable in Modes 1-4.The Bases for Technical Specification 3/4.5.5 indicate that the operability-of the Unit 2 RWSTas part of the ECCS ensures that a sufficient supply of borated water is available for injectionby the ECCS in the event of a LOCA.6.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage TankAs indicated In UFSAR Section 11.2.2, the Unit 2 Primary Water Storage Tank (PWST) is oneof the outside tanks used to store low-level radioactive liquids. Based on UFSAR Section3.8.4.1.4, the PWST is not a Category I tank (i.e., the PWST is non-seismic, non-tornadomissile protected, and non-safety related). Section 11.2.3 of the UFSAR indicates that the Unit2 PWST has a high level alarm and an overflow line that discharges to the ERCW pipe tunnel.6.6 Unit 2 Main Steam PipingUFSAR Section 10.3 describes the Main Steam supply system. The system is designed toconduct steam from the steam generator outlets to the High Pressure Turbine, the CondenserSteam Dump System, and to .other components. Downstream of the Main Steam IsolationVaives (MSIVs), the steam lines follow the outside perimeter of the Unit 2 Shield BulIding untilthey enter the Turbine Building.As described in UFSAR Section 10.3.2.1, the MSIVs and Main Steam Bypass Isolation Valvesare provided to protect the plant following a break in the steam header downstream of theMSIVs, as well as to protect the plant from the effects of a break in the steam line from onsteam generator inside the Unit 2 Containment or upstream of MSIV, and from the effects of asteam generator tube rupture. UFSAR Section 3.5.5 states that tornado missile protection isnot required for the portion of the Main Steam piping downstream of the MSIVs.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.5 requires that four MSIVs be operable in Modes 1-3.The Bases for Technical- Specification 3/4.7.1.5 Indicate that the operability of the MSIVsensures that no more than one steam generator will blow down In the event of a steam linerupture.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 50 of 98 6.7 Unit 2 Feedwater PipingAs described In UFSAR Section 10.4.7.1, the Condensate Feedwater System is-designed tosupply a sufficient quantity of feedwater to the steam generator secondary side inlet duringnormal operating conditions and to guarantee that feedwater will not be delivered to the steamgenerators when feedwater isolation is required. The portion of the system from the steamgenerators back through the check valve and isolation valve is designed as TVA Class B.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.6 requires that four. Main Feedwater Isolation Valves(MFlVs), four Main Feedwater Regulating Valves (MFRVs), and four MFRV Bypass Valves beoperable in Modes 1-3. The Bases, for Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.6 indicate that isolationof the Main Feedwater System is provided when required to mitigate the consequences of asteam line break, feedwater line break, excessive feedwater flow, and loss of normal feedwater(and station blackout) accident.6.8 Fire Protection System PipingSection 12.1 of Part II of the Sequoyah Fire Protection Report (FPR) indicates that the HighPressure Fire Protection (HPFP) system water supply Is common to both units and consists, ofone electric motor driven fire pump and one diesel engine driven fire pump. Each pump takessuction from its own 300,000 gallon potable water storage tank which is supplied by the localmunicipal utility. Each pump is connected to the HPFP system looped yard main by a separatesupply line that can be isolated.A fire protection water distribution system Is provided to serve both units and is cross-tiedbetween the units. Sectional isolation valves are provided so that maintenance may beperformed on portions of the loop while maintaining fire fighting capability. The sectionalisolation valves in the underground loop are locked or sealed in position and surveillance isperformed to ensure proper system alignment.The HPFP system is also connected to the two fire/flood mode pumps (old fire pumps) whichcan be utilized by opening the normally closed valves which Isolate them from the system.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 51 of 98 z0CD0co0oa,0)0I-A-K-A SI4.ToQ-APUP 3" ROW.R-A 2A 4TOtX4-IlFLOODCE COND.CO)NTA1NME4T SHwsoOWiqSPRAY EDC IA-A ROCIL~FLOOD | |||
* Ai~ndm24. IAINSTRMDROPtr~dH~s4ZNEEI"2ASIR~A~AM~CISI!LG- lMAC@ --4 lA-AVOPRM 6- iAFRA iAC IXA-ASSPERM 14-23 liA-A I~ AB -A IR A-AM7EI4PM IA-AWCE'IEClAFROME FLOWDDOSAO 7- I H1R. BMOE Ic uGG~f TANKLI=-4'101 ROAPWP3RL,.coNLANqmaw 3-ccsnmcliSPA62- lA-A ROTS A&...2&AIEI A-A SwPRmc2R 2AA i2A-A MIP 0L2 FAAAE 714PNM- CUP OIL2AA PIPE CHASEEALLarMM,I-.9.~~i.RC of7 wq 14 0LCpFLOODSPRAY EX MnBTANK OCM&00 SE v mSlýihdITOI NSIS -m REMODIUIM 15-00050 --" IS-C05S 4 rwCHILE MD.E" ROPZONEmvacarmsk ZONE R L3B*WRMNEDM C11t Figure 6-2 -Heavy Load Lifting Postulated Drop ZoneTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 53 of 98 7.0 Postulated Load DropsDetails of the design of the cranes being used (including their seismic capability), inspectionsand load testing performed on these cranes, restrictions on operation of the cranes, operatortraining, and- procedural controls have been provided In the previous sections. Given theseconsiderations, it is highly unlikely that a load will be dropped from these cranes. However, asrequired by NUREG-0612, load drops from each of these cranes have been postulated and thepotential consequences of these postulated drops evaluated.Rigging of the heavy. loads described in Section 5 will be performed within the load pathsdefined on Figure 5-2. In the event of a non-mechanistic failure of a crane or rigging equipmentresulting in a load handling accident, the load is assumed to impact within the evaluated loadpath. Reference 16 evaluated safety-related buried commodities in the vicinity of heavy lift loadpath for postulated load drops from OLS and other cranes to be utilized for the Unit 2 SGRProject.As detailed in Section 5, the heaviest loads being handled are the Steam Generators. Othersignificant loads include Shield Building concrete sections, SCV steel sections, SteamGenerator Compartment roof concrete sections, and OLS components duringassembly/disassembly.7.1 Steam Generator Load DropsAccidental dropping of a SG inside the Unit 2 Containment has been evaluated as part of therigging engineering package and its associated 10 CFR 50.59 evaluation. Lifting of heavyloads inside or above the Unit 2 Containment with the OLS (PTC Crane) will not commenceprior to completion of defueling. Since all fuel will be removed from the Unit 2 Containment andthe spent fuel pit (SFP) will be isolated from the Unit 2 Containment, a load drop from the OLSinside or above the Unit 2 Containment will not result in: 1) releases of radioactive material dueto damage to spent fuel, 2) damage to fuel or fuel storage racks, or 3) damage to the reactorvessel or spent fuel pool that causes a loss of water and the fuel to be uncovered.Equipment required for safe shutdown of Unit i may be affected by a load drop from the OLSinside or above the Unit 2 Shield Building. Common systems involved are the ERCW System,Component Cooling System (CCS), and Essential Air Distribution System. To ensure that aload drop -from the OLS inside or above the Unit 2 Shield Building will not affect the ability toshut down Unit 1, valves located outside of the Unit 2 Shield Building for the ERCW System,CCS,. and Essential Air Distribution System will be closed prior to lifting heavy loads with theOLS. Therefore, a load drop from the OLS inside or above the Unit 2 Containment will riotaffect the ability to shut down the operating unit (Unit 1).If a SG drop is postulated to occur while the SG is above the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, it isassumed to fall vertically onto the dome directly below where it is suspended at the time. If theSG were to roll off of the dome it could potentially hit the auxiliary or control buildings andimpact the spent fuel pool and/or equipment required to safely shutdown Unit 1. As notedabove, with the reactor defueled, outside Unit 2 Containment. isolation valves for ERCW andCCS closed, and the Spent Fuel Pit isolated from the Unit 2 Containment, and the capability.tomanually isolate control air to the Unit 2 Containment, a load drop inside the Unit 2Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 54 of 98 Containment will not impact fuel or prevent the safe shutdown of Unit 1. Given theconsequences of a SG impacting the Auxiliary or Control Buildings, handling of the SGs mustbe.done in a manner that assures that if a SG drop occurs above the Shield Building dome, itpenetrates the dome rather than rolling off of it.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building/ContainmentTwo SG load drop situations above the temporary truss structure/Shield Building/Containmenthave been considered; those within a radial distance from the center of the Unit 2 Containmentof about 55 ft (remote from Shield Building -131 ft diameter cylindrical shell wall) and thosebetween this region and the parapet (near the cylindrical shell wall). Since the Unit 2 reactorwill be defueled while the SGs are being moved, the primary concern with a SG drop is the SGtrajectory following impact with the Shield Building dome and its subsequent impact location.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building -Away From Unit 2 Shield Building WallThe SG drop trajectory. following vertical impact from an arbitrary height onto the dome isdifficult to predict. Since the lift height of the SG is only limited by the capability of the OLS, asubstantial clearance between the SG and the Shield Building dome will be maintained by liftingthe SGs vertically through the Unit 2 Containment and Shield Building openings until a defined.minimum clearance is attained. The SGs will then betranslated horizontally to the outer edgeof the Shield Building, as shown on Figure 5-2. Applying an energy balance methodology to arigid-plastic shell model, it was analytically determined (Reference 16) that a SG- drop from aheight of 12.75 ft or greater will perforate the concrete Unit 2 Shield Building dome and theSCV. A drop from this height ensures complete penetration of the SG through the temporarytruss structure located above the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, through the Unit 2 ShieldBuilding dome itself, and into the Containment, as opposed to a response characterized byimpact with and deflection off the Shield Building dome. A minimum clearance from the Shield.Building dome of 20 ft will be used when lifting the SGs. This 20 ft clearance is within the liftinglimit and operational capability of the OLS. Some substantial conservatisms support theconclusion that perforation and entry will occur. These conservatisms are: 1) neglect ofenergies associated with local deformations, 2) consideration of the "laminar" concrete dome asa contiguous or single layer, 3) neglect of the weakening effect of the openings, and 4) use of alift height (20 ft) that is over 50% greater than that calculated for perforating the dome.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building -Near the Unit 2 Shield Building WallAs the SGs near the edge of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, it nolonger becomes possible toanalytically show that the SG penetrates the Unit 2 Shield Building dome and SCV dome. Atthis point, a dropped SG is assumed'to tumble over the edge of the Containment and impactthe ground somewhere near the Shield Building wall along the load path. It may also impact the-side of the Shield Building as it falls. Since it is difficult to predict exactly where the SG willimpact, SSCs within and near the load path were-assumed to be affected. The potentiallyaffected SSCs in the vicinity of this postulated drop location are the Unit 2 Shield Building,ERCW tunnel and pipes, Unit 2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, Unit 2 MS piping, Unit 2 FW piping, andFire Protection System piping.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 55 of 98 SG Drop Along the Unit 2 Shield Building WallThe SGs will be lowered/raised by the OLS near the Unit 2 Shield Building wall above the loadpath shown on Figure 5-2. A SG drop in this area Is assumed to Impact directly below wherethe SG is being lowered/raised. Since the impact area is bounded by the area assumed for thepostulated Sd drop above the Shield Building near the Shield Building wall, the consequencesof the drop along the Shield Building wall are also bounded..SG Drop Between the Lowering/Raising Area and the Downending/Upending AreaA SG drop along the load path between the lowering/raising area and the downending/upendingarea is assumed to impact SSCs within the flopover distance (approximately 70 ft from theimpact point on the load path) of the SG. Those SSCs potentially affected by a SG dropbetween the lowering/raising area and the downending/upending area are the same SSCsidentified as potentially affected by a SG drop above the Unit 2 Shield Building near the Unit 2Shield Building wall.OSG Drop Dose ConsequencesFor the Unit 1 SGR, the radiological consequences of the drop of a transported OSG wereconcluded to be more conservative from a dose standpoint than those associated with OSGfailures within Containment. Specifically, Reference 30 determined that the radiologicalconsequences of an OSG drop outside the Unit 1 Shield Building along the haul route betweenthe Unit 1 Shield Building and the Unit 1 OSG Storage Facility (OSGSF) were moreconservative due to the close proximity of the failed OSG to the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB)where, as described below, the acceptance values for dose consequences to the public areregulatorily defined..Within Reference 30, the acceptability of the offsite dose consequences associated with apostulated drop of an OSG was evaluated and compared to the consequences of postulateddesign basis accidents for a gaseous release. For assessing offsite dose consequences, thedrop of an OSG was considered to most closely resemble a rupture of a tank containingradioactive material. Failure of the Waste Gas Decay Tank (WGDT) (Reference UFSARSection 15.3.5) is the limiting event evaluated in the UFSAR for accidental gaseous releasefrom a tank. As indicated in UFSAR Section 15.5.2, the respective dose limits for ExclusionArea Boundary (EAB) and Low Population Zone (LPZ) for the WGDT rupture accident are 1.8Rem and 0.22 Rem, respectively. From UFSAR Section 15.5.3, the dose limit given for controlroom operators is 5 Rem.Reference 30 conservatively assumed that 10% of the OSG activity would be released due .tothe impact of the drop during OSG transport and that, 1% of this release amount would be In theform of particulates small enough to become airborne. Confirmatory NRC analyses of the earlySGRs also used this percentage of activity release. Based on an Isotopic survey of the CVCS,the prime contributors to the offsite dose due to a SG drop were determined to be Ni-63, Co-60,Cs-134 and Cs-137. Using these conservative assumptions, the maximum calculated controlroom dose..was determined to be 3.76 x 10-2 Rem whole body.. The offsite doses from apostulated drop at the limiting location along the haul route (Reference 30, Table 14) were: .Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 56of 98 At the AB4.86 x 10.2 Rem whole body (which correlated to the WGDT gamma dose)*3.02 x 10.4 Rem to the skin (which correlated to the WGDT beta dose)At the LPZ1.07 x 10-3 Rem whole body (which correlated to the WGDT gamma dose)3.00 x 104 Rem to the skin (which correlated to the WGDT beta dose)For the Unit 1 SGR, the resultant radiation dose values that were calculated for an OSG dropand postulated. rupture were. well within the above-described UFSAR dose limits for thecomparative WGDT rupture.UFSAR Section 15.5.2 presents the radiological consequences of a WGDT rupture in thecontext of 10 CFR 100. The Basis for Technical Specification 3/4.11.2.6 describes the SQNsite's compliance with NRC Standard Review Plan Section 15.7.1 (Reference 31) for limiting theCurie content in waste gas systems such that any single failure of a component will not result ina whole body dose at the nearest exclusion area boundary In excess of 0.5 Rem. This limit ondose is greater than the calculated dose for an OSG drop. For the Unit 1 SGR, the evaluatedconsequences of an OSG drop were within the 'applicable regulatory criteria of NRC StandardReview Plan Section 15.7.1 and were much less than the limiting licensing design basisaccidents evaluated in Chapter 15 of the UFSAR.During the Spring 2011 Unit 2 refueling outage, radiological sampling data was obtained fromthe Unit 2 OSGs in order to make a comparison between the radiological and radiation dosecharacteristics of the Unit i and Unit 2 OSGs. This comparison includes factors such asapproach distances of transported OSGs to the EAB for the Unit 1 and Unit 2 SGRs, thelocation of the Unit 2 OSGSF immediately adjacent to the Unit 1 OSGSF, and comparison ofisotopic survey data between the Unit 1/Unit 2 OSGs. The conclusion of this comparison, asdocumented In Reference 32, Is that the dose consequences of a postulated drop of an OSGduring Unit 2 SGR transport are bounded by the dose consequences described above for theUnit 1 SGR (Reference 30), and therefore would be acceptable.Summary of OSG Drop Dose CalculatIon for the SQN Unit 2 SGR ProlectCalculation NDQOO0200020100242, Old Steam Generator Storage Facility Dose Assessmentand OSG Drop Dose Considerations,. (Reference 32) was performed for the Unit 2 SGRProject. This calculation determines the radiological impacts at the exclusion area boundary(EAB), the low population zone (LPZ), and the control room (CR) due to a postulated load dropof an OSG during the steam generator replacement. The scenario postulated to cause thefailure was a drop of an OSG from the outside lift system (OLS) crane or from the transporter atthe most conservative location for occurrence along the haul route between the Unit 2Containment and the Unit 2 OSG Storage Facility (OSGSF). The assumptions, inputs andmethodologies used to determine the dose consequences, are stated below.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 57 of 98 Input for OSG Drop Dose Calculation1. Based on surveys taken during the Unit 2 Spring 2011 refueling outage, the highest doserate at a Eadial distance of 3 feet from the outside surface of the shell in the vicinity of thetube region (at elevation 722 ft) was 60 mR/hr. This dose rate was lower than. the value.obtained during a survey performed between February 25, 2000 and March 1, 2000 on theUnit 1 OSGs which found a dose rate of 85 mR/hr for the same general area. Additionalsurveys taken during the November 2001 outage show the maximum dose rate at 3.ft fromsteam generator No. 3 was 85 mR/hr at elevation 722 ft with the primary side full and thesecondary side drained. This calculation conservatively used a dose rate of 85 mR/hr at 10ft to conservatively bound the collected data from all radiological surveys.2. Isotopic surveys for a.number of components in the reactor cleanup and radwaste systemsduring full power operation were also performed to develop CalculationNDQ002000201.00242. Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) resin and drain tank .residue represent the worst case distributions since they have the highest fractions of Co-.60, the most dominant contributor to organ and whole body doses. The CVCS distributionwas selected because it has higher amounts of Cs-134 and Cs-137 than the drain tankresidue; these Isotopes are also important dose contributors. Since the isotopic surveyswere taken while Unit 2 was at power and the SG external dose rate survey was only a fewdays after shutdown, the two surveys were well matched in time and thus no adjustmentwas necessary.3. Dimensions of the tubes within the OSGs and of the tube region of the OSG were asreported in UFSAR Table 5.5.2-1.4. For Calculation NDQ00200020100242, the maximum accident atmospheric dispersionfactors (X/Qs) utilized were as presented in the table below:Table 7-1 -Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (X/Qs).Release Point Dose Point X/Q Reference(seclm3)Containment EAB 1.64E-3 UFSAR, Table 15A-2Containment LPZ 1.96E-4 UFSAR, Table 15A-2Containment CR 1.59E-3 UFSAR, Table 15.5.3-6Haul Route or OSGSF EAB 2.71E-3 See X/Q Calc Summary BelowHaul Route or OSGSF LPZ 4.51 E-5 See X/Q Calc Summary Below5. For Calculation NDQ00200020100242, the maximum breathing rate of persons offsite andin the control room is 3.74E-4 m3/sec (Regulatory Guide 1.4, Sheet 2). This rate wasconservatively assumed for the duration of the accident.6. Doses are calculated using the inhalation, air submersion, and ground deposition doseconversion factors (DCFs) in Federal Guidance Reports 11 and 12 (EPA-520/1-88-020 andEPA-402-R-93-081).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 58 of 98 | |||
: 7. Based on experimental data and NRC recommendation, the structural shielding factor usedfor 0.75 for submersion and 0.33 for ground deposition (NUREG/CR-5164, Sheet 18;NUREG/CR-4551, Volume 2, Part 7 Sheet 3-28). These factors account for the shieldingprovided by buildings and other structures during normal activities.8. Based on experimental data for various aerosol compositions and sizes and variousdeposition surfaces, the mean ground deposition velocity used was 0.3 cm/sec(NUREG/CR-4551, Volume 2, Part 7, Sheet 2-21).Assumptions for OSG Drop Dose.Calculation1. It was assumed that 90 percent of the total SG isotopic inventory was in the tube region andthat this.activity corresponds to the dose rates measured in the vicinity of the tube region.Of the three regions of the generator (steam dome, tube region, channel head), it wasassumed that most of the activity was in the tube region because the channel head is muchsmaller than the tube region and the steam dome, by design, is expected to have negligiblelevels of activity. The Isotopic Inventory Inside the tube region was calculated based on thisdose rate and the known isotopic distribution and physical dimensions. The inventory forthe entire SG was then estimated by dividing the tube region activity by 90 percent.2. It was assumed that 10 percent. of the SG activity was released due to the Impact of thedrop and that 1 percent of this release amount Was in the form of particulates small enoughto become airborne. Hence, the fraction of the total SG activity that gets released to theenvironment Is 0.001. The use of the 0.1 percent of the isotopes for dose assessments hasbeen used historically on other steam generator replacements (SGRs). The early SGRswere not performed under the requirements of 10 CFR 50.59. Instead, a repair report wasprepared and submitted to the NRC for review and concurrence. As part of its review, theNRC performed confirmatory analyses that used this *percentage of isotopes beingreleased. Recent SGRs performed under 10 CFR 50.59 have continued to use this isotopicrelease percentage.3. All activity releases were assumed to occur within the first two hours of the accident. This isconservative as It minimizes the dispersion of activity released to the environment, therebymaximizing the doses.4. The inhalation dose to the control room operator was calculated using the atmospheric.dispersion factor for the control room, but without taking credit for the control roomstructure.5. LPZ doses due to ground deposition are conservatively calculated assuming no evacuationor remediation during the 30-day exposure period.6. The control room is closer to the Containment than to any point on the haul route. It wastherefore assumed that the control room dose from a SG rupture at the Containmentbounds the dose from a rupture at any point along the haul route. or at the OSGSF.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 59 of 98 Methodoloay for OSG Drop Dose CalculationThe Calculation NDQ00200020100242 dose analysis was performed using the f6llowingsteps:1. Using the worst case measured isotopic distribution for the activity. inside the OSG, acharacteristic energy spectrum was calculated in the units of MeV/sec by energy group.See Table 7-2.below (Table 1 of Attachment A of Calculation NDQ00200020100242).2. The energy spectrum (Step 1) was used in a point-kemal computer program to calculate adose rate 10 ft from the outside of the OSG.As the dose. measurement was taken with the primary side of the generators filled withwater and the secondary side drained, the internal medium of the tube region was modeledas a homogenized mixture of steel and water. The homogeneous density of the tube regionwas calculated by dividing the total mass of the steel and water by the volume of the region.3. By ratioing the calculated dose rate (Step 2) to the measured dose rate 10 ft from theoutside of the OSG, a source adjustment factor was determined. Dividing this ratio by 90%(Assumption 1) yielded an adjustment factor of 9.0. The assumed initial isotopic inventory(Input 2) was multiplied by 9.0 to obtain the estimated total activity inside the generator.4. The isotopic distribution (Step 1) was multiplied by the source adjustment factor (Step 3) toobtain -the isotopic activities inside the OSG corresponding to the measured dose rate of85 mPR-hr at 10 ft from the outside of the OSG.5.. It was assumed that a certain fraction (Assumption 2) of the isotopic activity in the OSG(Step 4) Is released to the environment as a result of the rupture. For a given -isotope andorgan, the inhalation, submersion, and deposition doses were calculated based on theguidance in NUREG/CR-5164. Doses were calculated for the Containment to EABpathway. The doses for the other pathways were obtained by applying. X/Q ratios to thetotal EAB doses. The doses from all isotopes and pathways were summed to arrive at thetotal dose.The total activity in the SG was calculated by Calculation NDQ00200020100242 to be 777Cl, with approximately 8 percent being from Fe-55, 6 percent from Co-58, 18 percent fromCo-60, 38 percent from Ni-63, 12 percent from Cs-134, and 15 percent from Cs-137. Therupture of each SG was postulated to release 0.777 Ci to the atmosphere.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 60 of 98 Table 7-2 -Isotopic Survey Data from CVCS Resin Tank*Isotope iClI/g Isotope pCl/g Isotope pClIg Isotope pCI/gH-3 3.99E-03 Ni-59 2.79E-01 Sn-113 2.90E-02 Pu-239 2.30E-04C-14 6.72E-01 Ni-63 3.26E+01 Sb-125 4.94E-01 Pu-240 2.30E-04Mn-54 1.11E+00 Zn-65 3.65E-02 1-129 5.60E-05 Pu-241 3.13E-02Fe-55 6.71E+00 Sr-89 7,49E-03 Cs-134 1.01E+01 Am-241 1.OOE-04Co-57 1,94E-01 Sr-90 1.07E-01 Cs-137 1.30+01 Cm-242 2.59E-04Co-58 4,98E+00 Tc-99 1.08E-04 Ce-144 1.25E-02 Cm-243 2.66E-041,-60 1.59E+01 Ag-1 10n 7.87E-02 Pu-238 6.51E-04 Cm-244 2.66E-04TOTAL 8.63E+01*These values were specified for the Unit 1 evaluation and were determined to be bounding forthe Unit 2 evaluation.Table 7-3 -Summary of Doses from OSG Rupture*Event Release Dose Dose (Rem)Point PointWhole Lung Bone SkinBodyDrop from Containment EAB 2.94E-02 1.28E-01 9.55E-02 1.83E-04CraneLPZ 4.63E-03 1.62E-02 1.27E-02 1.30E-03CR 3.76E-02 1.31E-01. 1.03E-01 1.06E-02Drop During Haul Route EAB 4.86E-02 2.11E-01 1.58E-01 3.02E-04TransportLPZ 1.07E-03 3.73E-03 2.93E-03 3.OOE-04CR 3.76E-02. 1.31E-01 1.03E-01 1.06E-02*These values were specified for the Unit 1the Unit 2 evaluation.evaluation and were determined to be bounding forSummary of X/Q CalculationBechtel Calculation 24370-M-O01, Steam Generator Replacement X/Q Analysis was performedfor Unit 1 in support of the dose calculation to estimate the worst-case atmospheric dispersionfactors (X/Qs) at the EAB and at the LPZ for a hypothetical steam generator drop accidentTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI Page 61 of 98 occurring at any point along the steam generator haul route (Figure 1) during the SGR. Theresults of Calculation 24370-M-001 are contained In Calculation NDQ00200020100242 asAttachment A and are applicable to Unit 2. A summary of the calculation is as follows.Input1. The representative meteorological data used were as reported in UFSAR Section 2.3 andTables 2.3.2-23 through 29, "Joint Percentage Frequencies of Wind Speed by WindDirection" for the 10-meter level (111/72-12/31/75).2. Distance/location information for the EAB and LPZ were as reported in UFSAR Table 2.3.4-*1 and Section 2.3.4.2, respectively. Centered on the Unit 1 Containment vent, a radius of4828 m was used for the outer boundary of the LPZ.3. The Containment Building cross-sectiofial area (1800 M2) used in estimating theatmospheric dispersion factors were as reported In UFSAR Section 2.3.5.2.4. A haul route drawing (see Figure 5-6) shows the locations of the steam generator haul routeand the old steam generator storage facility (OSGSF).5. The elevation at the top of the Containment Building is 856.04 ft with a grade elevation of705 ft. Therefore, the physical height above ground level of the Containment Building is151 ft (46 m).Assumptions1. It was assumed that a postulated steam generator drop could occur at any point along theidentified haul route from the Unit 1 Containment to the OSGSF.2. To account for the reduction in vertical cross-sectional area due to the sloping roof of theContainment Building, the top of the Containment was assumed to be about 45 m formodeling purposes.Methodoloav1. The primary methodology used was based on information contained In the followingguidance documents:a. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145 -"Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential AccidentConsequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Rev. 1.b. NUREG/CR-2858, "PAVAN: An Atmospheric Dispersion Program for Evaluating DesignBasis Accidental Releases of Radioactive Materials from Nuclear Power Stations."2. Since for a nonbuoyant ground-level release, ground-level pollutant concentrationsdecrease with increasing downwind distance, the shortest distance from the haul route tothe EAB and LPZ for points corresponding to the 16 wind direction sectors was determined.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 62 of.98 Based on guidance provided in Section 1.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.145, the assumedrelease points for each of the 16 directions were determined from Figure 5-6 as theminimum distance between any point on the haul route and the EAB for each direction. Theshortest distances between each direction specific release point on the haul route and theEAB are presented in Table 7-4. The LPZ is the area within a 4828 m (15840 ft) radiusmeasured from the Unit 1 Shield Building vent. The shortest distance from the haul route tothe LPZ was found to be 4196 m measured from the OSGSF (located near the north end ofthe haul road) in the north direction. Since shorter distances are generally associated withless dispersion, this minimum distance was conservatively used in all directions to calculatethe X/Q values at the LPZ (see Table 7-5).3. UFSAR Section 2.3.2.4 indicates that terrain variations in the site region are -minimal.Therefore, site-specific terrain adjustment factors (TAFs) were not used in the model.4. The PAVAN model was configured to calculate X/Q values assuming both wake-creditallowed and wake-credit not allowed. The closest EAB is located 666 feet (203 m) from thehaul road in the N and NNW directions (Table 7-4). The Containment Buildings are 151feet (46 m) above grade. The maximum wake-influence distance between a wake-producing structure and a release point was assumed to be 10 'building heights" downwindof the structure. This distance was based on guidance contained in Regulatory Guide 1.23,Proposed Rev. 1, for the siting of meteorological instruments away from wake-producingobjects/structures. The shortest distances from the haul road to the EAB are less than 10building heights away-in the NW, NNW, N, NNE, NE, and ENE directions. Receptors atthese sectors are therefore located within the building wake. influence zone induced by theContainment Building. Thus, the PAVAN "wake-credit allowed" scenario results were usedfor the X/Q analysis at these sectors. However, the entire LPZ, which at its shortestdistance from the haul route is 13765 feet (4196 m), is located beyond this wake influencezone. Thus, the PAVAN 'wake-credit not allowed" scenario results were used for the X/Qanalysis at the LPZ.5. As described in Section 1.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.145, the 0-2 hour and annual average5% site limit X/Q values were used to determine the X/Q values for the intermediate timeperiods by the logarithmic interpolation approach described in the PAVAN computer code.6. Based on Regulatory Guide 1.145, the 0.5% sector X/Q or the 5% overall site X/Q,whichever was higher, was selected. Summarized below (Table 7-5) are the maximum X/Qvalues for the EAB and LPZ.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI*Page 63 of 98 Table 7-4 -Shortest Distances from the Haul Route to the EAB and LPZSector Distance from Unit. I Shortest Distance from Shortest Distance fromShield Bldg Vent to EAB Haul Road to EAB Haul Road to LPZfeet meters feet meters feet metersN 3100 945 666 203.0 13756 4195.6NNE 2402 732 800 243.8 13756 4195.6NE 2300 701 1200 365.8 13756 4195.6ENE 1824 556 1450 442.0 13756 4195.6E 1850 564 1-760. 536.4 13756 4195.6ESE 2001 610 1900 579.1 13756 4195.6SE 2100 640 2065 629.4 13756 4195.6SSE 2300 701 2167 660.5 13756 4195.6S 2851 869 2500 762.0 13756 4195.6SSW 3225 983 2967 904.3 13756 4195.6SW .4199 1280 3556 1083.9 13756 4195.6WSW 2999 914 2560 780.3 13756 4195.6W 2201 671 1940 591.3 13756 .4195.6WNW 2149 655 1690 515.1 13756 4195.6NW 2175 663 1045 318.5 13756 4195.6NNW 2402 732 666 203.0 13756 4195.6Table 7-5 -EAB and LPZ XIQ ValuesTime Period Exclusion Area Boundary Low Population ZoneSector/Distance Max. XIQ Value Sector/Distance Max. X/Q Value(m) (sec/rm) (m) (secim)0 to 2 Hours N 203 m 2.71E-03 N/A N/A0 to 8 Hours N /203 m 1.84E-03 SSW / 4196 m 4.51E-058 to 24 Hours N /203 m 1.52E-03 SSW/4196 m 3.39E-05I to 4 Days N 203 m 1.OOE-03 SSW14196 rn 1.82E-054 to 30 Days N /203 m 5.50E-04 SSW] 4196 m 7.42E-06Auxiliary Building FloodingAs indicated above, a postulated OLS load drop could affect the ERCW tunnel and pipes, -Unit2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, and Fire Protection System piping. The failure of any of these-tanksand pipes could result In flooding of the Auxiliary Building via the ERCW pipe tunnel. UFSARSection 9.3.3.7 states that the Auxiliary Building has a passive sump that collects water fromannulus drain sumps, and blowout panels located in the floors of the pipe chases and theContainment Spray and RHR pump rooms. Per Reference 33, the passive sump has acapacity of 210,862 gallons, and a water level sensor in the passive sump alarms in the Maincontrol room. Compensatory measures to preclude flooding of safety-related equipment in theAuxiliary Building following a postulated large heavy load drop are described in Section 8.2.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 64 of 98 7.2 Unit.2 Shield Building Concrete Section Load DropsAs.indicated in Section 5.5, the Shield Building concrete sections will be approximately 20 ft by45 ft and will weigh less than 132.5 tons (265 kips). These sections will follow the load pathsshown on Figure 5-2. Unlike the steam generators, they will only.be raised a maximum oftwelve feet above the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order to clear construction-'related interferences during rigging. This lift height and the inherent shape of the concretesections will eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Unit 2 Containment In anunanticipated direction. Given that the size and mass of these concrete sections are boundedby those of the steam generators, .the consequences of a Unit 2 Shield Building concretesection load drop are bounded by the steam generator drops described in Section 7.1.7.3 Unit 2 Containment Vessel Steel Section Load DropsAs indicated in Section 5.5, the Unit 2 SCV steel sections will be approximately 20 ft by 45 ftand weigh no more than 15.5 tons (31 kips). These sections will follow the load paths shownon Figure 5-2. Unlikethe steam generators, they will only be raised a maximum of twelve feetabove the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order -to clear construction-relatedinterferences during rigging. This lift height and the Inherent shape of the Unit 2 SCV sectionswill eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Containment in an unanticipateddirection. With'regard to rigging of the Unit 2 SCV steel cut sections by either the Liebherr LR1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by the OLS, postulated drops of these steelsections from crane failures have been evaluated in Reference 24 to result In no failure of theERCW lines over which these loads will travel because of load handling limitations for these liftsand the physical protection of the ERCW lines provided to them by their soil depth and theconcrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipe tunnel containing these ERCW lines.7.4 Unit 2 Steam Generator Compartment Roof Plug Load DropsAs indicated in Section 5.5, the Steam Generator Compartment roof concrete sections will be18-20 ft in diameter and will weigh less than 65 tons (130 kips). These sections will follow theload paths shown on Figure 5-2. Unlike the steam generators, they will only be raised amaximum of twelve feet above the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order to clearconstruction-related interferences during rigging. This lift height and the Inherent shape of theconcrete sections will eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Shield Building in anunanticipated direction. Given that the size and mass of these concrete sections are boundedby those of the steam generators, the consequences of a SG compartment roof plug concretesection load drop are bounded by the SG drops-described in Section 7.1.7.5 OLS Component Load Drops During OLS Assembly/DisassemblyAs indicated in Section 5.3, the OLS components vary in size and weight. These componentswill be handled in the OLS assembly/disassembly area shown on Figure 5-2. The cranecomponents will be off-loaded from the tractor-trailers using mobile cranes and forklifts. Duringthe offload process, the components will be lifted slightly higher than the trailer bed and loweredto the ground.. Offloading locations used will minimize the potential for impacting the Unit 2RWST and ERCW piping, and use of the safe load handling paths defined in Figure 5-2precludes any adverse effect upon these SSCs. During assemblyldisassembly of the OLS,Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 65 of 98 when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with identified interferences, timber mats,steel mats, or steel plate Will be used to distribute the impact from a load drop. Theconsequences of OLS component load drops have been evaluated to be acceptable based onprovision of this protection.8.0 Heavy Load Drop Protection Plans/Compensatory MeasuresSection 4 details the regulatory requirements/criteria that are relevant to the handling of heavyloads -over* safety-related equipment and summarizes conformance with theserequirements/criteria. As discussed In Section 4.2, Section 5.1.5 of NUREG-0612 Indicates thatthe effects of load drops should be analyzed (in accordance with the guidelines of Appendix Ato NUREG-0612) and the results should indicate that damage to safe shutdown equipment isnot sufficient to preclude safe shutdown.Each of the potentially affected SSCs identified in Section 6 has been analyzed in accordancewith the NUREG-0612 guidance to determine the effects of a load drop. Summarized below isthe protection required to preclude an adverse effect and/or the actions or compensatorymeasures required to mitigate these effects should a load drop occur. Provision of theidentified protection and taking the specified actions and compensatory measures assures thatsafe shutdown can be achieved following a load drop. In addition, it will be confirmed.that theassumptions made within this technical report regarding the status of the station are valid priorto heavy load handling activities.8.1 Unit 2 ContainmentThe heavy loads of concern that will be handled above the Containment. will only be movedwhile the Unit 2 reactor is defueled. With fuel removed.from the Containment, the only othersafety issue is whether a load drop into the Unit 2 Containment will affect systems common toboth units that pass through the Unit 2 Containment. To preclude a SG drop inside the Unit 2Containment from affecting Unit 1, the ERCW system, Component Cooling System (CCS), andthe Essential Air Distribution System will be isolated with valves outside of Containment prior toperforming heavy lifts with the OLS. In addition; the Spent Fuel Pit (SFP) shall be isolated fromthe Unit 2 Containment to preclude adverse effects to the SFP and the Spent Fuel Pool CoolingSystem.8.2 Auxiliary BuildingHeavy loads will not be handled over the Auxiliary Building and, as discussed in Sections 7.1,7.2, 7 3, and 7.4, will not roll off the Shield Building dome and onto the Auxiliary Building.Therefore, no additional protection of the Auxiliary Building roof is required.In the event a large heavy load drop results in the failure of Unit 2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, and/orERCW piping in the pipe tunnel (e.g., the '2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers could fail suchthat this supply header piping is severed or leaks), the associated pipe tunnel could fill withwater. To preclude flooding of the Auxiliary Building resulting from a large heavy load drop, atemporary wall (see Figure 8-1) will be installed in the ERCW pipe tunnel near the AuxiliaryBuilding interface to separate the ERCW pipe tunnel from the Auxiliary Building prior tohandling of heavy loads using the OLS. A door will be provided as part of the wall to allowTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 66 of 98 access to the tunnel, if required. This wall will be installed prior to movement of heavy loadswith the OLS and will be capable of withstanding the hydrostatic and velocity head of water fromthe postulated piping failures and loads created by the nearby drop of a steam generator orother large heavy load.. It will also meet Sequoyah Seismic I (L) requirements, so that anearthquake would not cause a failure of nearby safety-related SSCs as a result of a seismically-induced failure of the wall (Reference 34). In the event of a heavy load drop, Operations willmonitor the amount of water collecting behind the temporary pipe tunnel wall separating theSQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel from the Auxiliary Building and will determine the leak rate. Based onthe leak rate and the accumulated volume of water, pre-established methods (e.g., temporary.pumps to remove the water that collects in the Auxiliary Building passive sump from pipe tunnelwall leakage) will be utilized to remove water from the Auxiliary Building that leaks past thetemporary pipe tunnel wall in order to maintain the Operability of required components in theAuxiliary Building.UFSAR Section 9.3.3.7 states that the Auxiliary Building has a passive sump that collects waterfrom annulus drain sumps, and.blowout panels located In the floors of the pipe chases and theContainment Spray and RHR pump rooms. Any leakage through the temporary pipe tunnelwall will eventually drain to the passive sump. Reference 33 calculates the passive sump ashaving a capacity of 210,862 gallons. As described in UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11, the passivesump has a water level sensor in the passive sump that alarms in the main control room. Inaddition, TVA plans to have temporary pumping equipment available onsite to remove excesswater from the Auxiliary Building passive sump. Prior to the commencement of heavy load liftswith the OLS, the passive sump water level will be verified to be less than 12 inches.8.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water SystemIn the event of a large heavy load drop that would negatively impact the Essential Raw CoolingWater (ERCW) System pipe tunnel, analysis has been performed to demonstrate that,assuming worst case damage of the ERCW System piping running through the pipe tunnel,adequate heat removal capability will be -maintained to required equipment serviced by theERCW System. Large heavy loads with the potential to negatively Impact the ERCW Systempipe tunnel, if dropped, are a steam generator (SG), Shield Building concrete cut section, or SGcompartment roof plug. Each of these large heavy loads would be handled using the OutsideLift System (OLS). The three affected sections of ERCW piping which are postulated to failfrom a drop of a rigged SG, Shield Building concrete cut section, or SG compartment roof plug(i.e., those sections of ERCW piping that are located in the pipe tunnel which runs through thedrop zone depicted in Figure 6-2) are the "2A" and '2B" ERCW supply headers and the "B",ERCW discharge header.. The worst case damage of the ERCW System piping runningthrough the pipe tunnel, in the event of a large heavy load drop, is assumed to-be severingeach of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers and crushing the "B" ERCW discharge headerpiping such that no flow Is possible through the discharge header (References 28 and 29). Inorder to ensure that adequate heat removal capability is maintained if this event were to occur,the ERCW System is required to be pre-aligned before commencement of large heavy loadhandling that could potentially damage the piping running through this pipe tunnel. Prior tocommencement of any heavy load movement with the OLS, the portions of the "2A7 and "2B"ERCW supply headers in the drop zone will be isolated from the remaining ERCW piping, the"IA" and "2A" ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together, and the "1 B" and "2B" ERCWsupply headers will be cross-tied together, the "IA" and "2A" ERCW Engineered SafetyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1gPage 67 of 98 Features (ESF) headers will be cross-tied together, and the "IB" and "2B" ESF headers will becross-tied together. Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled, the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 ReactorBuilding, the Unit 2 Containment, Spray Heat Exchangers,. and the Unit 2 Turbine DrivenAuxiliary Feedwater. Pump will be isolated. In addition, prior to commencement of any heavyload movement with the OLS, the. "A" and uB" ERCW discharge headers will be aligned (i.e.,cross-tied) such that ERCW discharge flow normally passing: through the portion of the "B"ERCW discharge header that is located in the drop zone would flow through the "A" ERCWdischarge header in the event of a large heavy load drop that crushed the OB" ERCW dischargeheader piping resulting in Isolation of this discharge flow path. These isolations and alignmentsare shown on Figure 8-2.To establish a minimum boundary for Isolation of the "2A" ERCW supply header piping in thedrop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-81, 2-VLV-67-505A and. 2-VLV-67-518A, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supply lines. to the 1 B-B Diesel Generator andthe 2B-B Diesel Generator are to be isolated. To establish a minimum boundary for Isolation ofthe "2B" ERCW supply header piping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves2-FCV-67-82, 2-VLV-67-505B and 2-VLV-67-518B, are to be closed and ERCW alternatesupply lines to the IA-A Diesel Generator and the 2A-A Diesel Generator are to be isolated.Other valves that isolate larger segments of the ERCW piping may be isolated in lieu of thelisted valves. To compensate for these isolations, the 'IA" and "2A' ERCW supply headers willbe cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1.611 and 0-VLV-067-1612 and the "IB" and"2B" ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1610 and 0-VLV-067-1613. Also to help compensate for these. isolations, the 0IA" and 42A" ESF headerswill be cross-tied together by fully opening 1 -VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622 and the "1 B"and "2B" ESF headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623. To ensure a flow path for ERCW discharge in the event a large heavy load dropcrushes the portion of the "B" ERCW discharge header in the drop zone,- discharge valves 0-VLV-67-552, 0-VLV-67-553, 0-FCV-67-151 and 0-FCV-67-152 are to be fully opened. Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled to an intermediate position to ensure that required flow rates are metand to minimize cavitation potential In certain areas. As a difference from the Unit I SGRProject ERCW. alignment, the evaluated heavy load drop zones for the Unit 2 SGR ProjectERCW alignment are located well away from ERCW piping that is required to remain intactfollowing a postulated drop of a SG, Shield Building concrete section, or SG enclosure concreteroof plug. Therefore, the analysis for the effects of wave propagation that were performed forthe Unit I SGR Project are not required to be performed for the Unit 2 SGR Project.The ERCW System was analyzed using the alignment/configuration described above in order todemonstrate that adequate heat removal capability would be maintained to all requiredequipment serviced by the ERCW System. With the ERCW System in thisalignment/configuration, it has been demonstrated by flow and water temperature modelingperformed in References 28 and 29, that the ERCW System is capable of servicing requiredheat loads to ensure continued operation/safe shutdown of SQN Unit 1 (such as motor-drivenauxiliary feedwater pumps), in addition to supplying ERCW to all other essential equipment(such as spent fuel pool cooling), provided that the ERCW System supply header averagewater temperature is maintained less than or equal to 74"F.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 68 of 98 The ERCW System flow model used for this analysis utilized the same methodology as thatused to support the SQN License Amendments regarding increased temperature and levellimits of the Ultimate Heat Sink (i.e., Amendments 317 and 307 for SQN Units 1 and 2,respectively, dated September 28, 2007 (Reference 35)). This computer flow model wasdeveloped to perform a steady-state hydraulic analysis of the ERCW System and has beenused to analytically determine the flow rates in the ERCW System needed for meeting plantdesign basis conditions. The ERCW System flow model is periodically validated by system flowbalance testing and continuing inspections that assure that no degraded or non-conformingconditions exist that would invalidate the conclusions of the analyses. A physical ERCWSystem flow balance was performed in May .1997, an extensive data gathering test wasperformed in 2002, physical changes to the 'ERCW System have been incorporated Into theflow model and validated, and the flow model is maintained current through continued updatesand validation following ERCW System modifications that are made.Therefore, with pre-alignment of the ERCW System as described above prior to the movementof any heavy load using the OLS, no operator action would be required, after a large heavy loaddrop, to ensure that the ERCW System maintains adequate heat removal capability for allrequired SQN Unit 1 equipment (such as motor-driven auxiliary feedwater pumps) and all otheressential equipment (such as spent fuel pool cooling) serviced by the ERCW System.Due to the potential to adversely affect both trains of ERCW, an amendment to the Unit 1Operating License and Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink," is proposed. Usingthe NRC commitments presented in Appendix A of this technical report, the amendment to theUnit 1 Operating License amendment and Technical Specification 3.7.5 will include the specificcompensatory actions to address large heavy load handling above the ERCW lines which couldchallenge the integrity of these. lines in the unlikely event of a postulated load drop, and willinclude other conditions regarding rigging of these large heavy loads that are derived from theassumptions and analyses described above. Additionally, the conclusion of the acceptability ofthe ERCW alignment described. above is predicated on the results of ERCW System sensitivityreview performed in Reference 29, which limits the average maximum water temperature forthe ERCW supply header at 74°F. This 74°F ERCW supply header average water temperaturelimitation has been captured as a prerequisite action to large heavy load movement involvingthe steam generators, the Shield Building concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roofplugs that is stated in the NRC Commitments in Appendix A of this technical report that will formpart of the amendment to the Unit I Operating License and will also be defined in the proposedchange to Technical Specification 3.7.5.8.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage TankAs noted in Section 6.4, the Unit 2 RWST is a Seismic Category I structure, but is not tornadomissile protected. Pipes from the Unit 2 RWST to the Auxiliary Building are housed inreinforced concrete tunnels. A storage basin is provided around the tank to retain a quantity ofborated water in the event the tank is ruptured by a tornado missile or other initiating event.As shown on Figure 5-2, no heavy loads will be carried over the Unit 2 RWST by the OLS.Since a potential load drop from the OLS could only occur when Unit 2 is defueled, loss of theUnit 2 RWST function has no safety impact. However, a failure of the Unit 2 RWST piping inthe pipe tunnel between the Unit 2 RWST and the Auxiliary Building could result In flooding inTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 69 of 98 the Auxiliary Building from OLS failure during lifts of the steam generators, the Shield Buildingconcrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Measures to address the potentialfor flooding of the Auxiliary Building during this OLS rigging are described in Section 8.2.The mobile cranes used for assembly/disassembly of.the OLS will be positioned such that aload drop will not impact the Unit 2 RWST. Since the mobile cranes will be used while Unit 2 isin Modes 1-6, the positioning of these cranes away from the Unit 2 RWST assures that the Unit2 RWST function will be available, if required.8.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage TankAt noted in Section 6.5 and shown on Figure 5-2, heavy loads will be carded over the Unit 2PWST by the OLS. Since a potential load drop from the OLS could only occur when Unit 2 isdefueled, loss of the Unit 2 PWST function has no safety impact. However, a.failure of the Unit2 PWST piping in the pipe tunnel between the Unit 2 PWST and the Auxiliary Building couldresult In flooding In the Auxiliary Building from OLS failure during lifts of the steam generators,the Shield Building concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Measures toaddress the potential for flooding of the Auxiliary Building during this OLS rigging are describedin Section 8.2.8.6 UnIt 2 Main Steam PipingAs noted in Section 6.6, the MS piping outside the Unit 2 Shield Building is a potentially affectedSSC for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Because during Unit 2 operation aheavy load drop induced failure of the MS piping will be isolated by closure of the MSIVs (referto UFSAR Section 15.4.2.1, "Rupture of a Main Steam Line"), no protective measures arerequired to be applied to this piping for this plant condition. During Unit 2 shutdown when theMS system Is out-of-service, isolation of this piping is administratively controlled by plantprocedures.8. Unit 2 Feedwater PipingAs noted in Section 6.7, the Unit 2 FW piping outside the Shield Building is a potentiallyaffected SSC for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Because during Unit 2operation a heavy load drop induced failure of the FW piping will be isolated by closure of theFW. isolation valves (refer to UFSAR Section 15.4.2.2, "Major Rupture of a Main FeedwaterPipe"), no protective measures are required to be applied to this piping for this plant condition.During Unit 2 shutdown when the FW system is out-of-service, isolation of this piping isadministratively controlled by plant procedures.8.8 Fire Protection System PipingAs noted In. Section 6.8, the high-pressure fire pump and flood mode pump piping in the pipetunnel are potentially affected SSCs for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Tominimize the impact of a rupture of this piping on flooding of the pipe tunnel, valves 2-26-575and 2-26-653 will be closed prior to OLS movement of the steam generators, the ShieldBuilding concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Closure of these valvesminimizes the actions that need to be taken to isolate a break. Closing these valves will notaffect plant operation.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 70 of 98 With respect to the impact of closing Unit 2 valves 2-26-575 and 2-26-653 of the High PressureFire Protection (HPFP) System, the piping from valve 2-26-575. to valve 2-26-653 comprisesone of the four feeders to the auxiliary building fire protection ring header. The auxiliarybuilding ring header- design requirements are that no more than one of the feeders be out ofservice. Normal plant processes will be used to document the isolation of the feeder.Therefore, there is no impact on Operability of the HPFP System from the isolation of thispiping segment. The only action required from the isolation of this piping segment is to preventthe isolation of a second feeder to the auxiliary building ring header. Current plantadministrative processes address these controls and will be used to control this activity duringthe SGR heavy load lift compensatory measures.As indicated in Appendix A, the fire protection piping inside the ERCW pipe tunnel will beisolated prior to commencement of load movements with the OLS. The purpose of this action isto minimize the potential contribution of water from fire protection piping on flooding of theERCW tunnel due to failure of the fire protection piping inside the ERCW tunnel as a result of aload drop from the OLS. Isolation of this piping segment will also eliminate any possibility ofdepressurizing the HPFP System. due to the postulated load drop, thus reducing the actionsthat must be performed following a. load drop. As. indicated above, isolation of this portion ofthe fire protection piping will not affect the Operability of the fire protection system.Underground fire protection piping in the yard areas where the mobile cranes are operating hasbeen evaluated for the surcharge loads created by the mobile cranes. This piping is notadversely affected by these surcharge loads. Sectionalizing valves are provided to isolatepotential faults. A fault in the fire protection piping due to a mobile. crane load drop Is nodifferent in its consequences than a fault created by other means. Therefore, theconsequences of a load drop from a mobile crane would be mitigated by closure of theappropriate sectionalizing valve(s). An evaluation of the adequacy of soil cover over the fireprotection piping was not performed, since the consequences of a mobile crane failure or a loaddrop from a mobile crane were no different than other fire protection piping faults.8.9 Outline for Compensatory Measures for Heavy Load Drop ProtectionDue to physical proximity, several piping segments are in jeopardy of being broken or crushedby a postuilated heavy load drop from -the outside lift system (OLS) that will be performed duringthe Unit 2 shutdown and defueled condition. These lines include the essential raw coolingwater (ERCW) 2A and 2B Supply Headers, the B ERCW Return Header, the Unit 2 primarywater storage tank (PWST), the Unit 2 refueling water storage tank (RWST), and theassociated piping for these two tanks. A postulated pipe break of the ERCW system couldoccur in the yard (i.e., underground) or in a pipe tunnel. A postulated rupture of the RWST andPWST could occur such that the water also goes into the pipe tunnel or onto the ground in theyard. Additionally, a fire protection supply line is present in the tunnel. Of these, the lines thathave potential consequences for safe operation of Unit 1 are the ERCW supply and returnheaders. Since the consequences of ERCW pipe ruptures are potentially serious for Unit 1,compensatory measures will be instituted to place the ERCW system in a cross-tied alignmentthat has been demonstrated by analysis to maintain the capability of Unit 1 to be safely shutdown with no reliance upon the ERCW piping that can be potentially damaged from a heavyload drop during OLS operation. This analysis is described in further detail in Section 8.3.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 71 of 98 General Operating Instructions will be modified to proceduralize the alignments and other plantoperations-related activities that must be in place before OLS heavy lifting activities commence.Compensatory measures in the unlikely event of a heavy load drop during OLS operation will beimplemented using an abnormal operating procedure (AOP)."The zone where the potential for damage to the ERCW supply and return headers exists is theload path between the reactor building openings and the upending/downending area for theSGs starting at -7 feet from the inside of the parapet wall until the upending/downending areais reached. For the Shield Building concrete sections and steam generator compartment roofconcrete plug, the zone is between the Reactor Building openings starting at -7 feet from theinside of the parapet wall and until the load is 3 ft above grade. Refer to Figure 5-2 for detailson the load paths. In the event of a load drop of any of these loads (SG, Shield Buildingconcrete section, SG compartment roof plug) In the zone potential for piping damage exists, theERCW system will be inspected immediately. In addition, preparations will immediatelycommence for an orderly shutdown of Unit 1.The principle attributes of the plant procedures to mitigate the consequences of a heavy loaddrop during the Unit 2 steam generator replacement outage are as follows.A specific operating procedure will be developed as a subsection (or attachment) to theGeneral Operating Instructions that will address the required configuration of keycommon systems and structures prior to the start of large heavy load lifts. Theoperating procedure will ensure systems structures are aligned as required in approveddesign documentation associated with the. U2 steam generator replacement outagebefore any large heavy load lift activities. The key common systems and structures thatcould be affected from a heavy load lift accident would be the ERCW System,Component Cooling Water System (CCS), Essential Air Distribution System, HighPressure Fire Protection.System, Auxiliary Building including pipe tunnel, and the SpentFuel Pit and the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System. The system and structureconfigurations described below (Refer to Actions Prior to Commencement of OLS LargeHeavy Load Lift). will be performed prior to conducting large heavy load handling usingthe crane (OLS), which includes lifts of the OSGs and RSGs, sections Of concreteremoved from the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, and the SG compartment concrete roofplugs. For the ERCW System, an alignment will be utilized, as described in Section 8.3which will ensure that in the event of a heavy load drop, the ERCW System ismaintained Operable..An AOP will be developed to initiate actions associated with a large heavy.load drop.The AOP will initiate appropriate Operator actions to identify and mitigate consequencesassociated with a large heavy load drop.The above procedures will be approved and in-place before heavy load lifts begin. Operatingcrews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) will receive training for.these procedures during a cycle. of operator requalification training that will be conducted priorto the Unit 2 steam generator replacement outage, In addition, ujust-in-timem refresher trainingwill be conducted to specific applicable crew(s) prior to each heavy lift. Drafts or procedures willbe available to support training as part of Operator requalification training.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 72 of 98 In recognition of the plant consequences of a postulated load drop event, Sequoyah plant staffwill also be closely examining other scheduled maintenance-tasks, as well as any failures thatmay arise, in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4).The actions contained In these compensatory measures will ensure that Unit I can be safelybrought to cold shutdown and maintained In cold shutdown in the unlikely event of a largeheavy load drop.Actions Prior to Commencement of OLS Large Heavy Load LiftPrerequisite Actions to Heavy Load Movement with the Outside Lift System (OLS)1. Install a wall in the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant (SON), Unit 2, pipe tunnel to seal the tunnelfrom the Auxiliary Building. Ensure this temporary wall is intact and all openings aresealed. Ensure this temporary wall is fitted with a sight glass and instrument connectionwith a pressure gauge, which will allow detection and quantification of wateraccumulating behind the temporary wall. Means will be provided. to quantify anyleakage through the wall. Measures will be in place to suitably handle significantleakage through the temporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall.2. Develop and issue plant procedure(s) to delineate specific actions required in case of alarge heavy load drop from the OLS to address monitoring any leakage through thetemporary SON Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall and the actions to be taken to respond todetected leakage into the Auxiliary Building. Concerning Plant Operations training,Operations crews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) willreceive training for these procedures during a cycle of requalification training, and "just-in-timen refresher training will be conducted to specific crew(s) prior to each heavy lift.3. When erecting the OLS, utilize the safe load paths defined in procedures. Duringassembly of the OLS, when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with theEssential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System piping and where protection is necessaryfor other buried commodities, utilize timber -mats, steel mats, or steel plate to distributethe impact from a load drop.4. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 740F.5. Place the ERCW System in the alignment to support large heavy load lifts prior to theheavy load lifts occurring with the OLS. This alignment is as follows:-a. Isolation of the Portions of the "2A" and '12B" ERCW supply headers in the drop zonefrom the remainingi ERCW piping.To establish a minimum boundary for isolation of the "2K ERCW supply header.piping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-81, 2-VLV-67-505A and 2-VLV-67-518A, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supplyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI.Page 73 of 98 lines to the 1 B-B Diesel Generator and the 2B-B Diesel Generator are to be isolated.To establish a minimum boundary for isolation of the "2B" ERCW -supply headerpiping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-82, 2-VLV-67-505B and 2-VLV-67-518B, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supplylines to the 1A-A Diesel Generator and the 2A-A Diesel Generator are to be isolated.b. Cross-tie of the "IA" and "2A' ERCW supply headers and cross-tie of the "i1B" and"2B" ERCW supply headers.To compensate for the isolations of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers, the"IA" and "2K. ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1611 and 0-VLV-067-1612 and the "I B" and "2B" ERCW supply headerswill be cross-tied together by fully opening O-VLV-067-1610 and O-VLV-067-1613.c. Cross-tie of the 0IA" and "2A" ERCW Engineered Safety Features (ESF) headersand cross-tie of the "1 B" and "2B" ESF headers.Also to help compensate for the Isolations of the 2AK. and "2B" ERCW supplyheaders, the "IA1 and "2K ESF headers will be cross-tied together by fully, openingI-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622 and the 'IB" and "28" ESF headers will becross-tied together by fully opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623.d. Throttling valve 0-67-546C to reduce flow through CCS heat exchangers "0B1" and"0B2."Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled to an intermediate position to ensure that requiredflow rates are met and to minimize cavitation potential in certain areas.e. Isolation of the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 Reactor Building, the Unit 2Containment Spray Heat Exchangers. and the Unit 2 Turbine Driven AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump.f. Alignment (i.e., cross-tie) of the "A" and "B" ERCW discharge headers.To e1fsure a flow path for ERCW discharge in the event a large heavy load drop thecrushes the portion of the "B" ERCW discharge header in the drop zone, dischargevalves 0-VLV-67-552, 0-VLV-67-553, 0-FCV-67-151 and 0-FCV-67-152 are to befully opened.6. Isolate the high-pressure fire protection pump and the flood mode pump piping in theSQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel to the Auxiliary Building by closing valves 2-2S5575 and 2-26-653.7. Isolate the ERCW System, Component Cooling System, and Essential Air DistributionSystem to the SQN Unit 2 Containment using valves outside of the SQN Unit 2Containment to ensure no adverse effects upon SQN Unit 1 from a postulated heavyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 74 of 98 load drop of a load handled by the OLS. Ensure that the Spent Fuel Pit and Spent FuelPool Cooling System are isolated from the SQN Unit 2 Containment.Active Monitoring Actions Durina OLS OperationSpecific monitoring actions required to be performed prior to commencement of, and during, anOLS large heavy load lift are as follows.1. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 740F.2. Ensure the auxiliary building passive sump level is less than 12".3. Station Operations personnel to visually monitor the crane activities. These personnelobserving the load lift will be in direct communication with the main control mom to relaystatus information bf the lift to the operating crew.4. Station Operations personnel to monitor temporary gauges in the Auxiliary Building andto observe for leakage through the temporary wall. These personnel will be in directcommunication with the main control room to relay status information regarding potentialAuxiliary Building flooding should a large heavy load drop occur.Actions Following a Load DropSpecific actions to be accomplished after a heavy load drop from the OLS are as follows.Immediate Actions1. Following any load drop in the zone where the potential for piping damage exists,commence an orderly shutdown of Unit 1.2. Monitor level of water behind the temporary wall using the installed temporary gauges.3. Monitor for leakage through the temporary wall.4. Monitor Auxiliary Building passive sump level.5. Monitor Unit 2 RWST level and Unit 2 PWST level.Other ActionsBased on a pre-determined leak rate and accumulated volume of water from the temporary wallinto the Auxiliary Building, implement pre-established methods (e.g., temporary pumps to,remove the water that collects in the Auxiliary Building passive sump from pipe tunnel wallleakage) to remove water from the Auxiliary Building that leaks past the temporary pipe tunnelwall in order to maintain the Operability of required components in the Auxiliary Building.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 75 of 98 0CD-0zXCD,0)0,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _h)co00j-*,* | |||
(D0.zz.G)-4(DCD-nGom000In01p..0r-'0)Rcp M Rcp isri-A-U-x+LA-ADtGSOA- 45 pLYEc AAROCHI-A 2AA DIG 1p ICDROPD LOD1-I-A CC 16 .* TO 110MIIUMIOATO RAE. LA MM LNE 2A~AEU MM -C l,,t ,- ,4lSBONDA -IOm SIR _ .A-ACIPA..DTHAGHA DROP /ER CERUS -ERC "f N A41IM-At 14IV .V aLACPm x.U-I3Q- PUBAl- -I -uc- jN.WE,- I .i * *lI.. ..I w ./r TANK OLJ 1046.122"- 24 " SIP O Z(:9xIBBD 30-S M0 -UCfl5 Bf Ea hPEMani y DROP LD 1IB-.a714M = & IB-B CEP7^J B4Y.CR ESSFm Mm.-LMINIMU MSLBIO pp 20-050B3 MB O U N D A R Y F O R CR w ---a/ I 3-B_ 4 1454525 , 0" IToS VALE -l BTO U-2 rora-mvOPZONEit3 9.0 Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) Insights9.1 PRA General DiscussionThe discussions included in this technical report for Unit 2 SGR heavy load handling representan integrated program by IVA to assess and manage'the risks to an operating Unit 1 duringthe Unit 2 SGR lift operations. The approach was based on a philosophy similar to thatprovided in NUREG-0612 (Section 5.3, Safety Evaluation) in that years of design, planning, andtraining have gone into adequate measures to reduce the potential for accidental dropping ofheavy loads. While it was not possible to find a practical load path that avoided travel over allsafe shutdown equipment, the proposed path has been chosen and planned for to reduce thepotential for impact on safe shutdown equipment should a drop occur. Lastly, compensatorymeasures have been proposed so as not to result in the loss of required Unit 1 safe shutdownfunctions.Beyond those provisions, TVA has made additional provisions to decouple certain events asload drop initiators. As was described in Section 5.1, the OLS has been evaluated for seismicloads while unloaded and while loaded with a steam generator. In addition, the OLS hasmandatory wind speed restrictions for operation and includes the necessary monitoringinstruments to ensure these restrictions are iriplemented. The OLS is not dependent uponoffsite power, so the OLS is already decoupled from loss of offsite power as a load dropinitiator.As noted in Section 5.2 of this technical report, mobile cranes used in the OLSassembly/disassembly have limitations on the areas in which they can operate. Their usagehas been evaluated and shown to have no adverse interactions with safety-related SSCs whenoperated in accordance with these limitations and the weather imposed restrictions.The OLS will be used for 18 lifts that may result in damage to safety-related SSCs if the loadwere to be dropped while over or near these SSCs,. These lifts and times for which the liftedcomponent is in the zone for postulated damage to safety-related SSCs are described as:* 2 Shield Building Concrete Cut Sections Removed from the Shield Building Dome (45minutes each)* 4 SG Compartment Roof Concrete Plugs Removed from Containment (45 minuteseach)* 4 Old Steam Generators Removed from Containment (30 minutes each)* 4 Replacement Steam Generators Placed in Containment (30 minutes each)* 4 SG Compartment Roof Concrete Plugs Rigged Back into Containment (45 minuteseach)Of the safety-related SSCs that may be affected, the only one required to be Operable duringthese lifts is the ERCW System. Lifts of the above-listed items can only be performed by theOLS. However, lifts of the Unit 2 steel containment vessel (SCV) steel cut sections may beperformed by either the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by the OLS.As described in Section 7.3, postulated drops of these steel sections from crane failures havebeen evaluated to result in no failure of the ERCW lines over which these loads will travelTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 78 of 98 because of load handling limitations for these lifts and the physical protection of the ERCWlines provided to them by their soil depth and the concrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipetunnel containing. these ERCW lines.Concerning the above-listed items (Shield Building concrete cut sections, SG compartment roofconcrete plugs, OSGs, RSGs), because of the alignment that ERCW System will be placed inas a prerequisite to conducting these large heavy load lifts, damage can. be sustained to thepotentially affected ERCW piping without affecting the ability to safely shut down Unit. 1, asdemonstrated in References 28 and 29.Transport of the SGs along the haul route is discussed above. As discussed above, with theprotection described in place, there will be no impact on safety-related SSCs as a result of aload drop'from a transporter.In addition, a numeric estimate of the impact of the SGR outage lifts on core damage frequencyand large early release frequency has been performed and the following summary is provided.9.2 Technical Adequacy of the Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) ModelThe current PRA model for SQN was issued on May 27, 2011. The previous model wasupdated from RISKMAN to CAFTA, which Included a detailed Internal flooding analysis, and amore in depth analysis of all plant systems to represent the as built, as operated plant. A peerreview of the model was performed in January 2011 on the internal events and internal floodingsupporting requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers/American NuclearSociety (ASMEIANS) PRA Standard (i.e., ASME/ANS RA-Sa-2009, "Standard for Level 1/LargeEarly Release Frequency Probabilistic Risk Assessment for Nuclear Power Plant Applications").The peer review team endorsed the model as being compliant with the ASME/ANS PRAstandard with 77 Facts and Observations identified. All of the. Facts and Observations wereresolved to meet capability category II prior to Issue of the model of record.For the SGR, all the postulated accidents and system alignments are covered in the PRAmodel. The PRA model is based on the as built, as operated plant design and can be used toevaluate a possible load drop event by applying specific modeling changes. A detailed analysisof where a load drop can occur and what systems can be affected is documented in Sections6.0 through 8.0. The PRA model was adjusted according to preventative measures listed inTable 5.2A of Reference 45.9.3 PRA Assumptions1. The frequency used for the load drop initiator is the industry average value of 5.6E-05 fromthe BWROG Integrated Risk-Informed Regulation Committee Guidance Document(Reference 44).2. The new alignment of the ERCW valves is assumed to be in place for sixty days.3. Each lift of a heavy load is assumed to take one hour, and will occur eighteen times for atotal exposure window of eighteen hours.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 79 of 98 | |||
: 4. A load drop severs all ERCW lines in the Unit 2 pipe tunnel and the Unit 2 RWST supplyline.5. The probability of dam failure (i.e, failure of the wall installed in the SQN, Unit 2, pipe tunnelthat seals the tunnel from the Auxiliary Building) is assumed to be 1.0.6. There are no operator actions which could isolate the flooding event caused by the loaddrop prior to impacting the RHR and CS pumps on elevation 653.7. Mitigation of -flooding events that occur on the 2A ERCW header was modeled by requiringisolation of the 1A ERCW header. Similarly, mitigation of flooding events that occur on the2B ERCW header was modeled by requiring isolation of the 1 B ERCW header.9.4 PRA ModelingFor the steam generator replacement (SGR), the postulated changes in the model concern thechange in alignment of the ERCW/CCS discharge headers and the potential load drops thatcould occur during the crane lifts in support of the SGR. The SQN model of record models allof the valves that are being realigned as part of the changes to support the steam generatorreplacement.Initiating EventsExisting Initiating Events ChangesFor this analysis the Unit 1 initiating event, %1 ERCWDB loss of ERCW discharge header B,was removed from the model. Due to the realignment of the valves in the ERCW dischargeheaders, if the B header were to become blocked the A header would still be available toprovide a sufficient flow path for successful operation of the CCS heat exchangers.New Initiating EventAs discussed in Sections 6.3 and 8.3 of this technical report,, the postulated, location of a loaddrop event is above the B discharge header of ERCW. Therefore a new initiating event called%LOADDROP was added to the PRA under Top Event HE, the failure of the ERCW BDischarge Header (i.e., ERCW B Discharge Header is damaged such that no flow is possiblethrough the discharge header pipe). Inserting the new initiator under top event HE ensures theInitiator Is properly populated throughout the model where the B discharge header Is needed,ensuring all the appropriate effects on systems and components are included in the analysis.An industry average per-lift drop frequency of 5.6E-05 was used for this Initiator (Reference 44).Changes to Plant AlignmentsThe following changes are going to be implemented during the Steam Generator Replacement(Reference 45):* Isolate the potential heavy load drop zone for the 2A ERCW supply header by isolating 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and 2-VLV-067-0518A.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 80 of 98 | |||
" Isolate the potential heavy load drop zone for the 2B ERCW supply header by isolating 2-FCV-067-0082, 2-VLV-067-0505B and 2-VLV-06700518B." Cross-tie the A and B discharge headers by fully opening O-VLV-067-0552, 0-VLV-067-0553, 0-FCV-067-0151 and 0-FCV-067-0152." Cross-tie the 1A and 2A ERCW supply headers by fully opening 0-VLV-067-161.1 and 0-VLV-067-1612, and by opening 1-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622.* Cross-tie the 1 B and 2B ERCW supply headers by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1610 and 0-VLV-067-1613, and by opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623.New logic was added to the PRA to represent the ERCW alignment changes during the SGR.An AND gate, U0_CCSSGRCROSSTIE, was added under gates U0.CCSCCSTLG56and UO.CCS_BC1_G5621 to represent the discharge header cross-tie alignments. Thenew cross-tie alignment allows both the A and B Train CCS heat exchangers to dischargeinto the ERCW A discharge header as well the B discharge header.Figure9-1 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train B Heat ExchangersGate UICCSSGRSUPCROSSTIE was added under U1_CCS_AC1_G56 for the A trainCCS heat exchangers to represent the supply header cross-tie alignments. This alignmentallows for the 1A ERCW supply header to provide cooling to the WA1, 1A2, 2A1, and 2A2CCS heat exchangers.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 81 of 98 Figure 9-2 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train A Heat ExchangersTo address the second crosstie of the A ERCW headers, the current logic for gateEEACE, logic was added to account for the opening of the crosstie valves (1-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622). This lineup allows for an additional flow path to the 1A ESFheader equipment supplied by the 2A ERCW header.Figure 9-3 -PRA Figure Illustrating 1A and 2A ERCW Crosstiefor Aux Air Conditioning EquipmentTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 82 of 98 To. address the second crosstie of the B ERCW headers, the current logic for gate FEACE,logic was added to account for the opening of the crosstie valves (1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623). This lineup allows for an additional flow path to the 1B ESF headerequipment supplied by the 2B ERCW header.Figure 9-4 -PRA Figure Illustrating Crosstie of IB and 2B ERCW ESF HeadersGate UOCCSSGRSUPCROSSTIE was added under UOCCSBCIG181 for the B trainCCS heat exchangers. This alignment allows for the 1B ERCW supply header to providecooling to the 0B1 and 0B2 CCS heat exchangers.WS37Figure 9-5 -PRA Figure Illustrating SGR to ERCW Air CompressorsTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1,.Page 83 of 98 A transfer gate for Top Event GE, the A discharge header, was added under Top Event HE,the B discharge header, to represent the cross-tie. Due to the discharge header cross-tiementioned above, the B discharge header. is cross-tied to the A discharge header. This isestablished in the model by inserting a transfer gate to Top Event GE under Top Event HE.Figure 9-6 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of ERCW Discharge Header B* Basic event values for the 2-FCV-067-0081/82, 2-VLV-067-0505A/B. and 2-VLV-067-0518A/B transferring closed or plugging were set to TRUE due to the valves being closed.For the SGR, these valves are isolated as described in Section 8.3. By setting these basicevents to TRUE, these valves will never fail to the isolated position.* Due to the 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and 2-VLV-067-0518A being isolated, theinitiating event (loss of ERCW header 2A-A) could not occur. Due to the valves beingisolated, an initiating event being caused from the valves transferring closed or pluggingcannot occur. The initiating events with the valves 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and2-VLV-067-0518A transferring closed or plugging were set to FALSE..Changes to Flooding AnalysisAdditional Flood Initiating EventThe load drop initiating event discussed in the Section "New Initiating Event" above will causethe internal flooding -event therefore no new initiating event for the flooding analysis wascreated. However, to address the probability of failure of the water retention dam, the basicTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 84 of 98 event DAMFAILURE. was added to the model. Figure 9-7 shows how the logic was added tothe model to account for the internal flooding effects.Figure 9-7 -Added Fault Tree Logic for Flooding Initiating EventFlooding ImpactTo address the flooding impact the indirect and direct effects of the flood must be accountedfor. Direct effects are the SSCs that are impacted by the flood waters directly, i.e.submergence or spray damage, indirect effects are loss of system function based on eithersystem characteristics after the pipe break or operator actions to disable the system to mitigatethe flood.The direct effects of this flooding event are that all components on elevation 653 will be faileddue to submergence of from the RWST and ERCW combined flood waters.The indirect effects of this flooding event are that the ERCW supply header 1 B will be failed dueto operator action to mitigate the flood, and the B discharge header will be failed due to the loaddrop.Fault Tree Changes for Internal Flooding EventsThe flooding event shown in Figure 9-7 was added to the following fault tree gates.Table 9-1 -Flooding Consequences Logic InjectionFault Tree Gate ReasonUIRAR This gate will fall all RHR A train functions in the modelUIRBR This gate will fail all RHR B train functions in the modelUI_CSSINJG02 This gate will fail CS A train injection modeUICSSINJ_G13 This gate will fail CS B train Injection modeUl-CSS._REC_G04 This gate will fail the CS A train recirculation modeU1_CSSRECG23 This gate will fall the CS B train recirculation modeThis will disable the ERCW supply header I B-B to the Auxiliary-E BuildingThis will disable the CCS heat exchangers WA1 and 1A2 from_UI_____ A_ G1___ being able to supply cooling.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 85 of 98 Other Internal Flooding ImpactsDue to the crosste of the ERCW headers flood events in the 2A and the 2B headers now mightrequire Isolation of the flood at the I -FCV067-0081 or 1 -FCV-067-0082 valve. For this reasonthe Initiating events that correspond to either 2A or 2B floods must .impact the IA or IB header.Those eventsthat were added to the 1A ERCW model are presented in Table 9-2. Theseevents were added under the gate CEACE in the PRA model. Those events that were. addedto the I B ERCW model are presented in Table 9-3 and were added under the gate DEACE.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 86 of 98 Table 9-2 -2A ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1A HeaderInitiating Event Description%653.0-AOI067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-Al FROM ERCW SUPPLY HEADER 2A-A%653.0-A12_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A12 FROM 2A-A SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A14_067..F._2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A14 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-AO1 067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-AO1 067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A24_067 F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2A-A HEADERO669.0-A24 067 M 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A25 067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A25_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25"FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A26_067 F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A26 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-1067_F_2A. ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A01-._067_M_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A01-2 067yM 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AOI-4_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-AO1-4 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-4_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A19 _067,F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A19_067,M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A29_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A29_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-AO1-1_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM HEADER 2A-A%714.0-AO1-1_067 M 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-I FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-AO1-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-2 FROM HEADER 2A-A%714.0-AOI-2_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-AI-2 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-A09_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-A09_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-AS FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-1_067_F,2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-1_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-Al 3-2 FROM HEADER 2A-A%734.0-A13-2_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-2 FROM 2A-A HEADERTechnical.ReportNo. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 87 of 98 Table 9-3 -.2B ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1B HeaderInitiating Event Description%653.0-A01067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT.IN 653.0-Al FROM 2B-B ERCW SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A13_067_ F2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A13 FROM 28-B SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A15_067_F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A15 FROM 28-B HEADER%669.0-AO1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-AO1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2B-B. HEADER%669.0-A24_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-A24.067,M2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-A25_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25 FROM 28-B. HEADER%669.0-A25_067_M_213 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25%669.0-A26_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A26 FROM 2B-B HEADER.%669.0-A26_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN' 669.0-A26 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-A01-1 067.F_28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-I FROM 25-B HEADER%690.0-A01-1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 28-B HEADER0%690.0-A01-2_067 F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2B-B HEADER%690.0-AOI-2_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-AOI-2 FROM THE 21-B HEADER%690.0-AO1-3_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A014 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-AO1-3_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-3 FROM 28-8 HEADER%690.0-AOI-4_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A01-4067M2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 28B3B HEADER%690.0-A19 067 F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A19 067 aM28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-A29 067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A29 067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A01I1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM 2B-B HEADER%714.0-A01-1_067_M_28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM 2B-B HEADER%714.0-A01-2 067 F 28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A1-2 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A01-2_067_M_28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-2 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A09_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9 FROM 2B-B1 HEADER%714.0-A09067_M_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9%734.0-A13-1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 28-B%734.0-A1 3-1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 2B-B9/6734.0-Al3-2_067_F_28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-2 FROM 28-8 HEADER%734.0-A13-2 067 M 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 28-BTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 88 of 98 PRA Truncation AnalysisThe model results were truncated at the limits specified in the Summary Document (Reference46) 1 E-1 2 from CDF and 1 E-1 3 for LERF.9.6 PRA ResultsWithout Load DropChange in Risk Metric ValueTable 9-4 -Plant Alignment Change in Risk Metric Frequency ChangeRisk Model of Record Value Alignment Change Value Change in ValueMetricCDF 3.0231 E-05 3.0951E-05 7.2000E-07LERF 4.3899E-06 4.4304E-06 4.0500E-08The overall change In. risk metric value is a combination of two effects, by cross tying thedischarge headers an additional flow path is provided for successful operation of the ERCWsystem. However, the other crossties, on the supply headers, were conservatively assumed torequire mitigation of the flood event via the 1-FCV-067-0081 or 82 valves. These additionalfloods increased the risk associated with this condition. The combination of both changes hasyielded the results as presented in Table 9-4.Change in Risk Metric ProbabilityTable 9-5 -Plant Alignment Change in Risk Metric Conditional ProbabilityRisk Alignment Model of RecordMetric Change Value Exposure Conditional RiskCDF 3.0951E-05 3.0231 E-05 60 Days 1.1828E-07LERF 4.4304E-06 4.3899E-06 60 Days 6.6530E-09The ICCDP and ICLERP values reported In Table 9-5 reflect a small Increase in risk due to thechange in the CDF and LERF values being small and the duration of the configuration changebeing much less than one year.With Load.DropFor this analysis the risk increase Is assumed to be from the new alignment results presented inthe Section aWithout Load Drop."Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 89 of 98 Change in Risk Metric ValueTable 9-6 -Load Drop Change in Risk Metric FrequencyRisk Alignment ChangeMetric Value SG Load Drop Value Change in ValueCDF 3.0951 E-05 3.0958E-05 7.OOOOE-09LERF 4.4304E-06 4.4309E-06 5.OOOOE-1 0The risk increase that comes from the load drop is based on the loss of function of the CCSheat exchangers. Following the drop of the heavy load, the ERCW flow that was being sent outof the discharge headers would begin to enter the Auxiliary Building. To alleviate the floodingall loads that can only flow out the B discharge header would be isolated upstream of the break.This would isolate the B train safety system room cooling as well as the WA1 and 1A2 CCS heatexchangers;Change in Risk Metric ProbabilityTable 9-7 -Load Drop Change In Risk Metric Conditional ProbabilityRisk SG Load Drop AlignmentMetric Value Change Value Exposure Conditional RiskCDF 3.0958E-05 3.0951 E-05 18 hours 1.4384E-11LERF 4.4309E-06 4.4304E-06. 18 hours j1.0274E-12The ICCDP and ICLERP values reported in Table 9-7 reflect a small increase in risk due to thechange in the CDF and LERF values being small and the duration of the configuration changebeing'much less than one year.9.6 PRA UncertaintiesEvaluation of AssumptionsAssumption IThe frequency of the load drop that is used in the analysis comes from an Industryconsensus number for load drops. However, Reference 44 does provide boundingfrequencies of load drops. To address the uncertainty associated with these events andtheir frequencies a sensitivity analysis was performed to show the overall model impact.Assumption 2The time frame in which the plant configuration has been changed to support the isolation ofthe 2A-A and 2B-B ERCW supply headers. However, the risk metrics declined during thisconfiguration so there was no actual increase in the risk metric probability values.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 90 of 98 Assumption 3.The time frame.during which a load drop could occur influences the calculation of theconditional core damage/large early release probability. Due to the extremely- smallincrease in CDF and LERF the model impact of this assumption is small.Assumption 4This is a conservative assumption that is based on the worst case scenario load drop withinthe pipe tunnel. By failing both the RWST and ERCW lines the volume of water enteringthe Aux Building would be such as to fail all components in the base elevation (653).Assumrtlon 5This is a conservative assumption to simplify the modeling of the dam failing. There arelimited sources of probability. for failure of a dam, and as such to bound the potentialconsequences of a failure, the probability of 1.0 was used. Due to the small incrementalincrease in both CDF and LERF, this assumption has a small conservative impact on theoverall results.Assumption 6This is a conservative assumption concerning the ability to mitigate a flood event. Based onthe potential of a load drop failing both the RWST lines and the ERCW lines, some finitetime frame exists by which actions could be taken to stop the propagation of flood watersinto the RHR and CS pump rooms. Since the RWST line is upstream from the 63-1 valve,there is no existing way to isolate the flood waters from the Unit 2 RWST; therefore, theentire volume would enter the basement of the Auxiliary Building. Combined with the flowrate of ERCW from the ruptured header it was conservatively chosen to assume that noactions could- be performed prior to submergence of these RHR and CS pumps. Based onthe minimal risk increase from a load drop in the new plant configuration, this assumptionhas a small conservative impact on the overall results. -Assumption 7This is a conservative assumption as the normal actions following a flood would be toisolate as near the break as possible. There are many isolation valves within the ERCWsystem headers that would allow for a break to be isolated and retain portions of the ERCWheaders for normal operation.Sensitivity AnalysisSensitivity 1: Frequency of Load DropsThe BWROG guidance document (Reference 44) about heavy load drops gives both anaverage load drop frequency and the upper and lower bounds. To evaluate the impact ofthis frequency on the overall risk model, this sensitivity analysis evaluates the change inCDF and LERF for the upper and lower frequencies. Reference 44 states that the lowerbound of the drop frequency is. 1.OE-05 per year and the upper bound of the drop frequencyis 1.5E-04 per year.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 91 of 98 Table 9-8 -Lower Bound Drop Frequency ResultsRisk Metric Lower Bound Average Change in*ValueCDF 3.0952E-05 3.0958E-05 -6.OOOOE-09CERF .4.4305E-06 4.4309E-06 -4.OOOOE-10Table 9-9 -Upper Bound Drop Frequency ResultsRisk Metric Upper Bound Average Change in ValueCDF 3.09705E-05 3.0958E-05 1.2500E-08LERF 4.4317E-06 4.4309E-06 8.OOOOE-10Based on these results the frequency of load drop has a small impact on the overall risk valuescalculated as part of this analysis.9.7 PRA ConclusionFor the proposed ERCW alignment change only, the change in CDF and LERF values are7.2000E-07 and 4.0500E-08 respectively. The added redundancy on the ERCW dischargeheaders removes a potential failure mode from the baseline analysis, and the new internalflooding events create only a small increase in overall risk. Based on these results, theproposed ERCW alignment change during the heavy lift phase of the steam generatorreplacement is acceptable.For the analysis of a postulated heavy load drop, the change in CDF and LERF values are7.OOOE-09 and 5.000E-10, respectively. The calculated increase in CDF and LERF are verysmall with respect to Regulatory Guide 1.174. The Regulatory Guide states that the changes inCDF and LERF are considered very small if less than a 10- change for CDF and 10.7 changefor LERF. Both changes in CDF and LERF are well below the Regulatory Guide 1.174 limitsfor a very small change. The ICCDP and ICLERP values were calculated to be 1.4384E-1 1 and1.0274E-12, respectively, are well under the Regulatory Guide 1.177, "An Approach for Plant-Specific, Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications," limits of 5.OE-07 for ICCDPand 5.OE-08 for ICLERP. Based on these results the postulated load drop analysis during thesteam generator replacement does not increase risk beyond Regulatory Guides 1.174 or 1.177limits and, therefore, is acceptable.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 92 of 98 10.0 Summary and ConclusionsThe Steam Generator Replacement at Sequoyah Unit 2 will involve the handling of heavy loadsthat are larger and must travel along load paths different from those evaluated during theoriginal licensing of the plant. Paralleling the guidelines of NUREG-0612, a safe load path hasbeen selected which generally moves the loads away from the plant and away from sensitiveSSCs supporting the continued safe operation of the station. In a few cases, handling over.equipment supporting safe shutdown could not be avoided. Therefore, the continued safety ofthe plant will be assured by:" Equipment selection,* Equipment evaluation for certain external events," Operator training, and" Procedural controls, including lift heights, load paths, and limitations related toweather conditions.Due to the potential to adversely affect both trains of ERCW, an operability issue has beenidentified that -requires an amendment to the Unit I Operating License and TechnicalSpecification 3.7.5.Based upon these considerations and the relatively short periods of time that loads will besuspended over safe shutdown equipment, the risk associated with the drop of a large heavyload as discussed in this technical report is considered to be small. However, as furtherprotection from the postulated load drop: 1) placement of ERCW into an evaluated cross-tiedalignment that isolates portions of that system vulnerable to a postulated drop of a rigged steamgenerator or other large heavy load (i.e., Shield Building concrete cut sections, SGcompartment roof plugs). This alignment precludes adverse effects upon the function ofERCW to ensure the capability of Unit 1 to continue to operate / safely shut down and forERCW to be supplied to all essential heat loads. 2) Protection will be provided from secondaryflooding effects that could occur as a result of the postulated load drop, and 3) compensatorymeasures that will be implemented in the event of a load drop have been developed and will beproceduralized for use during the SGR Outage. These measures provide assurance that theoperating unit (Unit 1) can continue to operate/be safely shut down and that ERCW supply toessential SSCs can be maintained in the event of a large heavy load drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 93 of 98 11.0 References1. NRC Generic Letter.80-113, Control of Heavy Loads, December 22, 19802. NRC Generic Letter 81-07, Control of Heavy Loads, February 3,19813. NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants, July 19804. Maintenance Instruction 0-MI-MXX-000-026.0, Control of Heavy Loads in Critical LiftingZones, NUREG-0612 [C.1], Revision 225. Topical Report No. 24370-TR-C-002-A, Sequoyah Unit 1 Steam GeneratorReplacement'Rigging and Heavy Load Handling Topical Report, Revision 36. NRC Bulletin 96-02, Movement of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in theReactor Core, or Over Safety-Related Equipment, April 11, 19967. NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03, Changes, Tests, and Experiments, January23, 20018. NUREG-0800, NRC Standard Review Plan, Section 9.1.5, Revision 1, dated March.20079. ASME B30.2, Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Multiple Girder), 2005 Edition10. ASME B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, 2004 Edition11. ASME NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.15, Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting,Rigging, and Transporting of Items for Nuclear Power Plants12. ASME B30.9, Slings, 2003 Edition13. Crane Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA) Specification #70, Specificationfor Top Running Bridge & Gantry Type Multiple Girder Electric Overhead TravelingCranes, dated 200014. Mammoet PTC (SSL) Load Chart, © 2006 by Mammoet Holding B.V., 200615. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-007, Evaluation of PTC Crane for Seismic andWind/Tornado Loads, Revision 116.- Calculation- 39866-CALC-C-009, Evaluation of Safety-Related Buried Commodities Inthe Vicinity of Heavy Lift Load Path for Postulated Load-Drop from OLS, Revision 017. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721, Rigging, Revision 818. T"VA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, TVA Rigging Manual, Revision 2Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 94 of 98 | |||
: 19. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721 B, Rigging Equipment -Standard ProcurementSpecifications, Revision.020. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 802, Requirements for the Safe -Operation of Cranes,Revision 521. Bechtel Calculation 24370-C-026, Evaluation of PTC Crane for Seismic andWind/Tornado Loads, Revision 022. Calculation CSG-87-018, 5% Damped Free Field Top of Soil Response Spectra, SQNUnits 1 & 2, Revision 023. SQN2 SGR Project Document No. 0010037471-V01, PTC User Manual, Revision 024. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-010, Evaluation of Liebherr LR 1400/1 and LR 1400/2Crawler Crane, Revision 1 (CCN 39866-CALC-C-010-1)25. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-045, Qualification of Down Ender Foundation, Revision 026. Specification 39866-SPEC-C-001, Rigging and Handling of Steam Generators, Revision027. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-039, Evaluation of SG Enclosure Concrete Plug RemovalJacking/Lifting Device, Revision 128. TVA Calculation No. MDQ000-067-2000-0095, ERCW Flow Balanced Hydraulic Model,Revision 1129. TVA Calculation No. and MDQ00006720020109, ERCW System Sensitivity Review for87eF, ESF & HVAC Equipment, Revision 730. Bechtel Calculation 24370-M-002, Old Steam Generator Drop Dose Analysis, Revision 031. NUREG-75-087, Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis Reports forNuclear Power Plants LWR Edition, dated May 1980, Section 15.7.1, "Waste GasSystem Failure"32. TVA Calculation NDQ00200020100242, Old Steam Generator Storage Facility DoseAssessment and OSG Drop Dose Considerations, Revision 133. TVA Calculation MDQ-0-077-00-0087, Passive Sump and Auxiliary Building Floor.andEquipment Drain Sump Incremental Value, Revision 034. WVA Calculation SSG-1 S-648, RWST Pipe Tunnel bam, Revision 235. Letter from NRC to TVA, dated September 28, 2007, "Sequoyah Nuclear Plant, Units 1and 2 -Issuance of Amendments Regarding Increased Temperature and Level Limitsof Ultimate Heat Sink (TAC Nos. MD2621 and MD2622)"36. Sequoyah Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 23Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 95 of 98 | |||
: 37. Sequoyah Nuclear Plant Unit 1 Technical Specifications38. Sequoyah Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Technical Specifications39. Design Criteria Document No. SQN-DC-V-7.4, Essential Raw Cooling WaterSystem, Revision 2840. System Operating Instruction No. O-SO-67-1, Essential Raw Cooling Water, Revision 8841. Abnormal Operating Procedure AOP-N.02, Tornado Watch/Warning, Revision 2842. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-003, "Evaluation of Underground Commodities Along theHaul Route," Revision 543. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-005, "Evaluation of Safety-Related Commodities Along HaulRoute for Postulated Steam Generator Drop," Revision 044. BWROG-TP-10-OXX, "BWROG Integrated Risk-Informed Regulation CommitteeGuidance Document, Configuration Risk Management -Heavy Loads", Revision C, April201045. MDQOOO-067-2000-0095, "Evaluation of ERCW System Effects from a Unit 2 SteamGenerator Replacement Heavy Load Drop", Revision 1046. MDN-000-000-2010-0200, "SQN Probabilistic Risk Assessment -Summary Notebook"47. MammoetDrawing 0010037471-000-D-L02, Rev. 3, "Lifting (L) Rigging RSG"48. Mammoet Drawing 0010037471-000-D--10, Rev. 2, "Lifting (L) OSG Lifting (SecondaryManways)"49. Westinghouse Calculation CN-PEUS-10-32, Rev. 1, "Sequoyah Unit 2 -SecondaryManway Trunnions"50. SGT Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057, Rev. 0, "OSG Keeper Plate Design [0010037471-000-W-C1 5]"51. Mammoet Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L04, "Ufting (L) Crane Assembly Plan"Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 96 of 98 | |||
.Appendix A- NRC CommitmentsThere are a number of actions required to support the conclusions of technical report SQN2-SGR-TR1. These actions are required to be performed prior to and during movement of largeheavy loads involving use of the OLS to rig the Shield Building concrete cut sections, the SGcompartment roof plugs, the OSGs, and the RSGs. These actions are as follows.Prerequisite Actions to Heavy Load Movement with the Outside Lift System (OLS)1. Install a wall in the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant (SQN) Unit 2 pipe tunnel to seal the tunnelfrom the Auxiliary Building. Ensure that measures are in place to suitably handlesignificant leakage through the temporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall. Develop criteriato quantify the amount of water behind the temporary pipe tunnel wall.2. Develop and issue plant procedure(s) to delineate specific actions required'in case of alarge heavy load drop from the OLS to address monitoring any leakage through thetemporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall and the actions to be taken to respond todetected leakage into the Auxiliary Building. Concerning Plant Operations training,Operations crews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) willreceive training for-these procedures during a cycle of requalification training, and "just-in-time" refresher training will be conducted to specific crew(s) prior to each heavy lift.3. When erecting the OLS, utilize the safe load paths defined in procedures. Duringassembly of the OLS, when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with theEssential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System piping and where protection is necessaryfor other buried commodities, utilize timber mats, steel mats, or steel plate to distributethe impact from a load drop.4. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 74°F.5. Place the ERCW System in the alignment to support large heavy load lifts prior to theheavy load lifts occurring with the OLS. This alignment is as follows:a. Isolation of the portions of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers in .the dropzone from the remaining ERCW piping,b. Cross-tie of the "IA" and 2M" ERCW supply headers and Cross-tie of the "IB" and"2B" ERCW supply headers,c. Cross-tie of the 1XA" and "2A ERCW Engineered Safety Features, (ESF) headersand Cross-tie of the "1 B" and "2B" ESF headers,d. Throttling valve 0-67-546C to reduce flow through CCS heat exchangers "0BI" and"0B2."e. Isolation of the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 Reactor Building, the Unit 2Containment Spray Heat Exchangers, and the Unit 2 Turbine Driven AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump, andTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 97 of 98 | |||
: f. Alignment (i.e., cross-tie) of the "AD and "B" ERCW discharge headers such that -ERCW discharge flow normally passing through the portion of the "B" ERCWdischarge header that is located in the drop zone would flow through the "A" ERCWdischarge header in the event of a large heavy load drop that crushed the "B" ERCWdischarge header piping resulting in isolation of this discharge flow path.6. Isolate the high-pressure fire pump and the flood mode pump piping in the. SQN Unit 2pipe tunnel to the Auxiliary Building.7. Isolate the ERCW System, Component Cooling System, and Essential Air DistributionSystem- to the SQN Unit 2 Containment using valves outside of the SQN Unit 2Containment. Ensure that the -Spent Fuel Pit and Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System areisolated from the SQN Unit 2 Containment.Active Monitoring Actions During OLS Operation1. Monitor weather conditions, for the expected duration of the lift, to ensure conditions areacceptable for OLS operation.2. If weather conditions exceed operational limits of OLS and heavy loads are In the vicinityof safety-related structures, systems and components that are required to be operable,then take actions to terminate heavy load operation and place loads in a safe condition.3. Utilize safe load paths defined in procedures during OLS operation.4. Monitor OLS operation to ensure a minimum clearance of 20 feet exists between theShield Building dome and the bottom of the steam generator when a steam generator isbeing moved over the Shield Building.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 98 of 98 ENCLOSURE 2TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITYSEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANTUNIT ISQN2-SGR-TR1REVISION 3 AFFECTED PAGE LISTAffectedPaqe(s)Brief Description / Chanae Authorization52, 776, 18,2035, 41,44,96Added valve numbers to Figures 6-1 and 8-2 as addressed in RAIQuestion 2 regarding these ERCW figures. RE: Letter from TVA to NRC,"Response to NRC Second Request for Additional Information Regardingthe Heavy Load Lifts and UHS One Time Change in Support of Unit 2SGRP (TAC NO. ME7225)," dated March 5, 2012.Manner of rigging attachment to OSGs is changed from using a rigginglug welded to the Main Steam nozzle to use of keeper plates and slings tothe OSG secondary side manways (see revised Figures 5-1 and 5-4).15 Correcting the test weight from 275 tons (550 kips) to 265 tons (530 kips).43 Changing Figure 5-3 to illustrate raising OLS foundation by 6 inches.8, 32, 34, 3539, 65, 78, 95Changing reference to "Liebherr 1400/1" crane to be "Liebherr 1400/1 orLiebherr 1400/2" to permit use of either crane. Calculation39866-CALC-C-010 (Reference 24 in the Technical Report) has beenrevised to qualify both cranes.19 Changes made to reflect updated RSG rigging weight. | |||
}} | }} |
Revision as of 03:51, 2 April 2018
ML12114A061 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Sequoyah ![]() |
Issue date: | 04/05/2012 |
From: | The Steam Generating Team |
To: | Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
References | |
TAC ME7225 SQN2-SGR-TR1, Rev 3 | |
Download: ML12114A061 (100) | |
Text
ENCLOSURE 1TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITYSEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANTUNIT ISEQUOYAH UNIT 2STEAM GENERATOR REPLACEMENT RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT, SQN2-SGR-TRI, REVISION 3 ilA NOW.'1888 1031i5 800.APPROVEDThis ppto.I de. nt thew bC~lrclouw "lmtzn antot@1hr-Ipansbilify for11 cr etes ofdesigA. details end ffh4ýnsm,.'Letter No. TVSGT-0759Oat.: March 15.721-2UMEOSE~ VAU.9V AUTHOR1TYslOEp by m. oimannSEQUOYAHUNIT 2 STEAM GENERATOR REPLACEMENTRIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTDocument No: SQN2 -SGR-TRI1PROJECT_ Sequovah DISCIPLINE NCONTRACT PO 00075603 UNIT 2DESC. SG Rigging and Han dlin Tech. ReportDWG/DOC NO. SON2-SGR-TR1SHEET -OF -REV. 03DATE 03/15/12 ECN/DCN -FILE N2N-075.t. .... ......EDMS, WT CA-KPage Iof 98' The Steam Generating Team-Document No.: SQN2-SGR-TRIRIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTSafety Related?"YES DjNODoes this document contain assumptions requiring verification?D YES Z NOSignature BlockNote: P designates Preparer, R designates Reviewer, and A designates Approver.Page 2of.98.-
The Steam tGeneritino 1"MDocument No.: SQN2-SGR-TR1RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLING TECHNICAL REPORTRecord of RevisionRevision Pages/SectionslNo. Date Paragraphs Changed Brief Description I Change Authorization0 22-Apr-201 1 All Initial IssueI 20-Sep-2011 TOC, Section 7.1, Incorporation of TVA comments and changes made toAppendix B, General reflect development. of the License AmendmentEditing throughout the Request that will combine submittal of.Technicaldocument.to address TVA Report SQN2-SGR-TR1 to the NRC with the proposedComments and reformat changes to the Unit 1 Operating License andof document In Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink."accordance with TVA This includes deleting the Appendix B No Significantinstructions. Hazard Consideration Determination, since the NoSignificant Hazard Consideration will be presentedonly within the License Amendment Request.Section 7.1 Is changed to include the results of datataken during the Unit 2 N-1 Outage (Unit 2 Cycle 17Refueling Outage).General reformatting performed to reflect adding Unit2 SGR Project responses to the NRC Requests forAdditional Information (RAls) that were made for theUnit I SGR Project rigging and handling.Due to the extensive nature of revisions betweenRevision 0 and Revision 1, revision bars are notshown.2 23-Sep-2011 Figures 6-1 and 8-2 for Incorporation of SQN Plant Operations Reviewvalve number correction, Committee (PORC) comments from PORC reviewand editorial clarifications meeting held September 22, 2011. Revision bars arein various sections. not shown, because initial issue to the NRC needs tobe without revision bars.3 13-Mar-2012 Added valve numbers to Figures 6-1 and 8-2 asaddressed in RAI Question 2 regarding these ERCWfigures. RE: Letter from TVA to NRC, "Response toNRC Second Request for Additional InformationRegarding the Heavy Load Lifts and.UHS One TimeChange fn Support of Unit 2 SGRP (TAC NO.ME7225)," dated March 5, 2012Other changes:1) Manner of rigging attachment to OSGs Is changedfrom using a rigging lug welded to the Main Steamnozzle to use of keeper plates and slings-to theOSG secondary side manways (see revised figures5-1 and 5-4):2) Correcting-the test weight from 275 tons (550 kips)to 265 tons (530 kips).Page .3 of.98-Pages/SectlonslParagraphs Changed Brief Description I Change Authorization3) Changing Figure 5-3 to illustrate raising OLSfoundation by 6 inches.4) Changing reference to Liebherr 1400/1 crane to be"Llebherr 1400/1 or Liebherr 1400/2" to permit useof either crane. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-010(Reference 24 in the.Technical Report) has beenrevised to qualify both cranes.-5) Changes made to reflect updated RSG riggingweightPage 4 of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)Table of Contents1.0 A bstract ................................. ....................... ......................... ................................................. ................... 82.0 Introduction ............... .................. I .......................................................... .................................................. .83.0 Objectives ....................................................................................................... 94.0 Regulatory Requirements/Criteria.for Handling of Heavy Loads...................................................... 104.1 SRP Section 9.1.5 -Overhead Heavy Load Handling Systems ........................................................ 10*4.2 NUREG-0612 -Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants .................................................... 114.3 NRC Bulletin 96-02 -Moveinent of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in the ReactorCore, or Over Safety-Related Equipment. ..................................... 124.4 NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03 -Changes, Tests, and Experiments ............................... 135.0 Description of Cranes and Heavy Loads ...................................... 135.1 O utside LIft System .................................. ........... ............................3..................... I ........ .......................... 135.2 Other Cranes Supporting the SGR Project ..................................... 325.3 Outside Lift System. Components ......................................................................................... 355.4 Old and Replacement Steam Generators ............................................ .. ..................... 365.5 Reactor Shield Building Concrete, Steam Generator 'Enclosure Concrete, and ContainmentV essel Steel ............................................................................................................................................ 385.6 Lift Plan .............. ........................................ ................................................................. ............................. 396.0 Description of SSCs Potentially Affected by a Postulated Load Drop ..................... 476.1 Unit 2 Containm ent .................................................................................................................................. 476.2 A uxiliary Building ................................................................. I..................................................................... 486.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water System ................................................................................................ 486.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank ............................................................................................ 496.5 Unit 2 PrImary Water Storage Tank .................................................. 506.6 Unit 2 Main Steam Piping ....... ........................................ 506.7 Unit 2 Feedwater Piping ................................. .................................................................................... 516.8 Fire Protection System Piping .......................................................................................................... 517.0 Postulated Load Drops ................................................. 527.1 Steam Generator Load Drops ..................................................................................................................... 527.2 Unit 2 Shield Building Concrete Section Load Drops ............ ................................ i. 657.3 Unit 2 Containment Vessel Steel Section Load Drops ................................... 657.4 Unit 2 Steam.Generator Compartment Roof Plug Load Drops ......................... 657.5. OLS Component Load Drops During OLS Assembly/Disassembly ................................................... 658.0 Heavy Load Drop Protection Plans/Compensatory Measures ................................ ........................... 668.1 U nit 2 Conta inm ent ................................................................................................................................... 668.2 A uxiliary B uilding ....................................................................................................................................... 668.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water System ................................................ 7 .......................................... 678.4 Unit-2 Refueling Water Storage Tank ............................................................................................. 698.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage Tank .................................................................................................. 708.6 Unit 2 Main Steam Piping..........................................................................................................70.............. 708.7 Unit 2 Feedwater Piping ....................... .................................................................................................... 708.8 Fire Protection System Piping ...................................... ........................................................................ 708.9 Outline for Compensatory Measures for Heavy Load Drop Protection .........................".................... .719.0 Probabilistic RiskAssessment (PRA) Insights ............................................ 789.1 PRA General Discussion .......................................................................................................................... 789.2 Technical Adequacy of the PRA Model ......................................................."........................................ 79Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 **Page 5. of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)Table of Contents (Continued)9.3 PRA Assum ptions ................................................................................. ............................................... 799.4 P RA M odeling ............... ..................................................................... ............................................... 809.5 P RA R esults...................... ................................................................. ............................................... 899.6 PRA Uncertainties ........................................................................................................... 909.7 PRA C onclusion........................... ...............................92....................... I ..................................................... 9210.0 Summary and Conclusions .................. ..................................................9a.................3........... !.................. 9311.0 References ................................. ...................................................................................................... 94 .AppendicesA NRC C om m itm ~ents .............. ............................................... ................................................................... 97List of Tables5-1A Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Lifting Trunnion ............................... 195-1B Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Trunnion Bolts .... ....................................................... I.......... 195-2A Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate ........... ....... ............... 205-2B Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate Bolts ................................... 205-3 PTC Crane Operation for Range of Wind Speeds .................... .. .................................................... 287-1 Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (X/Qs) ........................................................................................... 587-2 Isotopic Survey Data from CVCS Resin Tank........................ ..................................... 617-3 Summary of Doses from OSG Rupture ............................................................................................... 617-4 Shortest Distances from te Haul Route to the EAB and LPZ ............................... 64.7-5- EAB and LPZ X/Q Values ........................................................................................................................ 649-1 Flooding Consequences Logic Injection ............................................................................................ 859-2 2A ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1A Header ............................................................ 879-3 2B ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1 B Header ............................................................. 889-4 Plant Alignment Change in. Risk Metric Frequency Change .......................................................... 899-5 Plant Alignment Change In Risk Metric Conditional Probability ................. ......................... 899-6 Load Drop Change in Risk Metric Frequency ........................................................................................ 909-7 Load Drop Change in Risk Metric Conditional Probability ............................................................... 909-8 Lower Bound Drop Frequency Results .............................................................................................. 929-9 Upper Bound Drop Frequency Results ...................... ..................................................................... 92List of Figures5-1 Outside Lift System Elevation ................................................................................................................ 415-2 Outside Lift System General Assembly and Load Paths .................................................................. 425-3 Outside Lift System Base Elevation ................. * ............................................................;......................... 435-4 Dow nending D evice... .............. i .............................................................................................................. 445-5 Supplementary Crane General Assembly and Load Paths .............................................................. 455-6 Unit 2 SGR Project Steam Generator Haul Route With Unit 1 SGR Project Haul Route Overlay ......... 466-1 Simplified ERCW System Diagram Showing OLS Drop Zones ....................................................... 526-2 Heavy Load Lifting Postulated Drop Zone ......... t ............................ 538-1 ERCW Tunnel Wall ...................................................768-2 ERCW System Alignment/Configuration for Heavy Load Handling with OLS ................................... 77Technical Report.No, SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 6 of 98 SQN UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT (No. SQN2-SGR-TRI)List of Figures (Continued)9-1 PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train B Heat Exchangers ....................... 819-2 PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train A Heat Exchangers ................................................... 829-3 PRA Figure Illustrating 1A and 2A ERCW Crosslie for Aux Air Conditioning Equipment ................. 839-4 PRA Figure Illustrating Crosstie of 1 B and 2B ERCW ESF Headers ................. I ................................. 839-5 PRA Figure Illustrating SGR to ERCW Air Compressors ............................ I,. 839-6 PRA Figure Illystrating Failure of ERCW Discharge Header B ......................................................... 849-7 Added Fault Tree Logic for Flooding Initiating Event ............................... 85Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 7 of 98 SEQUOYAH UNIT 2 SGR RIGGING AND HEAVY LOAD HANDLINGTECHNICAL REPORT1.0 AbstractIn response to NRC Generic Letters80-113 (Reference 1) and 81-07 (Reference 2), TVAestablished a program for the control of heavy loads at Sequoyah. This program, whichaddresses the guidance provided in NUREG-0612 (Reference 3), was reviewed by the NRCand incorporated into plant Procedure 0-MI-MXX-000-026.0 (Reference 4). During theupcoming Steam Generator Replacement (SGR) at Sequoyah Unit 2, which will occur duringthe Unit 2 Cycle 18 refueling outage (Fall 2012),; heavy loads exceeding those anticipated byplant administrative controls (Reference 17) will be handled using new safe load paths. In somecases, the load paths traverse over safety-related equipment supporting operation and safeshutdown capability for Unit 1, which will remain in operation during the Unit 2 Steam GeneratorReplacement (SGR) Outage. The rigging and handling evaluations used to prepare the similarrigging and handling report for the Unit 1 SGR that was performed during the Spring of 2003(Topical Report No. 24370-TR-C-002-A, Reference 5) were researched in preparing TechnicalReport No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 for the Unit 2 SGR.As defined in NRC Bulletin 96-02 (Reference 6), licensees planning to perform activitiesinvolving the handling of heavy loads over safety-related equipment while the reactor is atpower and involving a potential load drop accident that has not previously been addressed inthe UFSAR should submit a license amendment request to the NRC. Following revisions to 10CFR 50.59 Regulation in 2000, the Bulletin's guidance was supplemented by NRC RegulatoryIssue Summary 2001-03 (Reference 7), which states that, "The fact that the load is larger or ismoving in a different load path than previously evaluated would enter into the risk assessmentrequired by 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) and determine under what plant conditions the .load lift shouldoccur."This technical report documents the provisions made to ensure that heavy load -handlingactivities associated with the Unit 2 SGR .Outage can. be accomplished without impacting thesafe operation of Unit 1. These provisions support the risk assessment required by 10 CFR50.65(a)(4) and an application for a one-time license amendment associated with the operabilityof the Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW). System. Actions required to support theconclusions of this technical report are detailed in Appendix A.2.0 IntroductionThis technicai report provides a description of and technical justification for the use of cranes andrigging of heavy loads over safety-related structures, systems, and components (SSCs) in.supportof the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR. The cranes and the heavy loads addressed in this technical reportare:" Outside Lift System (OLS) Mammoet Platform Twin-Ring Containerized (PTC) HeavyLift Crane" Use of a Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane and other assistcranesTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 8 of 98
- Large crane components" Old and replacement steam generators* Reactor Shield Building dome and steam generator (SG) compartment roof concretesections* Steel Containment Vessel (SCV) dome steel cut sectionsThe activities addressed in this technical report are:.* Assembly, use, and disassembly of the OLS.* Use of-the mobile cranes for assembly/disassembly of the OLS.* Rigging and handling to remove the Shield Building dome. concrete sections that are cutto create openings in the Shield Building dome for access to the Unit 2 Containment.Rigging and handling to. remove/reinstall the SCV steel sections that are cut to createopenings for access to the Unit 2 Containment.Rigging and handling* to remove/reinstall the SG compartment roofplugs, the removal of which is performed to provide access to the SG compartments forsteam generator changeout.Rigging. and handling to remove the Old Steam Generators (OSGs) and install theReplacement Steam Generators (RSGs).SSC protection from external events and postulated load drops.The OLS is commercially designed and, therefore, is considered as non-quality related. TheOLS was not-specifically designed to withstand the external events addressed by 10 CFR 50,Appendix A, General Design Criterion (GDC) 2 that are a part of the Sequoyah design andlicensing basis. However, because of the size of the OLS and because of the OLS location andproximity to the Unit 2 Containment, Auxiliary Building, Essential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW).piping, Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST), Unit 2 Main Steam (MS) piping, and Unit2 Feedwater (FW) piping, the OLS was evaluated as indicated below for those external eventsthat might cause it to collapse. when these SSCs are required to be operable.The OLS was analyzed for both loaded and unloaded configurations for structural adequacywith design basis. earthquake (DBE) loads imposed. Details of this seismic evaluation areprovided in Section 5.1. As discussed in Section 5.1, administrative controls will be imposed torestrict crane use and orientation under high winds or severe weather conditions.This technical report also documents the load path provisions, equipment protection.techniques, operator training, and compensatory measures that will ensure. that OLSassembly/disassembly and load handling with the OLS is performed safely.3.0 ObjectivesThis technical report provides the technical basis for a one-time change to the Unit 1 OperatingLicense (OL) and Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink," applicable to the Unit 2Cycle 18 refueling outage. This technical report establishes that lifting of heavy loads will notaffect ERCW system operability, provided that the load movements are performed in accordancewith this technical report and prescribed compensatory measures.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPPage 9. of 98 4.0 Regulatory Requirements/Criteria for Handling of Heavy LoadsDetailed below are regulatory requirements/criteria that are relevant to the handling of heavyloads over. safety-related equipment. Since the load handling activities described in thistechnical report do not involve handling of loads over or near spent fuel, requirements relatedspecifically to load handling over fuel are not addressed. Following each requirement/criterionis an italicized reference to where the requirement/criterion is addressed within this technicalreport.4.1 SRP Section 9.1.6 -Overhead Heavy Load Handling SystemsStandard Review Plan (SRP) Section 9.1.5 addresses the reviews of overhead heavy loadshandling systems performed by the NRC to assure conformance with the requirements of 10CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 1, 2, 4, and 5 (Reference 8). The heavy load handling system isconsidered. acceptable if the integrated design of 'the structural, mechanical, and electricalelements, the manual and automatic operating controls, the safety interlocks and devices, andthe load handling instructions, inspections, maintenance and testing, provide adequate systemcontrol for the specific procedures of handling operations, if the redundancy and diversityneeded to protect against malfunctions or failures are provided, and if the design conforms tothe relevant requirements of the following regulations:1) GDC 1 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 as related to the design, fabrication, andtesting of SSCs important to safety to maintain quality standards.Qualification of the OLS for aspects associated with design, fabrication, and testing areaddressed below in the discussion for compliance with NUREG-0612.2) GDC 2, as related to the ability of structures, equipment, and mechanisms to withstandthe effects of earthquakes. Acceptance is based in part on meeting position C.1 ofRegulatory Guide 1.29 for safety-related equipment and position C.2 for non-safetyrelated equipment, and positions C. A and C.6 of Regulatory Guide 1.1.3.As detailed in Section 5.1, the OLS has been evaluated for seismic. loads whileunloaded and while loaded with its heaviest load (a steam generator). This seismicevaluation determined that the OLS will not collapse or result in a drop of the load duringa seismic design basis safe shutdown earthquake event for the lift configurations to beused for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR.Per Section 5.2 use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly Is limited to anarea within the location shown on Figure 5-2. However, mobile crane usage beyond theOLS boom location may be allowed if engineering evaluation shows no adverse impactto nearby safety-related SSCs. Protection :(see- Figure 5-2) for safety-related SSCs isprovided, as necessary, to ensure that Unit I and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/ormaintained in a safe condition while maintaining 'ERCW supply to essential SSCs in theunlikely event of a seismically induced ldad drop during use of these cranes forassembly/disassembly of the OLS.3) GDC 4, as .it relates to protection of safety-related equipment from the effects ofinternally generated missiles (i.e., dropped loads). Acceptance is based in part onmeeting positions C.3 and C.5 of Regulatory Guide 1.13.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 10 of 98 Safety-related SSCs that may be affected by a load drop from the OLS or mobile cranesare described in Section 6. As detailed in Section 8, these SSCs have been evaluatedand where necessary, protective or compensatory measures have been determined tomitigate the effects of a load drop induced SSC failure.4) GDC 5, as related to the sharing of equipment and components important to safety,between Units 1 and 2.Shared systems between Unit I and Unit 2 that could be affected by load drops from theOLS are discussed in Section .7.1, which -also details the system isolation meansemployed to ensure that the capability to safely shut down the operating unit (Unit 1) ismaintained during OLS heavy load handling (Unit 2 defueled). Section 8.3 details thecross-tie configuration that ERCW is placed in which ensures that the capabilities tosafely shut down Unit I and service heat loads of essential equipment (e.g., Spent FuelPool Cooling System) are maintained. As indicated in Appendix A, plant procedures willbe developed. to delineate specific prerequisite actions to successfully maintain thefunction of ERCW and other shared systems (Component Cooling System (CSS) andEssential Air Distribution System) in the event of a postulated large heavy load drop.Other specific criteria necessary to meet the relevant requirements of GDC 1, 2, 4, and. 5 aredetailed in NUREG-0612..4.2 NUREG-0612 -Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants-Section 5.1 of NUREG-0612 provides guidelines for the control of heavy loads. The objectivesof these guidelines, in part, are 1) to assure that the potential for a load drop is extremely smallor 2) radioactive releases resulting from damage caused by the load drop are less than 1/4 of10 CFR 100 limits (i.e., less than 75 rem thyroid and 6.25 rem whole body) and to ensure thatdamage to equipment in redundant safe shutdown paths is not sufficient to preclude safeshutdown..The evaluation of the radiological consequences of dropping an OSG is described in Section7.1.NUREG-0612 reflects an overall philosophy that provides a defense-in-depth approach forcontrolling the handling of heavy loads; i.e., prevent as well as mitigate the consequences ofpostulated accidental drops. Part of this defense-in-depth approach involves 1) providingsufficient operator training, handling system design, load handling instructions, and equipmentinspections to assure reliable operation -of the handling system and 2) defining safe load pathsthrough procedures and operator training so that to the extent practical heavy loads beingcarried over or near safe shutdown equipment are avoided. Where a load path.that avoids safeshutdown equipment cannot be defined, alternative measures may be taken to compensate forthis situation.As detailed in Section 7, for the large equipment lifts discussed in this technical report, a safeload path has been chosen that minimizes potential interactions with critical equipment For thelifts that must traverse safe shutdown equipment, compensatory measures will be implementedin the unlikely event'of a load drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page I11 of 98.
Section 5.1.1 of NUREG-0612 states that all plants should satisfy the following for handlingheavy loads that could be brought in proximity to or over safe shutdown equipment:.1) Load paths should be defined for the movement of heavy loads to minimize the potentialfor heavy loads to impact safe shutdown equipment. These load paths should bedefined in procedures, shown on equipment layout drawings, and clearly marked in thearea where the load is to be handled.Safe load paths for the loads to be handled by the OLS have been identified as shownon Figure 5-2.. Criteria for operation of mobile cranes used in the assembly/disassemblyof the OLS have been developed as detailed in Section 5.2.2) Procedures should be developed to cover load handling operations for heavy loads tobe handled in proximity to safe shutdown equipment. These procedures should includeidentification of required equipment, inspections and acceptance criteria required beforemovement of the load, the steps and proper sequence to be followed in handling theload, the safe load path, and other special precautions.Rigging operations using the OLS and mobile cranes will be controlled and conductedby highly trained and qualified personnel in accordance with approved procedures. Theentire operation has been evaluated by engineering personnel and documented bycalculations, engineering drawings, and procedures.Drawings showing the safe load paths have been developed. Assembly anddisassembly of the OLS will be performed In accordance with the crane manufacturer'sprocedures and drawings. Tornado initiated crane failures or load drops will beprecluded through implementation of procedures to suspend load handling when highwinds or severe weather/tornado conditions are anticipated. As indicated in AppendixA, procedures to implement compensatory measures required to mitigate the effects ofa postulated load drop on ERCW system operation will be developed, and personnel willbe trained in their use.3) Crane operators should be trained, qualified, and conduct themselves in accordancewith ANSI B30.2 Chapter 2-3 guidelines.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2)(Reference 9) is applicable tooverhead gantry cranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes is ASME B30.5(Reference 10). The operator training detailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technicalreport conforms to the guidelines of ASME B30.5, Chapter 5-3.4) Specral lifting devices should satisfy the guidelines .of ANSI N14.6, as modified byNUREG-0612.The rigging operations addressed in this technical report do not use special liftingdevices as defined by ANSI N14.6.As.described in Section 5.1, the OLS attachments and rigging meet the requirements ofASME NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.15 (Reference 11) and the applicable ASME B30 seriesstandards (References 9, 10, 12). The attachments and rigging used to attach the OLSTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 12 of. 98 to the SGs have been previously load tested in accordance ASME NQA-1, Subpart 2, 15or have a previous load history that exceeds the loads to be lifted.5) Lifting devices that are not specially designed should be installed and used in'accordance with the guidelines of ANSI B30.9, as modified by NUREG-0612.As described in Section 5.1, the OLS attachments and rigging meet the requirements ofASME NQA-1-1997, Subpart 2.15 and the applicable ASME B30 series standards. Thisincludes the successor code to ANSI B30.9 (ASME B30.9) (Reference 12), as modifiedby NUREG-0612.6) The crane should be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with ANSI B30.2,as modified by NUREG-0612.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2). Is applicable to overhead gantrycranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes is ASME B30.5.. The craneinspections, testing, and maintenance detailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technicalreport conform to the guidelines of ASME B30.5, as modified by NUREG-0612..7) The crane should be designed.to meet the applicable criteria and guidelines of Chapter2-1 of ANSI B30.2 and of CMAA-70.The successor code to ANSI B30.2 (ASME B30.2). is applicable to overhead gantrycranes. The appropriate guidance for the mobile cranes .is ASME B30.5. Themanufacturer's user manual for the OLS also refers to ASME B30.5. The crane designsdetailed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this technical report conform to the guidelines ofASME B30.5, which meets the intent of ASME B30.2 and CMAA-70 (Reference 13).Section 5.1.5 of NUREG-0612 states that in addition to the above requirements from Section5.1.1, the effects of load drops should be analyzed (in accordance with the guidelines ofAppendix A. to NUREG-0612), and the results should indicate that damage to safe shutdownequipment is not sufficient to preclude safe shutdown.Appendix A of NUREG-0612 states, in part, that analyses of postulated load drops should as aminimum Include the following considerations:1) The load is dropped in an orientation thai causes the most severe consequences.The consequences of a postulated load drop from the OLS or the mobile cranes aredetailed in Section 7. Where it was not possible to'protect SSCs in the vicinity of the.load drop, the worst case failure of these SSCs was postulated.2). The load may be dropped at any location in the crane travel.area where movement isnot restricted by mechanical stops or electrical interlocks.As detailed in Section 7.1, loads drops along the entire load path have been postulatedand evaluated. The load path is maintained by strict administrative controls. Theseadministrative controls will be in the form of notes on drawings and procedural stepscontained in controlled work packages.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1* Page 13 of 98
- 3) X/Q values for determining the radiological consequences of a heavy load drop shouldbe derived from analysis of onsite meteorological measurements based on 5% worstmeteorological conditions.The meteorological conditions and the X/Q values used to determine the doses resultingfrom a postulated drop of an OSG are detailed in Section 7. 1.4) Analyses should be based on an elastic-plastic curve that represents a true stress-strainrelationship.As detailed /n Sections 7 and 8, when appropriate, the analyses are based on the truematerial characteristics.5) The analysis should postulate the "maximum damage" that could result (i.e., theanalysis should consider that all energy is absorbed by the structure and/or equipmentthat is impacted).Where It was not possible to analytically show that a SSC would survive the impact of apostulated load drop, the SSC was assumed to fail to the point where it could no longerperform its design function. If this failure could result in .an adverse Impact on otherSSCs, this impact was accounted for in assessing whether compensatory measureswere required to restore the affected functions.6) Credit may not be taken for equipment to operate that may mitigate the effects of theload drop if the equipment is not required to be operable by the Technical Specificationswhen the load could be dropped.No credit' has been taken for equipment not required to be operable by the TechnicalSpecifications.4.3 NRC Bulletin 96-02- Movement of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in theReactor Core, or Over Safety-Related EquipmentThis bulletin requires licensees planning to handle heavy loads over safety-related equipmentwhile the reactor is at power-that involve a potential load drop accident that has not beenpreviously evaluated in the UFSAR or a change to the Technical Specifications, to submit a.license amendment request in advance of the planned load movement so as to afford the NRCsufficient time for review and approval.Since. the. postulated load drops could adversely affect safety-related components that areaddressed in the Technical Specifications, this technical report has been prepared to supportNRC review and approval of an amendment to the Unit I Operating Ucense and to TechnicalSpecification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink' to add one-time conditions for conduct. of heavy loadlifts associated with the Unit 2 steam generator replacement (Reference Section 8.3).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRiPage 14 of 98 4.4 NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03- Changes, Tests, and Experiments.Attachment 1 to Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03, Issue 7, states, "With respect to[Bulletin] 96-02, if a heavy load movement Is part of a maintenance activity, there Is no10 CFR 50.59 evaluation needed. -The fact that the load is larger or is moving in adifferent load path than previously evaluated would enter into- the risk assessmentrequired by 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4) and determine under what plant conditions the load liftshould occur. If the heavy load lift is not maintenance related, and so requires a10 CFR 50.59 evaluation, the licensee should follow the requirements of the revised rule todetermine whether prior NRC approval is needed."This technical report documents the provisions made to minimize and control the risksassociated with the subject lifts. While the lifts are associated with a maintenance activity forUnit 2, it is TVA's intent that Unit I continues normal operation during the Unit 2 SGR Outage.Because of the potential Interactions of the Unit 2 activities upon Unit I safety, and to clarify theoperational issues associated with the plant Technical Specifications, an amendment to the UnitI Operating Ucense and Technical Specification 3.7.5 based upon this technical report will be.requested.5.0 Description of Cranes and Heavy Loads.The cranes described herein are commercially available equipment and are not specificallydesigned as singlefailure proof, nor are they specifically designed to withstand the externalevents that are a part of the plant licensing basis. Since this rigging equipment will carry largeand heavy loads in the vicinity of safety-related SSCs, it must be demonstrated that theinstallation, use, and removal of this rigging equipment does not adversely affect the safetyfunction of these SSCs or that alternative means of performing the SSC safety function areavailable.5.1 Outside Lift SystemThe OLS will consist of a Mammoet Platform Twin-Ring Containerized (PTC) Heavy Lift Crane(see Figure 5-1), which is a commercially designed crane. The maximum rated load for thiscrane defined in Reference 14 is 1763.2 tons (1600 metric tons), however this will vary withcrane configuration and lift radius. From Reference 14, the rated load for the craneconfiguration proposed for the Sequoyah SGR ranges from 66 tons (60 metric tons) to 1227tons (1113 metric tons), depending on the lift radius. The OLS meets or exceeds ASME NQA-1Subpart 2.15 design requirements, and its load charts and operating. restrictions considerapplicable dead, live, wind, impact, and out-of-plumb lift loads (Reference 15). The OLS,supplied with standard load charts for its various boom configurations, has a rated load capacitycertified by the manufacturer and has been load tested during its production; this meets theload test requirements of ASME NQA-1, 1994 Edition, Subpart 2.15, Section 601.2. In addition,after the OLS has been erected it will be load tested by lifting a 265 ton (530 kip) test loadassembly with the OLS boomed out to a radius where the test load represents 110% of the OLSrated-capacity at this radius. OLS lifts of the loads described in this technical report will beperformed after Unit 2 is defueled and will be completed prior to the start of refueling. The OLSload test may be performed with.Units 1 and 2 in any mode (Reference 16). The OLS will beTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 15 of 98 located in an area between the Turbine Building, the Unit 2 RWST and the Unit 2 Containment,as shown on Figure 5-2.The OLS is designed, built, and tested to criteria based on the following DIN standards:* DIN 15018 Part 1, Cranes: Steel structures, verification and analyses* DIN 15018 Part 3, Cranes: Principles relating to steel structures; Design of cranes onvehiclesa DIN 15019 Part 2, Cranes: Stability for non-rail mounted mobile cranes; test loading and.calculation* DIN 15020 Part 1, Lifting Appliances: Principles relating to rope drives; calculation andconstruction* DIN 1055 Part 4, Design loads for buildings; Imposed loads -wind loads on structuresunsusceptible to vibrationIn addition, the following codes are also listed in the crane user manual: ASME 830.5-1994,SAE J987, SAE J765 and CE.In order to obtain its certification, the prototype PTC was tested to 125 percent of its rated loadafter it was manufactured. The OLS has dual engines, dual hydraulic systems and dualcomputers. It is capable of performing its intended function with one of each system out ofoperation. In the event that all power and hydraulic systems fail, the load can be safely loweredusing a 12-volt car battery and the manual controls.Beyond the OLS's dual systems, an operational safety device called a redundant load momentsafety system is integrated into the computer system, which progressively warns and thendisables operations, subsequently allowing only operations, which improve the safety rmiargins.The OLS consists of a main A-frame boom, which is pinned to and rides on wheel trucks at itsbase, and has a jib boom and 2 stay beams pinned to its top end. The main boom is stabilizedby a counterweight system including a backmast boom that also rides on wheel trucks. TheOLS wheel trucks ride on the base ring supported by built-in outrigger support rings/plates,which enable the OLS to -be self-leveling, as shown on Figure 5-3.The OLS will be supported on top of an 8 ft wide, 70.5 ft diameter (centerline) concrete ringfoundation that is supported by approximately 80 piles to bedrock and has an integral concretecap that Is a minimum of 4 ft thick. The crane base Is supported on 24 independent jackstands, which are resting on top of the pile cap extension. Each jack stand is approximately 5 ftx 7.5 ft. Lateral loads are resisted by friction between the stands and the concrete.Utilizing the Unit 1 SGR Project seismic Il/I qualification for the OLS, the Unit 2 SGR Projectevaluates for seismic 1i/I in Reference 15 for stability and stress under the minimum designbasis earthquake event for the. proposed SGR lift configurations in -both the loaded. and not-loaded conditions. Due to the very low natural frequency of the pendulum (-0.1 hz) with a SGas the lifted load, the lateral displacement response of the SG center-of-gravity relative to the.boom tip is less than 0.25 ft. The corresponding lateral load applied to the boom tip isapproximately.2 kips, which is negligible for crane stability and stress calculations. Therefore,lateral loading of the boom. tip due to "swinging" was neglected in the stability and stresscalculations.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 16 of 98 A 'seismic analysis has been performed for the OLS which. demonstrates that the OLS iscapable -of sustaining SSE loads without failure of the OLS foundation, the crane structuralcomponents or rigging devices. The seismic evaluation of the OLS was based on dynamicmodal analysis by the response spectrum method using a GT-Strudl finite element model. Theseismic response spectrum used in the analysis was derived as described. below. Three criticalOLS configurations (based on lift radius and load) that envelop, all configurations of the OLSCrane for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project were analyzed separately. Each of these threeconfigurations was analyzed in the not-loaded and loaded conditions. Responses wereobtained for dead + lifted loads D_+L) load combination and under D+L+E load combination,where E is the seismic load. Based on the force and displacement. responses from the finiteelement analyses, the OLS was evaluated for strength (stress) and stability.For the stress analysis of. critical crane components it was conservatively assumed that all themembers and connections have an interaction of 1.0 for combined stresses at their maximumworking allowable for dead + lifted loads (D+L). The interaction, value of. 1.0 under D+L loadcondition is a baseline number for quick evaluation under D+L+E load condition, where E is theseismic SSE load condition and acceptance was yield stress for seismic Il/i qualification. Theminimum factor of safety to yield strength available in the allowable stress.design is 1.5. Theratio of the responses (D+L+E) / (D+E) was calculated and compared to- 1.5. If the ratio wasless than or equal to 1.5, the members were considered adequate without any furtherevaluation. If the ratio was greater than 1.5, a more detailed evaluation of stresses wasperformed to determine adequacy of the member. For some components like the basecomponents, stresses were directly evaluated without using the ratioing approach. Thestresses in all components that were evaluated further remained within AISC-ASD 9th Editionallowables. The maximum combined stress interaction ratio under the load combinationincluding seismic load was 1.2 in comparison to the allowable of 1.5.Stability (overturning, sliding of the crane was evaluated based on base reactions obtained fromthe analyses. The evaluation determined that the minimum factor-of-safety against overturningduring a seismic event was 1.13 and the minimum factor of safety (FOS) against sliding duringa seismic event was 1.55. The results of the evaluation showed that the critical failure mode ofthe OLS crane in a seismic event was by overturning (tipping).The maximum lifted load of the SGs during the Unit 2 SGR Project is about 381 metric tons.The maximum lift radius with the full SG load is 54.8 meters. The rated chart capacity byinterpolation (including effect of allowable operating wind speed) of the OLS based on 55 m liftradius is 408 metric tons. The worst case lifted load is therefore 93.3 percent of chart capacity.It is noted that this 93.3 % chart capacity occurs only for OSG 2-3 and RSG 2-3. For the otherRSGs and the OSGs, the percentages of chart capacity at their maximum lift radii are around91 percent or less. 'The rated chart capacities of the OLS have a factor of safety of at least1.25. For the worst case lift .of the SG corresponding to 93.3 percent'chart capacity, the factorof safety against overturning Is at least (1.25 / 0.933) = 1.34. As discussed In the previousparagraph, during a seismic event the minimum factor of safety against overturning.for the OLScrane was. 1.13. Further, the 'OLS is seated on a firm engineered pile foundation that isadequately designed for the design loads including seismic loads, ensuring that there will not bea collapse of the crane due to a foundation failure in a seismic event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 17. of 98 The. guidance of Section 5.1.6 of NUREG-0612,. which addresses single-failure-proof handlingsystems,. has' not been applied to the interfacing lift points (e.g., trunnions, keeper plates) forloads handled by the OLS, since-a single-failure-proof lifting arrangement is not being provided.While the OLS incorporates many redundant and safety-enhancement features, it is notconsidered a single-failure-proof lifting system. Consequently, effects of postulated. non-mechanistic. load drops from the OLS have been evaluated, and heavy load handlingprovisions, including compensatory measures, have been made a part of the load handling planto satisfy the evaluation criteria of Section 5.1 of NUREG-0612.The OSG interfacing lift points are the secondary side manways, which will be fitted with keeperplates to enable slings to be utilized to rig out the .OSGs. The keeper plates will be Installedduring the Unit 2 defueled condition. Slings for rigging the OSG will be attached to themanways during the Unit 2 defueled condition. With respect to the RSGs, the interfacing liftpoints (lifting trunnions) are attached outside of the Unit 2 Containment independent of Unit 2and Unit I conditions. OSG and RSG rigging and handling are performed during the Unit 2reactor defueled condition. The OSG and RSG interfacing lift points meet the designrequirements of ASME NQA-1, Subpart 2.15 and the allowable stresses per the AISC Manualof Steel Construction, 9th Edition.The lifting devices that are not specially designed (i.e., commercially available) are the syntheticslings used to lift the SGs, which will comply with ASME B30.9, "Slings." The slings used toattach the OLS to the SGs will have been previously proof load tested in accordance ASMEB30.9, which meets the requirements for NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Spreader beams used toattach the OLS to the SGs will have been previously load tested in accordance with ASMEB30.20, which meets the requirements for NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Rigging will be inspected priorto use in accordance with approved procedures, and rigging operations will be controlled andconducted by highly trained and qualified personnel in accordance with approved procedures.The design load by which the sling is selected includes the static load plus all dynamic loads(e.g., impact and wind),. and these loads are documented in calculations prepared by the riggingcontractor and reviewed by SGT. The slings have been designed per the requirements ofASME B30.9, where the minimum FOS against ultimate capacity is required to be greater thanor equal to 5. The minimum FOS for the SG lifts at Sequoyah Unit 2 is determined below forthe slings, and is. based -on the maximum static and dynamic impact toads. The slings,therefore, meet the guidelines provided by ASME B30.9 and Section 5.1.1(5) of NUREG-0612.The discussion below provides the design criteria used for the design of the interface liftingpoints and rigging and a measure of "robustness" of the equipment with the calculated FOS.The design load considered for the design of the interfacing lift points and rigging includesmaximum static and dynamic loads.The interfacing lift points and rigging for the Sequoyah Unit 2 steam generator lifts are asfollows:(a) Replacement Steam Generators (RSGs)(Interfacing lift points are lifting trunnions thatattach to the secondary manways):Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Pa'ge 18 of 98
- i. Slings -The load per sling is derived from Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L02(Reference 47). Since two slings will be used, each with a working load limit of 125metric tonnes (Te), the load carried per sling is 0.5*340.2Te = 170.1Te. Theconfiguration and dimensions of the spreader beam yield an angle to horizontal ofthe sling of approximately .580 (Reference 47). The Increase in load from thehorizontal component per sling due to the 580 angle is 170.1Te/sin(58°) = 201Te,which is the actual load per sling. As shown on Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L02(Side View), the two slings have a total capacity of 435Te In the basket configurationthey are used in. Therefore, a single sling is rated for 435Te/2 = 217.5Te. Slingsare designed with a 5:1 Working Load Umit (ASME B30.9). Therefore, the SlingUltimate Strength in this configuration is 217.5Te*5 = 1087.5Te. Thus, the factor ofsafety Is 1087.5Te/201Te = 5.4, which is greater than 5, as required by ASMEB30.9.ii. Trunnions -The lifting trunnions meet the design requirements'of ASME NQA-1,Subpart 2.15 and the allowable stress design of AISC Manual of Steel Construction,9t Edition. The design loads used include a dynamic impact load. The stressinteraction ratios for the trunnion base metal (ASTM SA 516 Gr 70 or A36) are 0.127(shear), 0.334 (bearing), and 0.021 (bending) that is conservatively based on A36material as calculated on Westinghouse Calculation CN-PEUS-10-32 (Reference49).Table 5-1A -Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Lifting TrunnionAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (YieldStress (ksi) Stress (ksi) (Actual/Allowable) Stress/Actual Stress)Shear 14.4 1.83 0. 127 19.67Bearing 32.4 10.81 0.334 3.33Bending 21.6 0.45 .0.021 80.0iii. Trunnion Bolts -The trunnion bolts are 1.250 diameter -8UN, ASTM A193 Gr B7.(Reference 49). The interaction ratios are 0.81 (shear) and 0.246 (tension). Thetensile stress of these bolts from the ASTM Standard for Al 93 bolts is 125ksi.Table 5-1B -Factor of Safety for RSG Rigging: Trunnion BoltsAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (TensileStress (ksi) Stress (ksi) (Actual/Allowable) Strength/Actual Stress)Shear. 21.0 17.0 0.810 7.35Tension* 23.2 5.7 0.246 22.0*Note -Calculated allowable tensile stress accounts for shear stress. per AISC e Edition.Technical Report. No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 19 of 98 (b) Old Steam Generators (OSGs) (Interfacing lift point is a Secondary Manway KeeperPlate);I. Slings -The load per sling is derived from Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L10(Reference 48). Since two slings will be used, each with a working load limit of 125metric tonnes (Te), the load carried per sling is 0.5*340.2Te = 170.1Te. Theconfiguration and dimensions of the spreader beam yield an angle to horizontal ofthe sling of approximately 580 (Reference 48). The Increase in load from thehorizontal component per sling due to the 580 angle is 170.lTe/sin(580) = 201Te,which is the actual load per sling. As shown on Drawing 0010037471-000-D--10(Side View), the two slings have a total capacity of 41 OTe in the basket.configuration they are used in. Therefore, a single sling is -rated for 41 OTe/2 =205Te. Slings are designed with a 5:1 Working Load Limit (ASME B30.9).Therefore, the Sling Ultimate Strength in this configuration is 205Te*5 = 1025Te.Thus, the factor of safety is 1025Te/201Te = 5.1, which is greater than 5, asrequired byASME B30.9.ii. OSG Keeper Plates -The keeper plate is a Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi [345 N/mm2])steel plate which attaches to the OSG secondary manwaks using bolts as shownon Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L10 (Reference 48). The intent of the keeper plateis to prevent the sling from slipping off of the secondary manway. As discussed inSGT Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057 (Reference 50), the keeper plate is designedin accordance with ASME BTH-1 -2005 where a factor of safety of 2.0 is used: Thestress Interaction ratios for the keeper plate base metal (ASTM A572 Gr 50) are0.04 (shear) and 0.35 (bending), which is shown on Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057 (Reference 50).Table 5-2A -Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper PlateAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio Factor of Safety (YieldStress Stress (Actual/Allowable) Stress/Actual Stress)(N/mm2) (N/mm2)Shear 100.0 4.0 0.04 86.0Bending 216.0 *75.0 0.35 4.6ill. Keeper Plate Bolts -The keeper plate bolts are 1.25" diameter -ASTM A490(Reference 48). The Interaction ratios are 0.07 (shear) and 0.05 (tension). Thetensile stress of these bolts from the ASTM Standard for A490 bolts is 150ksi(1 034N/mM2).5-21 -Factor of Safety for OSG Rigging: Keeper Plate BoltsAllowable Actual Interaction Ratio *Factor of Safety (TensileStress Stress (Actual/Allowable) Strength/Actual Stress)(N/mm2) (N/mm2)Shear 267.0 19.0 *. 0.07 54.4Tension 431.0 22.5 0.05 46.0Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 20 of 98 Once the OLS is assembled, daily checks of the engine and hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical and.mechanical systems will be performed during periods of use. These engine and system checkswill verify areas such as proper fluid levels and operating pressure, and the working ofcomporents such as the air-dryer, control panel, and brakes. All limit switches and the loadmoment indicator will also be checked daily. Further, a visual inspection will be performed tolook for possible malfunctions such as leakage, locking of pins/rods, rustformation, failure ofwelded joints, and damage to hoisting ropes.The instrumentation on the OLS (PTC crane) was last calibrated in January 2011. Instrumentcalibration is normally performed once a year, or as required by Clients.. Calibration of the OLSload cell instrumentation will be performed as .required In ASME NQA-1 Subpart 2.15. Inaddition, the OLS will be load tested prior to use. Since the load test will be performed with atest load of known weight, it will confirm the calibration of the OLS load cells. Additionally, theOLS boom radius indication readouts will be verified during the load test, which will also verifythe incline meter readings. The safe load indicator, which stops crane operation unless theoperation improves the safety margin, will also be tested during the load test.After erection -of the boom/jib and during the functional test and load test, the anti-two. blockswitches, airplane warning lights, and boom stops will be checked.Qualification of the operators for the Unit 2 SGR Project will Include the requirements specifiedin ASME B30.5, as stated in Section 4.2(3). The operators will successfully pass a completephysical, which covers all aspects of the standard prior to obtaining. approval for crane.operation and site access. The testing will include a complete physical, a MMPI psychologicaltest, and training and testing to site procedures.All OLS operators are being supplied by the manufacturer and have many years experience.operating this crane.Mammoet will have four dedicated operators for the OLS, two per shift.The. person-In-charge (PIC) monitors the signal men controlling the lift and directs them asnecessary. The physical location of the PIC during a lift with the OLS will vary depending onthe load being lifted. The PIC and signal men will position themselves as field conditionsdictate in order to have the best vantage point to observe the lift. Forexample, there will bethree separate signal men controlling the various steps of an OSG lift; one signal. man insidethe Unit 2 Containment and two signal men outside the Unit 2 Containment. Only one of thesethree signal men will be in control of the lift at a time. The OLS operator will be instructed, priorto commencement of a lift, as to who the signal man in control is and when the signal man willbe transferring this control responsibility to another signal man. It will be made clear to theoperator which signal man has control of the lift at all steps along the way. The operator willalso be told that anyone can stop the lift at any time if they see an interference or any item.which is out of place. The signal man will control the lift by being the only individual thattheoperator will 'listen to, via a dedicated radio channel or dedicated line, to start any operationInvolving the OLS.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 21 of 98 During removal of an OSG, three signal men will control the lift as described below:* The Mammoet signal man (located inside the Unit 2 Containment) will have control ofthe lift from the start of the lift until the OSG is completely above the top of the steamgenerator compartment roof inside the Unit 2 Containment. At this point he/she willinform the operator that the Mammoet signal man on the Containment dome hascontrol.The Mammroet signal man on the Unit 2 Containment dome will be positioned where hecan see the OSG and direct the lift from the time'the OSG is above the steam generatorcompartment roof until the OSG Is in position to be lowered to the ground. Note that thesignal man will position workmen as needed to help him watch the lift. Once the OSG isin position to be lowered to the ground, the Mammoet signal man on the Unit. 2Containment dome will turn over the lift to another Mammoet signal man positioned onthe ground close to the'lowering area. The operator will be informed- by the signal manon the Unit 2 Containment dome that he/she is turning over responsibility to-the signalman on the ground.* The Mammoet signal man on the ground will control the lift until the OSG isdownendedonto the transporter.The signal men utilized will be experienced In heavy load handling and qualified by experienceto direct these lifts.At all times, the OLS operator is in control of load movement. The OLS software prevents loadmovement outside.of specified limits. This is accomplished through the use of limit switchesand load cells. Examples of movements that are limited in this manner are:* Anti two-block switch -prevents raising the lifting block into the boom tip* Boom back stop switch -prevents the boom from being boomed back too far* Jib preventer switch -prevents the jib from being boomed up too far* Minimum and maximum radius: switches -will be set during erection based on load pathfor loads to be moved* Load cells to. indicate the lifted load -these will be tested during the load test* Safe load indicator (SLI) system -is tied into the load cell and the min/max radiusswitchesThe OLS SLI software was designed by KrOger Systemtechnik, a leading specialist in designingcrane SLI software.The qualification of the software is verified through functional testing during. initialcommissioning of the prototype crane. This functional test is developed to validate theanticipated logic of the control system. Any changes implemented In the system control logicarevalidated through additional functional testing to ensure proper operationFor the Unit 2 SGR Project rigging and heavy load handling, the safe load paths can befollowed by the OLS instrumentation. The instrumentation accurately indicates the radius of theload. The slewing of the OLS will be directed by the Mammoet superintendents under theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 Page 22 of 98 direction of the person in charge (PIC). For the initial pick, the boom will be located over theload using a total station surveying system. The. load path. is designed as being at a certainradius for which there is instrumentation in the cab that accurately locates the load. In additionto the instrumentation the load path will be marked on the ground. The rigging operation will bedirected by the PIC who will be in constant radio communication with the crane operators andload tenders Inside the Unit 2 Containment.. A field engineer will be with the PIC who will be in.constant communication with the operator in the plant control room. .Figure 5-2 provides aschematic designed to illustrate the. load path. in a general way.' The actual implementationdrawing precisely defines. each segment of the load path.Personnel involved in operating the OLS will receive the following instruction:Operators will receive the applicable Sequoyah site-specific training specified in:TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721, "Rigging" (Reference 17).-TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, "TVA Rigging Manual" (Reference 18)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 7211B, "Rigging Equipment*- Standard ProcurementSpecifications" (Reference 19)-WA.Safety Manual Procedure 802, uRequirements for the Safe Operation of Cranes"(Reference 20)" Personnel will undergo hands on training with the equipment before a load isattached to the equipment." Prior to a lift, detailed pre-lift meetings will be conducted by the SGR rigging specialist ordesignee. Operation of the crane shall be in accordance with approved provisions providedby the crane manufacturer In addition to the crane operator's manual, and .crane operatorswill be trained in accordance with subcontractor ES&H procedures.e Coordination with. Plant Operations is required prior to commencement of heavy loadmovement activities.During the lifting operation, the exact location of boom tip will be monitored by two independentmethods. instrumentation internal to the crane provides continuous readout of crane and boomorientation and the location of the boom tip. In addition, the boom tip will be continuouslymonitored from a remote survey station independent from the crane instrumentation. Thissurvey station will have the necessary data input to monitor and calculate the boom tip locationrelative to the interfacing structures and components. The individual directing the riggingoperations will be in constant communication with both the crane operator and the surveyormanning the remote survey station. These controls will be utilized to ensure. that- the exactlocation of the load is known and compliance with design requirements is maintained:Assembly and disassembly of the OLS will be performed in accordance with the cranemanufacturer's procedures and drawings and may be performed with Unit 1 and Unit 2 inModes 1-6 or defueled. The assembly/disassembly process will require the use of mobilecranes and other equipment as detailed in Section 5.2. During assembly and disassembly ofthe OLS, the main boom will lay in an area to the south of the Unit.2 Containment as shown onFigure 5-2. The orientation of the main boom during assembly/disassembly along with theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 23 of 98 restrictions on mobile crane usage and SSC protection provisions in Section 5.2 ensure thatUnit 1 and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/or maintained in a safe condition in the unlikelyevent of a load drop during assembly/disassembly of the OLS.The OLS has been evaluated for seismic loads while unloaded and while loaded with a steamgenerator (SG) as detailed in Reference 15. A SG is the heaviest load that will be handled bythe OLS. This seismic evaluation determined that the OLS will not collapse or result in a dropof the load during a seismic design basis Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) event for the liftconfigurations to be used during the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR. Therefore, use of the crane for theSequoyah Unit 2 SGR will not result in Seismic II/ interaction issues on the SSCs located in thevicinity of the OLS.Reference 15 qualifies the applicability of the calculation performed for the Unit 1 SGR Project.Reference 15 compares different types of input data specific to Unit 2 and compares it to theinput data used for evaluation for Unit 1. This calculation (Reference 15) justified the existingevaluation (Reference 21) as acceptable for use for the Unit 2 SGRP by determining that theUnit 1 qualification and conditions enveloped that for Unit 2.The Unit 1 calculation, Reference 21, qualified a GT-STRUDL 3-D lumped mass finite element-model using beam/truss elements to analyze the critical lift configurations of the OLS for SSEloads. NRC Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.61 allows 7% damping for bolted steel structures for theSSE. However, this analysis conservatively used 5%, which is consistent with Table 3.7.1-3 ofthe UFSAR. The OLS seismic analysis was performed using the response spectrum method inboth the loaded and unloaded conditions.The seismic analysis of the OLS is based on an appropriate ground spectrum corresponding tothe plant's minimum SSE design .basis spectra. The OLS will be supported on a concrete. ringfoundation seated on a large number of battered piles anchored to bedrock. Based on soilborings the average depth of soil deposit at the location of the OLS is 30 ft. The input spectrumused for the horizontal direction is an amplified response spectrum at ground surface for anaverage soil depth to bedrock of 30 ft under the crane foundation. These amplified spectrawere obtained by interpolation. for a 30 ft soil deposit and reduced to correspond to theminimum design basis from Reference 22 which provides 5% damped free field top of soilresponse spectra curves. for the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant for soil depths of 40 ft and 20 ft. It isnoted that the amplified ground spectra documented in Reference 22 are an average based onthe four artificially generated time histories used to develop the more conservative actual designspectra (see Section 2.5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR). A 10% broadened amplifiedSSE horizontal ground response spectrum for 5% damping for 30 ft depth of soil correspondingto the "minimum design basis spectra" in Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR was thus developedfrom the 20 ft and 40 ft curves in Reference 22. and used as the input horizontal spectrum.Since the OLS will be supported on a: concrete ring foundation seated on a large number ofbattered piles that are supported well into bedrock, the vertical response spectrum used for thecrane seismic analysis was the minimum design basis vertical spectrum for 5% damping fromFigure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. The vertical response spectrum used is 2/3rds (per UFSAR* Section 2.5.2.4) of the horizontal minimum design spectrum.Section 2.5.2.4 of the UFSAR provides discussion on the chronological sequence ofdevelopment of the Sequoyah seismic design basis spectra at top of bedrock. The seismic'safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) "minimum design basis spectrum" -at top of bedrock forTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Pilge 24 of 98 Sequoyah Nuclear Plant, as stated in Section 2.5.2.4 (p 2.5-21) of the UFSAR, is the modifiedHousner spectrum based on a peak acceleration (ZPA) of 0.18g and.are indicated -as "MinimumDesign Spectra" In Figures 2.5.2-11 through 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. Further from Section2.5.2.4 -of the UFSAR, it is noted that TVA used a more conservative arithmetically averagedresponse spectra generated by four artificial records as the SSE design response spectrum.These spectra are indicated as "Actual Design Spectra" in UFSAR Figures 2.5.2-11 through2.5.2-14. Figures 2.5.2-11 through 2.5.2-14 of: the UFSAR thus illustrate the relationshipbetween the minimum design response spectra and the actual design spectra for differentdamping ratios.The seismic evaluation of the OLS (PTC Crane) is based on an appropriate ground spectrumcorresponding to the minimum SSE design basis spectra. It is also noted that since the OLS isa temporary system that will be in service for a short period of time and will be loaded for amuch smaller period of time, the use of a spectrum based on the minimum seismic design basisof the .plant Is very conservative. Table 3.7.1-1 of the Seqjuoyah UFSAR specifies a maximumdamping of 5% for Category I bolted steel structures for SSE. Regulatory Guide 1.61 allows7% for bolted steel structures for SSE. In order to keep the analysis conservative, the OLSseismic analysis is based on 5% damping response spectra.The OLS is supported on a concrete ring foundation seated on a large number of pilesanchored to bedrock. Based on borehole data taken during soil investigation for the SGRProject, the average depth of soil deposit above bedrock at the location of the OLS isapproximately 30 ft. Since the OLS will be supported on top of a -30 ft thick soil deposit abovebedrock, the response spectra used in the analysis is an amplified spectrum at ground surfacecorresponding to the "minimum design basis" spectrum (see Section 2.5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of UFSAR) for SSE at top of bed rock, as explained below.The input spectrum used for the horizontal direction is an amplified response spectrum atground surface.. For a. given soil deposit, the amplified ground spectrum is essentially afunction of the depth of soil deposit. Reference 22 provides 5 percent damped free field top ofsoil operational basis earthquake (OBE) response spectra curves for Sequoyah Nuclear Plantfor soil depths of 40 ft and 20 ft. It is noted that the ground spectra developed in Reference 22are an average based on the four artificially generated time histories used to develop the moreconservative "actual design spectra" (see. Section 2-5.2.4 and Figure 2.5.2-14 of UFSAR).Reference 22 further makes reference to WVA Report CEB-80-15, Rev. RO, "PreliminaryResponse Spectra for Ground Motion in Area of Diesel Generator Building and CoolingTowers.w A 10 percent broadened SSE ground response spectrum for 5 percent damping for30 ft depth of soil corresponding to the "minimum design basis spectra" in Figure 2.5.2-14 ofthe.UFSAR was developed from the 20 feet and 40 feet curves in Reference 22 as follows:(i) The OBE ground spectra for 30 ft depth of soil were approximated by averaging the 20ft and 40 ft response spectra curves on sheet 2 of Reference 22. It is noted that this isconservative.(ii) The SSE ground spectra for 30 ft depth of soil was obtained by multiplying the OBEcurve obtained in step (i) above by 2 (see Section .2.5.2.4 of UFSAR).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI.Page 25 of 98 (iii) The SSE ground spectrum obtained in step (ii) above is further reduced to correspondto a time history corresponding to the "minimum design basis" spectrum for a givenfrequency by multiplying by a factor given by the ratio of acceleration value from theminimum design spectra to the corresponding acceleration value from the actualresponse spectra for that frequency.(iv) The frequency axis is broadened by +/-1Opercent to obtain a 10 percent broadened.SSE ground horizontal response spectra for use in'the seismic evaluation of the OLS.The amplified input horizontal spectra for the OLS analysis, -developed as explained above,were input at ground surface. Since the OLS is supported on a concrete ring foundation seatedon a large number of plies that are supported well into bedrock, the vertical response spectrumused for the crane seismic analysis was the minimum design basis vertical spectrum for 5percent damping from Figure 2.5.2-14 of the UFSAR. The vertical response spectrum used is2/3rd (per Section 2.5.2.4 of UFSAR) the horizontal minimum design spectrum.The bedrock motion was amplified upward through the soil in Reference 22 and TVA ReportCEB-80-15. The amplified spectra from these references, used for developing the responsespectrum for the OLS analysis, were developed based on a soil structure interaction evaluationmethodology described in Section 3.7.1.6 of the UFSAR:For Category I structures (see Table 3.7.1-1) founded upon soils the rock motionwas amplified to obtain the ground surface motion by considering the soil depositas an elastic medium and making a dynamic analysis of a slice of unit thicknessusing only the horizontal shearing resistance of the soil. A damping ratio of 10percent is used for the soil. The four artificial earthquakes mentioned in Section2.5.2.4 were considered as the input motion at the top of rock. .Once the timehistory of surface accelerations was known, a response spectrum -was producedfor the analysis of the soil-supported structure.Regarding the above, the ground surface response spectrum determined by a linearamplification of the bedrock motion was broadened by +/-10 percent in order to obtain a designresponse spectra. The broadened curve.was used as input to the dynamic seismic analysis.Soil springs were calculated to simulate soil-structure interaction at the foundation. Theresponse spectra loadings were applied simultaneously in two horizontal directions and thevertical direction. Modal responses were combined using the NRC Ten-Percent Method. Co-directional responses were combined using the Square Root of the Sum of the Squares (SRSS)method.The seismic evaluation of the OLS determined that the calculated stresses are less than themaximum allowable stresses (0.9 F.) and the minimum safety factor against overturning is 1.1(Reference 15).To further demonstrate the capability of the OLS, Reference 21 also determined the "whip-lash"effect a loss of lifted load would have on the OLS. Reference 21 determined that the whip-lasheffect resulting from a postulated drop of a load from the OLS will not cause instability of theboom masts in the reverse direction, i.e. the masts will not flip over backwards and impactTechnical. Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1PPage 26 of 98 SSCs (e.g., Auxiliary Building, Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), etc.) behindthe OLS (Reference 15).Rigging operations will, not be performed when wind speeds exceed the maximum operatingwind speed for the OLS. This wind speed will be measured using an anemometer on the craneboom tip. The OLS has two anemometers for measuring wind speed, one anemometer Islocated in the boom tip and a duplicate anemometer is located at the.top of the back stay. Theanemometers are verified to be operational prior to the boom/back stay being erected. If windspeeds.increase during a rigging operation such that the wind speed may exceed the maximumoperating speed, rigging operations will be suspended and the unloaded OLS will be secured byImplementing administrative controls specified by the manufacturer in Reference 23. These.administrative controls define .the allowable mainmast and jib angles, .and the slew drive andload block configurations, and are dependent on the wind speed.The stability analysis for the crane does not consider wind effects, since these are consideredseparately as part of the crane manufacturer's limitations on OLS crane operation. To complywith the crane manufacturer's limitations, the maximum wind speed allowed during operation ofthe OLS (PTC Crane) when the lifted load is more than 3 ft off the ground is 10 m/s (22 mph) inany direction measured at the boom tip. The maximum wind speed allowed during operation ofthe OLS when the lifted load is at 3 ft or less off the ground is 15 m/s (33 mph) in any directionmeasured at the boom tip.The maximum wind speed allowed during operation of the OLS (PTC Crane) when the liftedload is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment is 10 m/s (22 mph) inany direction measured at the boom tip. This operating wind speed is .specified in the PTCCrane Manual and the load capacity charts. The wind load due to this maximum wind speedhas been accounted for by the manufacturer in the crane structural and stability calculationsbased on which the safe working load specified in the load capacity table was arrived at withsafety margins specified in the lifting codes. The maximum wind speed allowed duringoperation of the OLS when the lifted load is less than or equal to 3 ft off the ground or Inside theUnit 2 Containment is 14.75 m/s (33 mph) in any direction measured at the boom tip, asdirected by the crane manufacturer. The lifting capacity of the OLS was determined by themanufacturer in accordance with the following codes (lifting codes): DIN 15018 Parts 1 & 3, DIN15019 Part 2, DIN 15020 Part 1 and DIN 1055 Part 4, ASME B30.5-1994, SAE J987, SAE J765and CE. It is noted that the OLS comes Instrumented with a wind speed anemometer mountedat the boom tip.The rigging contractor's calculation provides a comparison between the actual calculated windforce on the steam generator, using a wind speed of 50 mph, and the allowable lateral load .onthe steam generator, per the OLS manufacturers requirements. This comparison indicates thateven with a wind speed of 50 mph the wind force on the steam generator will be approximately55 percent of the allowable wind force. Keeping in mind that the allowable wind speed will belimited to 22 mph (10 m/s) in the high lift position (with the load outside the Unit 2 Containment)and 33 mph (15 m/s) in the lowered position (or with the load inside the Unit 2 Containment)one can see that sufficient margin remains to maintain the OLS in a safe condition.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 27 of 98 In case the wind at the tip is expected to exceed the specified 10 (15') m/s (22 (33*) mph), thecrane will be secured in the configurations in the table below as specified in the PTC CraneManual and the rigging contractor's calculation:Table 5-3 -PTC Crane Operation for Range of Wind SpeedsWind Speed at Tip Mainmast Jib Offset Slew Drive LoadAngle Angle10 (15*) -22 m/s All angles Minimum Braked Lower Block (**)(22 (33*)-49 mph) allowed 00 -85' 100 Suspended.22-30 m/s 800 100 Braked Lower Block (**)(49-67 mph) Suspended30-46 m/s 800 100 Braked + Lower Block (**)(67-103 mph) Park Brake Secured. with 200 ton(440 kip) pretension to250 ton (550 kip) ballaston the ground>46 m/s Boom Jib Lowered Free Not Applicable(>103mph) Lowered(*) Only when lifted load Is carried not more than 3 ft above grade.(**) Lower Block is the terminology used by the crane manufacturer for the main hook block orload block.The above table shows that the load may remain suspended from the lower block (main hookblock) for wind speeds up to 67 mph with the slew drive braked and the mainmast and jib offsetangles configured as specified in the table. The maximum time required to bring the OLS fromthe operating configuration to the specified configuration is less than 15 minutes. For windspeeds anticipated In the 67-103 mph range, the OLS shall be configured with regard tomainmast and Jib offset angles as specified in the above table and the following cases applywith regard to the load: (1) If the load on the hook is equal to or greater than 550 kips, the loadwill be partially lowered to the ground so as to maintain a pretension of 440 kips; (2) If the loadon the hook is less than 550 kips or there is no load on the hook, the load will be lowered andremoved from the hook and the lower block tied off to a 550 kip ballast on the ground with a440 kip pretension. The maximum time required to bhng the crane from the operatingconfiguration to the specified configuration is less than 30 minutes.When wind speeds could exceed 103 mph (this would be expected to occur only duringtornadoes), the boom and the jib will be lowered. The time required to accomplish this is about2 hours (if no load is on the hook). Should there be an unexpected detrimental change inweather while the OLS is loaded, the lift will be completed and the OLS will be place in itsoptimum safe configuration or the load will be grounded and the crane will be placed in a safeTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 28 of 98 configuration. The time to accomplish this will vary depending on the load being lifted and the*stage of the lift.The OLS manufacturer has qualified the crane for wind effects, including side load effects, forwind speeds up to 103 mph, with the lower block secured to a 550 kip load and pretensioned to440 kips. Thus, the OLS will not tip over from side load effects for wind speeds up to 103 mph.The design basis wind speed for Sequoyah Nuclear Plant is 95 mph (UFSAR Section 3.3,1.1).Wind speeds exceeding 103 mph can be expected only during a tornado. However, for theSequoyah SGR Project, all heavy lift operations using the OLS will commence only afterconfirming, based on weather forecasts and reports, that no severe weather conditions areexpected for.the duration of the lift. In the event a tornado watch or warning is announced inaccordance with Procedure AOP-N.02, crane operations shall cease and the boom and jib willbe lowered and oriented in a Southwest direction as indicated on Figure 5-2.Lateral Capability of the OLS Compared to a Lampson CraneLampson Transi-Lift Crane: The boom and jib of the Lampson Crane are of single lattice frameconstruction. The crane is mounted at the base on crawlers with a relatively smaller footprint,which induces relatively higher pressures on the base of foundation. The Lampson Crane usedon the Miller Park Project was seated on the ground, not on an engineered foundation. Theground on which it was seated was not a level surface and It is reported that at the time offailure there were apparent cracks In the ground on which the crane was seated.OLS: In comparison, the main mast (main boom) and back mast are of a significantly morerobust A-Frame Construction with the two legs of the A-Frame connected by a horizontal crossbeam/frame. The two pivots at the base of the A-Frame masts are 33 ft apart laterally for boththe main mast and the back mast. Further, the jib of the crane is a double frame constructionwith the two parallel frames connected by cross beams at three levels. The two jib pivots at thebase of the double frame are 13 ft apart laterally. The OLS has a 70.5 ft diameter (centerline)ringer base mounted on 24 jacks seated on .top of an engineered foundation using outriggerplates. The OLS ringer design with 24 jacks enables good -distribution of bearing pressureunder the jack pads. The OLS will be seated on the reinforced concrete pile cap extension ofan engineered battered pile foundation consisting of approximately 80 piles anchored intobedrock. The battered pile foundation is designed for lateral loads (seismic and wind) inaddition to gravity loads of the crane and load.The-above structural features and configuration of the OLS provides it with a significantly higherlateral load carrying capability in comparison to the Lampson Crane.Correlation of Operating Wind Speeds of OLS and Other CranesThe permissible operating wind speed (measured at the tip of the jib) specified for theOLS (Mammoet PTC Crane) for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project is 22 mph (for allwind directions) when the load is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2Containment and 33 mph (for all wind directions) when the load is 3 ft or less off theground or inside the Unit 2 Containment.. The maximum permissible wind load at the* Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 29 of 98 load is.0.75% of the safe working load (SWL) specified in the load capacity chart. Forthe worst case lift of the SG for the Unit 2 Sequoyah SGR Project, this lateral wind forcewill occur on the load at a wind speed of 50 mph. The OLS has been load tested forside load on a steam generator that is 2.9 times that from a 50 mph wind. Thiscomparison indicates the substantial safety factor for wind load even at 50 mph for theuse of the OLS for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project..For the Lampson Transi-lift Crane used in the Miller Park Project, the specifiedoperating wind speed was 20 mph. The wind anemometer was mounted on the boom atan elevation of -175 ft from the ground, not at the jib tip. Based on reports of theaccident, winds were gusting in the 28-30 mph range during the afternoon of theaccident.It is noted that in the cases of crane failures that have occurred at low wind speeds (e.g., theLampson Crane at Miller Park), the wind, in and of itself, has not been the ultimate factor forfailure, but a contributing factor among others, the combination of which resulted in the finalcollapse. Some of these factors are included in the discussion below.For the OLS, wind loads have been.accounted for by the manufacturer both on thecrane structure as well as the load in developing the rated load capacity tables. Themaximum permissible lateral wind load at the load is 0.75% of the safe working load(SWL) specified In the load capacity chart. For the worst case lift of the steamgenerator for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Project, this lateral wind force will occur on theload at a wind speed of 50 mph. The OLS has been load tested for side loadscorresponding to 2% of SWL, which corresponds to a side load on a steam generatorthat is 2.9. times that from a 50 mph wind. This comparison indicates the substantialsafety factor for wind load even at 50 mph for the use of the OLS for the Sequoyah Unit2: SGR Project. The actual permissible operating wind speed at the tip of the jibspecified for the crane.for the Unit 2 SGR is 22 mph (for all wind directions) when theload is more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment and 33 mph(for all wind directions) when the load is 3 ft or less off the ground or inside the Unit 2Containment. Thus, there is significant margin available with regard to wind load on theOLS.For the Lampson Crane at Miller Park that failed, the manufacturer's recommendationwith regard to permissible wind speeds was 20 mph. Based on reports of the accident,winds were gusting in the 28-30 mph range during the afternoon of the accident. Also,the wind anemometers were placed at a lower elevation relative to the tip of the jib andtherefore, were not measuring the wind speed at the jib tip. Wind loads were notaccounted for on the 180 ft x 100 ft load. In addition, the actual lifted load was -105%of that allowed by the Lampson Crane's rated load capacity chart. Further, the ratedloads for the Lampson Crane were 85% of its tipping load in comparison to less than80% for the OLS.All calculations/tests performed by crane manufacturers with regard to stability of craneunder wind loads in developing their rated load capacity charts assume that the cranebase is seated on a firm level surface and the foundation is capable of carrying theTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 30 of 98 bearing pressures. The OLS crane to be used for the Sequoyah Unit 2 SGR Projecthas a 70.5 ft diameter ringer base mounted on 24 jacks seated on top of an engineeredfoundation using outrigger plates. The QLS. ringer design with 24 jacks enables gooddistribution of bearing pressure under the jack pads. The OLS will be seated on thereinforced concrete pile cap extension of an engineered battered pile foundationconsisting of approximately 80 piles anchored to bedrock. The battered pile foundationis designed for lateral loads (seismic and wind) in addition to gravity loads of the craneand load. Thus, the OLS will be seated on a firm level foundation designed to carry allthe expected loads.The Lampson Crane at Miller Park was not seated on a firm level surface. There wasno engineered foundation designed especially considering heavy loads of the order of450 tons that were lifted. Also, the crane was mounted on crawlers with relativelysmaller footprint in comparison to the ringer base of the OLS. In addition, it is reportedthat at the time of failure there were apparent cracks in the ground on which theLampson Crane was seated.Due to the structural (A-Frame/double-frame construction and ringer base) configurationof the OLS discussed under the "Lateral Capability of the OLS Compared to a LampsonCrane" section above, the OLS has significantly higher lateral load carrying capability incomparison to other cranes available. In comparison, the Lampson Crane mastcomponents are of single lattice frame construction.To eliminate the effects of wind conditions beyond the maximum operating wind speed, a lift willnot commence if analysis of weather data for the expected duration of the lift indicates thepotential for wind conditions in excess of the maximum operating wind speed. Further, shouldthere be an unexpected detrimental change in weather while the OLS is loaded, the lift will becompleted and the OLS will be placed in Its optimum safe configuration or the load will begrounded and the crane will be placed in a safe configuration.Based on the above discussion, the conditions that could result in credible crane failure modesor load drops (i.e., operator errors, use of improper rigging or inappropriate slings, and cranecomponent failures) have been minimized or eliminated through the training of riggingpersonnel, use of engineer-developed procedures for the load lifts, performance of engineeringevaluations of the OLS and rigging components, and inspection and testing of the OLS. Inaddition, an OLS failure or load drop due to a tornado or seismic event has been eliminated.The tornado initiated OLS failure or load drop will be eliminated through implementation ofprocedures to preclude load handling when high winds or severe weather/tornado conditionsare. anticipated. The seismic induced crane failure or load. drop has been eliminated byshowing that.the OLS will not collapse or drop a load while loaded .or unloaded during the SSE.Given the training, procedures, evaluations, inspections, and testing involved in use of theOLS, it is highly unlikely that the OLS will fail or drop a load. However, as required by NUREG-0612, load drops from the OLS have been postulated and the potential consequences of thesepostulated drops evaluated as detailed in Sections 7 and 8.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 31 of 98 5.2 Other Cranes Supporting the SGR ProjectIn addition to the OLS, mobile cranes will be used to perform a variety of other SGR Projectrigging activities. Assist cranes will be used in the assembly/disassembly of the OLSi and a.Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane will be erected prior to the SGROutage to. rig and handle miscellaneous loads, principally between grade elevation and thedome of the Unit 2 Shield Building. The Liebherr LR 1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawlercrane will be erected in the area immediately east of the Unit 2 Shield Building and west of theIndependent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) (Figure 5-5). This crane will be operatedprior to, during, and immediately after the SGR Outageto perform lifts of various equipmentand items supporting SGR Project activities. These lifts are independent of. the operational.status of Unit 1, and will be performed during the Unit 2 conditions specified below:* Structural steel components of the Construction Platform Support Truss System that willbe erected on the dome of the Shield Building -lifts performed during any Unit 2condition.* Equipment for concrete cutting and repair (hydro-lasers, restoration formwork) -liftsperformed during any Unit 2 condition on the front end of the SGR Outage. On the backend of the SGR Outage, concrete restoration activities are completed before Unit 2exiting Mode 5 (Shield .Building Operability required).* Cut sections of main steam piping with venturi which are removed from each of theOSGs. The Replacement Steam Generators (RSGs) come equipped with main steamplping/venturi Integrally installed on the RSG components. These lifts are performedduring the Unit 2 defueled condition.* Steel Containment Vessel (SCV) steel cut sections during the Unit 2 defueled condition.Note that the SCV cut sections may also be rigged by use of the OLS.* Concrete handling buckets for placing concrete in the restored Shield Building openings-lifts performed on the back end of the SGR Outage with concrete restoration activitiesrequired to be complete before Unit 2 exits Mode 5 (Shield Building. Operabilityrequired).The mobile-cranes are commercially designed, ruggedly constructed, cranes with a main boom,each crane utilizing a counterweight stabilization system. The designs of the cranes meetASME B30.5-2004 design requirements (Reference 10), and the cranes' rated capacitiesconsider applicable loadings. The cranes will have been load tested during their production andwill have a current certification in accordance with ASME B30.5-2004.Use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly is limited to an area within that-shownon. Figure 5-2. Mobile crane usage beyond the OLS boom location may be allowed ifengineering evaluation shows no adverse impact to nearby safety-related SSCs. Restrictionson the use of these cranes will also be imposed to specify the weather conditions under whichthey may be operated and how and when to secure the mobile cranes in case of inclementweather. These restrictions are designed to preclude- adverse interactions with safety-relatedSSCs, as well as the ISFSI, for adverse conditions, including seismic events.Use of the mobile cranes for OLS assembly/disassembly will be governed by the followingrestrictions:Technical Report No..SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 32 of 98
- 1. Load handling with the mobile cranes is limited to an approved area around the OLSboom location shown on Figure 5-2.2. The load imposed on the ground by the mobile crane is limited to the calculatedallowable ground bearing pressure of 4 ksf.3. Physical protection measures (e.g., timber mats and steel plates) will be placed asshown on Figure 5-2 for identified commodities requiring protection. As demonstrated inSection 7.5, the RWST and ERCW piping require no protection during OLSassembly/disassembly, since they are located outside the OLS erection area. There areno Safety-Related SSCs located within the OLS assembly boundaries. Therefore, noload lifting elevation restrictions need to be considered.Load handling operations with the Manitowoc 2250 crane that will be used for OLSassembly/disassembly will cease and the cranes will be put in a safe configuration when windsexceed the wind speed limits of 35 mph. This wind speed is based on the crane manufacturer'smanual for the Manitowoc 2250. In performing the OLS assembly/disassembly, the OLS cranecomponents to be lifted have a small sail area in comparison to the weight. If other mobilecranes are used during the assembly/disassembly of the OLS, load handling operations willcease when winds exceed the manufacturer's maximum recommended wind speed for safeoperation.-Mobile crane operations will cease and the cranes will be put in a safe configuration if a tomadowatch or warning has been announced in accordance with Procedure AOP-N.02, "TomadoWatch/Warning.°The rationale for allowing higher allowable operating wind speeds for the mobile cranes relativeto those for the OLS is provided below.The OLS supplier has determined that the safe operating wind speed while lifting a SG is 33mph, which includes a safety factor. The Unit 2 SGR Project has made the decision to limit themaximum operating wind speed while the generators are greater than 3 feet above the groundand while outside the Unit 2 containment to further increase the margin of safety. As previouslystated, the maximum operating wind speed allowed for the OLS is 22 mph when the lifted loadis more than 3 ft off the ground and outside the Unit 2 Containment and 33 mph when the liftedload is less than or equal to 3 ft off the ground or inside the Unit 2 Containment. In addition, theSG lifts will be performed at between 90 percent and -94 percent of rated crane capacity, thusjustifying a reduced wind speed.The maximum operating wind speed will be relayed to the operator during the pre-job briefing,and they are also included on the operating load path drawings. The crane operator has actualwind speed indication in the cab of the crane from an anemometer located on the crane boom.As a backup, a field engineer who accompanies the person-in-charge (PIC) will monitorweather forecasts and wind speed information from the site meteorological tower and will notifythe PIC, as required, as wind/weather conditions change. Typically, lifts will commence onlyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 33 of 98 after reasonable assurance Is obtained with regard to favorable weather and wind conditions atleast for the duration of the lift, thereby precluding any limiting conditions. However, In theevent that winds increase to near or at the limiting conditions, further actions will proceed toplace the crane in a safe and optimum configuration in accordance with the drawings,- craneoperating manual and site procedures; which will be implemented through the work package forthe activity.Protection (see Figure 5-2) for safety-related SSCs is provided, as necessary, to ensure thatUnit i and Unit 2 can be safely shut down and/or maintained in a safe condition in the unlikelyevent of a load drop during use of these cranes for assembly/disassembly of the OLS. TheSSCs in the vicinity of where the OLS will be assembled/disassembled are the essential rawcooling water (ERCW) system piping, the Unit 2 refueling water storage tank (RWST), and fireprotection piping. The approved area around the OLS boom location shown on Figure 5-2 is asafe load path provided that the mobile cranes are operated in accordance with Figure 5-2, theground loadings by the mobile crane do not exceed the calculated allowable ground bearingpressure of 4 ksf, and the protection listed in Section 7.5 is in place.Personnel involved in operating the mobile cranes will receive the following instruction:* Operators and riggers will receive the applicable Sequoyah site-specific training specified in:-VA Safety Manual Procedure 721, "Rigging" (Reference 17)..-TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, "'VA Rigging Manual" (Reference 18)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 721B, "Rigging Equipment -Standard ProcurementSpecifications" (Reference 19)-VA Safety Manual Procedure 802, "Requirements for the Safe Operation of Cranes"(Reference 20)* Personnel will undergo hands on training with the equipment before a load isattached to the equipment." Prior to lifts over safety-related SSCs, detailed pre-lift meetings will be conducted by theSGR rigging specialist or designee. Operation of the crane shall be in accordance withcrane operator's manual, and crane operators will be trained in accordance withsubcontractor ES&H procedures.Coordination with Plant Operations is required prior to commencement of heavy loadmovement activities.The mobile cranes will not be operated in high winds or weather conducive to tornados and willbe relocated away from safety-related SSCs under these conditions. The mobile cranes are notdesigned to withstand seismic events, however, as evaluated in Reference 24, the Liebherr LR1400/1 or Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane will remain stable and preclude any impactinteractions with safety related SSCs in a seismic event. Reference 24 describes the location,safe load path requirements, and administrative controls for operation to prevent any damageto important-to-safety SSCs. Load height and weight restrictions will be imposed to precludenearby safety-related SSCs from being adversely affected by a postulated IQad drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 34 of.98 The mobile cranes are. generally not equipped with wind speed monitoring capabilities. Toensure that any restrictions on the wind speeds are implemented, the mobile cranes will rely onsite wind speed readings that are recorded at the site meteorological tower. In general, themobile cranes have restrictions on their operational wind speed, as well as other operationallimitations. To ensure that the crane manufacturer's operational limitations are being followed,there are job-specific construction procedures in place for the work associated withassembly/disassembly of the OLS. These controls regulate the construction activities. Inaddition, there is a work package specifically written for each work activity that invokes therequirements dictated by engineering, including wind speed limitations on crane operation.Meteorological forecasts will also be used to monitor wind speedsBased on the above discussion, it is highly unlikely that a load will be dropped from a mobilecrane. However' as required by NUREG-0612, load drops from a mobile crane have beenpostulated and the potential consequences of a postulated drop evaluated as described inSections 7 and 8. None of these consequences leads to the need to. invoke the one-time Unit IOperating License change / change to Technical. Specification 3.7.5 or impose the ERCWcompensatory measures during lifts by the mobile cranes. With regard to rigging of the SCVsteel cut sections by either the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by theOLS, postulated drops of these steel sections from crane failures have been evaluated inReference 24 to result in no failure of the ERCW. lines over which these loads will travelbecause of load handling limitations for these lifts and the physical protection of the ERCWlines provided to them by their soil depth and the concrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipetunnel containing these ERCW lines.Operational crane tests are performed at the time of production of the crane and the cranemanufacturer maintains records of these tests. During the assembly/disassembly of the OLSand prior to each shift usage of the mobile cranes, a preoperational checklist of the cranefeatures will be conducted. by that shift operating team and signed off. If a load sustaining partof a crane (other than the wire rope) is altered, replaced, or repaired, ASME B30.5 requires thatthe crane be load tested using a maximum of 110% of the manufacturer's load rating. For wirerope replacement, a functional test is performed using normal operating loads. The mobilecranes used in the assembly/disassembly of the OLS will follow these ASME requirements.5.3 Outside Lift System ComponentsThe OLS will arrive at the Sequoyah site in standard containers. These containers will bemoved to the OLS assembly/disassembly area (see Figure 5-2) on tractor-trailers. The OLS will.be assembled/disassembled in accordance with Reference 23 while both units are in Modes 1-6or defueled. As described in References 23 and 51, the heaviest individual component is thelower counterweight tray at 27.8 metric tonnes (61.3 kips). The heaviest assembled componentlifted during the erection process is the main mast at 104.7 metric tonnes (230.1 kips). Thelargest ballast blocks used are 10.9 metric tonnes (24 kips).The crane components will be off-loaded .from the tractor-trailers using the mobile cranesdiscussed in Section 5.2, and forklifts. During the offload process, the components will be liftedslightly higher than the trailer bed and lowered to the ground. Offloading locations will be.chosen to minimize the potential for impacting ERCW piping. In addition, physical protection inthe forms of timber mats, steel mats, and steel plate will be provided to ERCW piping and otherTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 35 of 98 underground commodities as necessary to distribute the impact from a load drop such-that theERCW piping/other underground commodities will not be affected. None of theseconsequences leads to the need to invoke the. one-time Unit I Operating License change /change to Technical Specification 3.7.5 or impose the ERCW compensatory measures duringlifts by the mobile cranes.5.4 Old and Replacement Steam Generators.The existing Westinghouse Model 51 OSGs will be removed and new RSGs furnished byWestinghouse will be installed. The RSGs are form, fit and function replacements of the OSGsand are similar in orientation and overall physical dimensions to the OSGs. The envelopingweight for the steam generator lifts has been determined to be 375 tons (750 kips). Thisenveloping weight includes the steam generator, rigging, attached upper lateral restraint, andattached insulation.Movement of the OSGs/RSGs out of and into the Unit 2 Containment will be performed withUnit 2 in the defueled condition with Unit 1 assumed to be at power. Coordination with PlantOperations is required prior to commencement of SG movement activities.Once lifted clear of the Shield Building dome, the OSGs will follow designated load paths overthe top of the Shield Building dome, as shown on Figure 5-2. Rigging and lifting of the OSGswill be performed by trained personnel, will be strictly controlled and conducted in accordancewith approved procedures, and will be restricted to the load paths described by Figure 5-2.After clearing the edge of the Shield Building dome, the OSG will be lowered. Once the bottomof the OSG reaches a suitable height above the ground, the OLS will rotate and move the OSGto the downending area for attachment of the lower end of the OSG to the downending device,as shown on Figure 5-4. As illustrated in Figure 5-4, the OSG will be lowered and downendedto the horizontal position for placement on the transporter. Downending equipment and thedownending foundation area have been designed for the applicable loads in accordance withASME NQA-1, Subpart 2.15. Reference 25 determined that the loads on the downendingfoundation are less than 278.5 tons (557 kips) and the soil beadng pressure from thefoundation is less than the allowable pressure. Each OSG will be handled in an identicalmanner (but with' slightly different load paths over the Shield Building dome), and the RSGs willbe handled in a similar manner, but reverse order. However, the OLS attachments and saddleswill differ as required for adaptation to the RSGs.For the Unit 2 SGR Project, it is estimated that from the time an OSG clears the Unit 2Containment dome until it is positioned to start downending on to the transporter will beapproximately two hours. This time is also valid for a RSG once it is upended.and ready to starttoWards the Unit 2 Containment until it is ready to pass through the Unit 2 Containment domeopening. Safety-related SSCs (e.g., ERCW piping) could potentially be impacted by a SG dropfor a duration of approximately 30 minutes during this portion of the lift. 'Protection andcompensatory measures will be in place during this portion of the lift to prevent damage toand/or mitigate the consequences of damage to these SSCs.The time to downend or upend a SG is anticipated to be approximately two hours. No safety-related SSCs could be impacted during this portion of the lift by a SG drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 36 of 98.
The anticipated time to haul an. OSG once it is ready for transport until it is outside the Unit 2OSG storage facility (OSGSF), is approximately four hours. Although there are safety-relatedSSCs (ERCW piping) buried adjacent to the haul route, protection will be provided prior tomovement of the SGs along the haul route such that these SSCs will not be damaged as aresult of a load drop from the transporter.The SG haul route is shown on Figure 5-6. The distance from the Unit 2 SGRdownending/upending (laydown) area to the Unit 2 OSG Storage Facility/replacement steam.generator storage area (RSGSA) is approximately 4,090 ft. A review of SSCs in the vicinity ofthis portion of the haul route identified several safety-related and non-safety related buried andabove-ground interferences. Interferences include ERCW pipes, valve boxes, fire protectionpiping, sanitary water system, lighting systems, electrical duct banks, manholes, catch basins,and drain pipes. Non-safety related interferences were. evaluated in Calculation 39866-CALC-C-003 (Reference 42) and determined to- be capable of withstanding the normal surchargeloads that will be experienced during SG transport by: use of a self-propelled modulartransporter (SPMT). Calculation 39866-CALC-C-005 (Reference 43) documents the continuedavailability of safety-related ERCW piping and duct banks in consideration of a postulated dropof a steam generator being transported by the SPMT with the application of the followingprotection measures detailed in the calculation:36" ERCW pipe Southwest of Perimeter Road approximately between STA 5+88.10 andSTA 9+92.10: 1.0 ft of sand/fill protection0 30" ERCW pipes Northeast of Perimeter Road approximately between the centerline ofthe Reactors and STA 9+92.10:1.0 ft of sand/fill protection0 36" ECRW pipes running parallel to the ERCW Pumping Station Access Road betweenSTA 0+40' and STA 0-25': 2.5 ft of sand/fill protection* Handhole 29: 2.5 ft of wood cribbing along the perimeter of two sides* Manhole Groups 31 & 32, and Handhole group 52: 2.5. ft of wood cribbing along theperimeter of three sidesThe potential for a load drop in the vicinity of the safety-related SSCs will be minimized byoperating the transporter at less than 5 mph, provision of a stable road surface with limitedgrades, and use of a stable single-wide transporter. Additionally, the height of the transporterwill be restricted in the vicinity of safety-related SSCs.Although the SG transporter is considered rugged equipment, it is not specifically designed towithstand external events addressed by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 2, which are part of theSequoyah design basis. The probability of an external event occurring when the transporter isnear a safety-related SSC, and which causes a heavy load drop that results in loss of theadjacent SSC is extremely low. However, to conservatively address the worse caseconsequences, a test weight or SG drop off the transporter was postulated to occur anywherealong the haul route in conjunction with a plant external event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 37 of 98 In ,lieu of performing the haul route load test with a fully loaded transporter, the test will beperformed by loading the test vehicle with enough test weights to produce a subgrade bearingpressure equivalent to or greater than that caused by a loaded transporter. The purpose of theload test is to develop a test pressure that will identify any soft spots in the surfacecourse/subgrade requiring repairs. The entire haul route will be either load tested or evaluatedagainst equivalent previously performed load tests. prior to the SG transport. With respect toload tests performed as part of the SGR Project, the complete haul route designated for testingneed not bW tested all at one time;. individual segments may be tested at different times. Loaddrop protection, need only be present immediately prior to and during passage of the load (testload or SG).The generators will be lifted with rigging devices attached as well as any equipment (nozzleclosure plates, insulation, upper lateral support, etc.) that will be attached during movement.The lifted weight for the OSGs includes the following components:e Generator (calculated)0 Lifting device (calculated)0 Internal water and sludge (conservatively estimated based on past projects)* Nozzle cover plates (calculated)0 Lower lateral bumper blocks (calculated).0 Upper lateral support (calculated)* Rings and Insulation (calculated)0 Rigging (calculated)The lifted weight of the new SGs includes the following components:* Generator (375 tons)* Lifting trunnions (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)" Lower lateral bumper blocks (calculated -will be confirmed after removal)* Upper.lateral support (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)* Insulation support rings (calculated -will be confirmed upon delivery to site)." Rigging (calculated)The OLS has a load cell incorporated into the crane that will be able to confirm the weight aseach lift is performed. The OLS will lift. the generators a few inches off their support and thenhold. At this point the weight of the load will be confirmed and a systems check will. beperformed on the OLS prior to movement.5.5 Reactor Shield Building Concrete, Steam Generator Enclosure Concrete, andContainment Vessel SteelTwo approximately 20 ft by 45 ft openings will be cut into the Shield Building dome, asillustrated in Figure 5-2. Similar geometry openings will also be made in the Steel ContainmentVessel (SCV) dome, and the concrete roof plugs. of each of the four SG compartments will beremoved in order to create the rigging paths. into the steam generator cubicles to allow removalTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 38 of 98 of the OSGs and installation of the RSGs.
- Rigging of the Shield Building concrete sections,SCV steel sections, and SG compartment roofs will occur only during the defueled condition.The OLS will be used to remove the cut concrete sections of the Shield Building dome, whichbased .on engineering are expected to weigh less than 170 tons (340 kips) (Reference 26).Because the SCV steel sections have been evaluated to weigh no more than 15.5 tons (-31kips), either.the OLS or the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr'LR 1400/2 crane may be used forrigging these loads (Reference 24).The. SG compartmeht roof and the Main Steam whip restraint beams below the roof will be cut,and removed and reinstalled by the OLS as one piece for each of the four compartments. Theweight of an individually-rigged SG compartment roof has been determined to be no greaterthan 67.25 tons (134.5 kips) (Reference 27).Movement of the above loads will be performed with Unit 2 in the defueled condition and withUnit 1 assumed to be at power. -Coordination with Plant Operations is required prior tocommencement of heavy load movement activities.5.6 Lift PlanThe heavy lift plan for the various loads to be lifted during the SQN, Unit 2, SGR Project isdetailed in engineering packages, which define the requirements for the safe rigging of theheavy loads associated with the Unit 2 SGR Project. These engineering packages weredeveloped under the direction of registered professional engineers having special knowledge ofcritical lift operations with many years of experience performing this type of work. Theengineering packages associated with the rigging plan include the following details:" Calculations to determine the critical aspects (e.g., lifted weight, center of gravity, size,etc.) of items to be rigged* Qualification of rigging components* Qualification of rigging equipment" Comparison of lifted load with crane capacity* Allowable load paths and allowable locations of cranes with respect to the load paths" Crane foundation design and construction details" Relocation details for underground utilities in the OLS foundation area* Qualification and design of SG rigging attachment points* Load test requirements* Evaluation of safety-related buried commodities in the vicinity of heavy lift load path for apostulated load drop from the OLS-Evaluation of the OLS for seismic and wind/tomado loads* Evaluation of the response from a postulated drop onto the Unit 2 Shield Building* Load. path restrictions (path, height)* Operating weather restrictions and associated work instructions* Protection details for safety-related SSCs If a load drop occurs* Contingency measures for the realignment of plant systems if a load drop occursIncorporated into these engineering products are the load limitations derived from the cranemanufacturer's load charts. For lifting of the SGs, calculated weights will be confirmed by loadTechnical Report No.. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 39 of 98 cell measurements upon initial lift operations. The potential for winds to influence the safety ofthe lift operations will be controlled administratively. As noted above, cranes performing heavylift operations will be limited to locations where ground conditions have been examined andevaluated; more specifically, the OLS will be supported on an engineered pile foundation.A specific work package is written for each work activity associated with the above rigging planthat invokes the necessary requirements dictated by the engineering packages. These Workpackages -are prepared by construction personnel who plan the overall SGRconstruction/maintenance program.. Each work package Is reviewed by design engineeringpersonnel to confirm that the planned activities are within the limits established by theengineering evaluations and analyses'.During the Unit 2 SGR Project heavy load lifts, personnel observing the load lift will be in directcommunication with the main control room to relay status information of the lift to the operatingcrew. In addition, personnel will be in direct communication with the main control room tomonitor for Auxiliary Building flooding should a heavy load drop occur.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 40 of 98 Figure 5-1 -Outside Lift System ElevationTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 41 of 98 00M:.z0zG)mmy WE -U* m~uoiui FIESEN 0 THE OLS MEECIO AREAFmus r H os Ramm"TI0i0ErCO)0r91VMA LF ,DI FT FOR LOAM GRATER Ti25 IOS(D300 I___________________________ U I X~ie'PILE SLZIAMOUNT AND ALOCATIMPE PTVA DEM0GCHANGE UO7ICE D2470Ar-(REF.) ptq 45 (REP.)Figure 5-3 -Outside Lift System Base ElevationTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 43 of 98 RSG DOWENDINSImUaMUFigure 5-4 -Downending Device.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 44 of 98 VU LFT HOWT- 170 r AVE M=LIF H~f [i FOR LOAM =ZATM 11025 WUS125Fr FOR 1015 UP YO 25 'PSFigure 5-5 -Supplementary Crane General Assembly and Load PathsTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 45 of 98 0)46-0a-SI0=0>*000 =0CE..2 xLAD0-CLC3a) 6.0 Description of SSCs Potentially Affected by a Postulated Load DropTo support the Unit 2 SGR, there will be movements of heavy loads in the vicinity'of, and over,safety-related equipment that is required to support operation of both units while Unit 2 is inModes I through 6 and defueled. The SSCs that are potentially affected from either equipment.impact or a heavy load drop impact are identified in this section. The potentially affected designfunctions and operability requirements of these SSCs are also addressed. As detailed inSections 7 and 8, the movements of loads in the vicinity of and over these SSCs have beenevaluated and found to be acceptable based on the capability of the SSC to withstand theimpact, protection being provided, and/or compensatory measures being implemented.6.1 Unit 2 ContainmentThe Sequoyah Unit 2 Containment consists of a free-standing Steel Containment Vessel (SCV)surrounded by a free-standing concrete Unit 2 Shield Building. The SCV and Shield Buildingare designed to Seismic Category I standards to remain functional during and after a SSE. Thedesign function of the SCV, as indicated in UFSAR Sections 3.8.2.1, 6.1 and 6.2.1.1.1, is toprovide an essentially leak-tight barrier to the release of fission products to the environmentAs described in UFSAR Section 3.8.1.1, the Shield Building is.a reinforced concrete structure.The design functions of the Shield Building are to protect the SCV from external events and toact as the principal structure that limits doses from radioactivity inside the Containment. Thesedesign functions are not required while the reactor is defueled.Unit 2 Technical Specifications 3/4.6.1.1, 3/4.6.1.6, and 3/4.6.1.7 specify the integrityrequirements -for the Unit 2 SCV and Unit 2 Shield Building during Modes 1-4. The Bases forTechnical Specifications 3/4.6.1.1, 3/4.6.1.6, and 3/4.6.1.7 indicate that the safety design basisfor Primary Containment is that the Containment must withstand the pressures andtemperatures of the limiting design basis accident without exceeding design leakage rates.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.6.2.2 requires that two Independent trains of lowerContainment vent coolers be operable with two coolers in each train in Modes 1-4. The Basesfor Technical Specification 3/4.6.2.2 indicate .that the operability of the -lower Containment ventcoolers ensures that adequate heat removal capacity is available to provide long-term coolingfollowing a non-LOCA event.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.6.3 requires that each Containment isolation valve beoperable in Modes 1-4. The Bases for Technical Specification 3/4.6.3 indicate that operabilityof the Containment Isolation valves ensures that the Containment atmosphere will be isolatedfrom. the outside environment in the event of a release of radioactive material to theContainment or pressurization of the Containment.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.9.4 defines the required status of Containment Buildingpenetrations during movement of irradiated fuel within the Containment The Bases ofTechnical Specification 3/4.9.4 indicate that the requirements on Containment Buildingpenetration closure and operability ensure that a release of radioactive material withinContainment will be restricted from leakage to the environment.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 47 of 98.
6.2 Auxiliary BuildingThe Auxiliary Building will not be directly impacted by the evaluated load drops. However, apotential effect from the postulated load drops is flooding of the Auxiliary Building through theERCW tunnel. The impact of potential flooding on the Auxiliary Building is addressed in Section7.1. Measures that mitigate this flooding are detailed in Section 8.2.As described in UFSAR Section 3.8.4.1.1, the Auxiliary Building is a part of the Auxiliary ControlBuilding. It is a multi-story reinforced concrete structure that houses Unit I and 2 EngineeredSafety Features equipment. The Spent Fuel Pit and Fuel Transfer Canal are also housed In theAuxiliary Building. Thq Auxiliary Building is designed to Seismic Category I standards and willremain functional during and after a SSE. The exterior concrete walls above grade aredesigned to resist the design basis tornado missiles. Since the Auxiliary Building is sharedbetween Unit I and Unit 2, these design bases are required whenever either unit is in Modes 1-4 or fuel is stored in the Spent Fuel Pool.6.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water SystemrAs described in UFSAR Section 9.2.2.2, the ERCW system consists of eight pumps; fourtraveling water screens, four screen wash pumps, and four strainers located within the ERCWpumping station, and associated piping and valves. The safety-related portion of the ERCWsystem is designed to Seismic Category I standards and will remain functional following theSSE. Water is supplied to the Auxiliary Building from the ERCW pumping station through fourindependent sectionalized supply headers designated as 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B. Four ERCWpumps are assigned to Train A, and four are assigned to Train.B. The two headers associatedwith the same train (i.e., 1A/2A or I B/2B) may be cross-tied to provide greater flexibility. Thisallows one supply header to be out of service (e.g., for strainer maintenance), subject to theUltimate Heat Sink limitations of Technical Specification 3/4.7.5. Section 9.2.2 of the UFSARindicates that the ERCW system design function is to supply cooling water to various heat loadsin both the primary and secondary portions of each unit. A simplified flow diagram of the ERCWsystem is provided as Figure 6-1. Figure 6-1 also depicts the impact locations of the postulatedload drop of an SG based on the load path indicated on Figure 5-2. Note that as illustrated inFigure 6-2, there are three (3) ERCW lines which run adjacent to each other under the load pathresulting in three impact locations on Figure 6-1.The ERCW system piping is arranged in four headers (1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B) each servingcertain components in each unit as follows:1. Each header supplies ERCW to one of the two Containment Spray heat exchangersassociated with each unit.2. The primary cooling source for each of the Diesel Generator heat exchangers is from theUnit I headers. Each diesel also has an alternate supply from the Unit 2 headers of theopposite train.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 48 of 98
- 3. The normal cooling water supply to Component Cooling System (CCS) heat exchangers1A1 and 1A2, 2A1 and 2A2, and OBI and 0B2, is from ERCW headers 2A, 2A, and 2B,respectively..4. Each A and B supply header in each unit header provides'a backup source of Feedwater forthe turbine-driven Auxiliary Feed Pumps in the respective unit.5.. Each of the two discharge headers provides a backup source of Feedwater for the motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps in each unit.6. Headers 1A and 1 B provide ERCW cooling water to the control room and Control Buildingelectrical board room air-conditionsystems.7. Each A and B header in each unit supplies ERCW cooling water to the Auxiliary Buildingventilation coolers for safeguard equipment, the Containment ventilation system coolers, theReactor Coolant Pump (RCP) motor coolers, the control rod drive vent coolers, and theContainment instrument room cooler's water chillers in the respective unit.8. Headers 1A and 11B provide a backup source of cooling water for the Station AirCompressors.9. Headers 1A and 2B provide ERCW cooling water for the Shutdown Board. room airconditioners and Auxiliary Control Air Compressors.10. Headers 2A and 2B provide ERCW cooling water for the Emergency Gas Treatment roomcoolers and boric acid transfer and Unit 2 Auxiliary Feedwater Pump space coolers.11. Headers 1A and 16 provide ERCW cooling water for the CCS pumps and Unit 1 AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump space coolers.12. Under flood conditions, ERCW provides water to the Spent Fuel Pit heat exchangers,Reactor Coolant Pump thermal barriers, ice machine refrigeration condensers, and sampleheat exchangers, and the Residual Heat Removal heat exchangers as needed.Technical Specification 3/4.7.4 (both units have the same Technical Specification requirements)requires that at least two independent ERCW loops be operable in Modes 1-4. The Bases ofTechnical Specification 3/4.7.4 indicate that the operability of the ERCW system ensures thatsufficient cooling capacity is available for continued operation of safety-related equipmentduring normal and accident conditions. The Unit 2 systems that require ERCW are not required.to be operable while the reactor Is defueled.6.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage TankAs discussed in UFSAR Section 3.8.4.1.4, the Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) isa Seismic Category I structure, but is not tornado missile protected. Pipes from the Unit 2RWST to the Auxiliary Building are housed in reinforced concrete tunnels. A storage basin isprovided around the Unit 2 RWST to retain a quantity of borated water in the event the RWSTis ruptured by a tornado missile or other initiating event.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 49 of 98 The design function of the Unit 2 RWST, as indicated in UFSAR Sections 5.5.7.2.2, 6.3.2.2 and6.3.3.12, is to provide borated water for (1) filling the Refueling Canal during refueling and (2)the Safety Injection, Residual Heat Removal, and Containment Spray pumps during theEmergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) function. These design functions are not requiredwhile the Reactor is defueled.UFSAR Table 6.3.2-3 provides the minimum storage volume for the accumulators and RWST.As indicated in UFSAR Section 6.3.2.6, this minimum storage volume is sufficient to ensure thatafter a RCS break, sufficient water is injected and is available within the Containment to permitrecirculation flow to the core, and to meet the net positive suction head requirements of theRHR pumps.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.5.5 requires the Unit 2 RWST to be operable in Modes 1-4.The Bases for Technical Specification 3/4.5.5 indicate that the operability-of the Unit 2 RWSTas part of the ECCS ensures that a sufficient supply of borated water is available for injectionby the ECCS in the event of a LOCA.6.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage TankAs indicated In UFSAR Section 11.2.2, the Unit 2 Primary Water Storage Tank (PWST) is oneof the outside tanks used to store low-level radioactive liquids. Based on UFSAR Section3.8.4.1.4, the PWST is not a Category I tank (i.e., the PWST is non-seismic, non-tornadomissile protected, and non-safety related). Section 11.2.3 of the UFSAR indicates that the Unit2 PWST has a high level alarm and an overflow line that discharges to the ERCW pipe tunnel.6.6 Unit 2 Main Steam PipingUFSAR Section 10.3 describes the Main Steam supply system. The system is designed toconduct steam from the steam generator outlets to the High Pressure Turbine, the CondenserSteam Dump System, and to .other components. Downstream of the Main Steam IsolationVaives (MSIVs), the steam lines follow the outside perimeter of the Unit 2 Shield BulIding untilthey enter the Turbine Building.As described in UFSAR Section 10.3.2.1, the MSIVs and Main Steam Bypass Isolation Valvesare provided to protect the plant following a break in the steam header downstream of theMSIVs, as well as to protect the plant from the effects of a break in the steam line from onsteam generator inside the Unit 2 Containment or upstream of MSIV, and from the effects of asteam generator tube rupture. UFSAR Section 3.5.5 states that tornado missile protection isnot required for the portion of the Main Steam piping downstream of the MSIVs.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.5 requires that four MSIVs be operable in Modes 1-3.The Bases for Technical- Specification 3/4.7.1.5 Indicate that the operability of the MSIVsensures that no more than one steam generator will blow down In the event of a steam linerupture.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 50 of 98 6.7 Unit 2 Feedwater PipingAs described In UFSAR Section 10.4.7.1, the Condensate Feedwater System is-designed tosupply a sufficient quantity of feedwater to the steam generator secondary side inlet duringnormal operating conditions and to guarantee that feedwater will not be delivered to the steamgenerators when feedwater isolation is required. The portion of the system from the steamgenerators back through the check valve and isolation valve is designed as TVA Class B.Unit 2 Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.6 requires that four. Main Feedwater Isolation Valves(MFlVs), four Main Feedwater Regulating Valves (MFRVs), and four MFRV Bypass Valves beoperable in Modes 1-3. The Bases, for Technical Specification 3/4.7.1.6 indicate that isolationof the Main Feedwater System is provided when required to mitigate the consequences of asteam line break, feedwater line break, excessive feedwater flow, and loss of normal feedwater(and station blackout) accident.6.8 Fire Protection System PipingSection 12.1 of Part II of the Sequoyah Fire Protection Report (FPR) indicates that the HighPressure Fire Protection (HPFP) system water supply Is common to both units and consists, ofone electric motor driven fire pump and one diesel engine driven fire pump. Each pump takessuction from its own 300,000 gallon potable water storage tank which is supplied by the localmunicipal utility. Each pump is connected to the HPFP system looped yard main by a separatesupply line that can be isolated.A fire protection water distribution system Is provided to serve both units and is cross-tiedbetween the units. Sectional isolation valves are provided so that maintenance may beperformed on portions of the loop while maintaining fire fighting capability. The sectionalisolation valves in the underground loop are locked or sealed in position and surveillance isperformed to ensure proper system alignment.The HPFP system is also connected to the two fire/flood mode pumps (old fire pumps) whichcan be utilized by opening the normally closed valves which Isolate them from the system.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 51 of 98 z0CD0co0oa,0)0I-A-K-A SI4.ToQ-APUP 3" ROW.R-A 2A 4TOtX4-IlFLOODCE COND.CO)NTA1NME4T SHwsoOWiqSPRAY EDC IA-A ROCIL~FLOOD
- Ai~ndm24. IAINSTRMDROPtr~dH~s4ZNEEI"2ASIR~A~AM~CISI!LG- lMAC@ --4 lA-AVOPRM 6- iAFRA iAC IXA-ASSPERM 14-23 liA-A I~ AB -A IR A-AM7EI4PM IA-AWCE'IEClAFROME FLOWDDOSAO 7- I H1R. BMOE Ic uGG~f TANKLI=-4'101 ROAPWP3RL,.coNLANqmaw 3-ccsnmcliSPA62- lA-A ROTS A&...2&AIEI A-A SwPRmc2R 2AA i2A-A MIP 0L2 FAAAE 714PNM- CUP OIL2AA PIPE CHASEEALLarMM,I-.9.~~i.RC of7 wq 14 0LCpFLOODSPRAY EX MnBTANK OCM&00 SE v mSlýihdITOI NSIS -m REMODIUIM 15-00050 --" IS-C05S 4 rwCHILE MD.E" ROPZONEmvacarmsk ZONE R L3B*WRMNEDM C11t Figure 6-2 -Heavy Load Lifting Postulated Drop ZoneTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 53 of 98 7.0 Postulated Load DropsDetails of the design of the cranes being used (including their seismic capability), inspectionsand load testing performed on these cranes, restrictions on operation of the cranes, operatortraining, and- procedural controls have been provided In the previous sections. Given theseconsiderations, it is highly unlikely that a load will be dropped from these cranes. However, asrequired by NUREG-0612, load drops from each of these cranes have been postulated and thepotential consequences of these postulated drops evaluated.Rigging of the heavy. loads described in Section 5 will be performed within the load pathsdefined on Figure 5-2. In the event of a non-mechanistic failure of a crane or rigging equipmentresulting in a load handling accident, the load is assumed to impact within the evaluated loadpath. Reference 16 evaluated safety-related buried commodities in the vicinity of heavy lift loadpath for postulated load drops from OLS and other cranes to be utilized for the Unit 2 SGRProject.As detailed in Section 5, the heaviest loads being handled are the Steam Generators. Othersignificant loads include Shield Building concrete sections, SCV steel sections, SteamGenerator Compartment roof concrete sections, and OLS components duringassembly/disassembly.7.1 Steam Generator Load DropsAccidental dropping of a SG inside the Unit 2 Containment has been evaluated as part of therigging engineering package and its associated 10 CFR 50.59 evaluation. Lifting of heavyloads inside or above the Unit 2 Containment with the OLS (PTC Crane) will not commenceprior to completion of defueling. Since all fuel will be removed from the Unit 2 Containment andthe spent fuel pit (SFP) will be isolated from the Unit 2 Containment, a load drop from the OLSinside or above the Unit 2 Containment will not result in: 1) releases of radioactive material dueto damage to spent fuel, 2) damage to fuel or fuel storage racks, or 3) damage to the reactorvessel or spent fuel pool that causes a loss of water and the fuel to be uncovered.Equipment required for safe shutdown of Unit i may be affected by a load drop from the OLSinside or above the Unit 2 Shield Building. Common systems involved are the ERCW System,Component Cooling System (CCS), and Essential Air Distribution System. To ensure that aload drop -from the OLS inside or above the Unit 2 Shield Building will not affect the ability toshut down Unit 1, valves located outside of the Unit 2 Shield Building for the ERCW System,CCS,. and Essential Air Distribution System will be closed prior to lifting heavy loads with theOLS. Therefore, a load drop from the OLS inside or above the Unit 2 Containment will riotaffect the ability to shut down the operating unit (Unit 1).If a SG drop is postulated to occur while the SG is above the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, it isassumed to fall vertically onto the dome directly below where it is suspended at the time. If theSG were to roll off of the dome it could potentially hit the auxiliary or control buildings andimpact the spent fuel pool and/or equipment required to safely shutdown Unit 1. As notedabove, with the reactor defueled, outside Unit 2 Containment. isolation valves for ERCW andCCS closed, and the Spent Fuel Pit isolated from the Unit 2 Containment, and the capability.tomanually isolate control air to the Unit 2 Containment, a load drop inside the Unit 2Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 54 of 98 Containment will not impact fuel or prevent the safe shutdown of Unit 1. Given theconsequences of a SG impacting the Auxiliary or Control Buildings, handling of the SGs mustbe.done in a manner that assures that if a SG drop occurs above the Shield Building dome, itpenetrates the dome rather than rolling off of it.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building/ContainmentTwo SG load drop situations above the temporary truss structure/Shield Building/Containmenthave been considered; those within a radial distance from the center of the Unit 2 Containmentof about 55 ft (remote from Shield Building -131 ft diameter cylindrical shell wall) and thosebetween this region and the parapet (near the cylindrical shell wall). Since the Unit 2 reactorwill be defueled while the SGs are being moved, the primary concern with a SG drop is the SGtrajectory following impact with the Shield Building dome and its subsequent impact location.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building -Away From Unit 2 Shield Building WallThe SG drop trajectory. following vertical impact from an arbitrary height onto the dome isdifficult to predict. Since the lift height of the SG is only limited by the capability of the OLS, asubstantial clearance between the SG and the Shield Building dome will be maintained by liftingthe SGs vertically through the Unit 2 Containment and Shield Building openings until a defined.minimum clearance is attained. The SGs will then betranslated horizontally to the outer edgeof the Shield Building, as shown on Figure 5-2. Applying an energy balance methodology to arigid-plastic shell model, it was analytically determined (Reference 16) that a SG- drop from aheight of 12.75 ft or greater will perforate the concrete Unit 2 Shield Building dome and theSCV. A drop from this height ensures complete penetration of the SG through the temporarytruss structure located above the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, through the Unit 2 ShieldBuilding dome itself, and into the Containment, as opposed to a response characterized byimpact with and deflection off the Shield Building dome. A minimum clearance from the Shield.Building dome of 20 ft will be used when lifting the SGs. This 20 ft clearance is within the liftinglimit and operational capability of the OLS. Some substantial conservatisms support theconclusion that perforation and entry will occur. These conservatisms are: 1) neglect ofenergies associated with local deformations, 2) consideration of the "laminar" concrete dome asa contiguous or single layer, 3) neglect of the weakening effect of the openings, and 4) use of alift height (20 ft) that is over 50% greater than that calculated for perforating the dome.SG Drop Above the Unit 2 Shield Building -Near the Unit 2 Shield Building WallAs the SGs near the edge of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, it nolonger becomes possible toanalytically show that the SG penetrates the Unit 2 Shield Building dome and SCV dome. Atthis point, a dropped SG is assumed'to tumble over the edge of the Containment and impactthe ground somewhere near the Shield Building wall along the load path. It may also impact the-side of the Shield Building as it falls. Since it is difficult to predict exactly where the SG willimpact, SSCs within and near the load path were-assumed to be affected. The potentiallyaffected SSCs in the vicinity of this postulated drop location are the Unit 2 Shield Building,ERCW tunnel and pipes, Unit 2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, Unit 2 MS piping, Unit 2 FW piping, andFire Protection System piping.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 55 of 98 SG Drop Along the Unit 2 Shield Building WallThe SGs will be lowered/raised by the OLS near the Unit 2 Shield Building wall above the loadpath shown on Figure 5-2. A SG drop in this area Is assumed to Impact directly below wherethe SG is being lowered/raised. Since the impact area is bounded by the area assumed for thepostulated Sd drop above the Shield Building near the Shield Building wall, the consequencesof the drop along the Shield Building wall are also bounded..SG Drop Between the Lowering/Raising Area and the Downending/Upending AreaA SG drop along the load path between the lowering/raising area and the downending/upendingarea is assumed to impact SSCs within the flopover distance (approximately 70 ft from theimpact point on the load path) of the SG. Those SSCs potentially affected by a SG dropbetween the lowering/raising area and the downending/upending area are the same SSCsidentified as potentially affected by a SG drop above the Unit 2 Shield Building near the Unit 2Shield Building wall.OSG Drop Dose ConsequencesFor the Unit 1 SGR, the radiological consequences of the drop of a transported OSG wereconcluded to be more conservative from a dose standpoint than those associated with OSGfailures within Containment. Specifically, Reference 30 determined that the radiologicalconsequences of an OSG drop outside the Unit 1 Shield Building along the haul route betweenthe Unit 1 Shield Building and the Unit 1 OSG Storage Facility (OSGSF) were moreconservative due to the close proximity of the failed OSG to the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB)where, as described below, the acceptance values for dose consequences to the public areregulatorily defined..Within Reference 30, the acceptability of the offsite dose consequences associated with apostulated drop of an OSG was evaluated and compared to the consequences of postulateddesign basis accidents for a gaseous release. For assessing offsite dose consequences, thedrop of an OSG was considered to most closely resemble a rupture of a tank containingradioactive material. Failure of the Waste Gas Decay Tank (WGDT) (Reference UFSARSection 15.3.5) is the limiting event evaluated in the UFSAR for accidental gaseous releasefrom a tank. As indicated in UFSAR Section 15.5.2, the respective dose limits for ExclusionArea Boundary (EAB) and Low Population Zone (LPZ) for the WGDT rupture accident are 1.8Rem and 0.22 Rem, respectively. From UFSAR Section 15.5.3, the dose limit given for controlroom operators is 5 Rem.Reference 30 conservatively assumed that 10% of the OSG activity would be released due .tothe impact of the drop during OSG transport and that, 1% of this release amount would be In theform of particulates small enough to become airborne. Confirmatory NRC analyses of the earlySGRs also used this percentage of activity release. Based on an Isotopic survey of the CVCS,the prime contributors to the offsite dose due to a SG drop were determined to be Ni-63, Co-60,Cs-134 and Cs-137. Using these conservative assumptions, the maximum calculated controlroom dose..was determined to be 3.76 x 10-2 Rem whole body.. The offsite doses from apostulated drop at the limiting location along the haul route (Reference 30, Table 14) were: .Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 56of 98 At the AB4.86 x 10.2 Rem whole body (which correlated to the WGDT gamma dose)*3.02 x 10.4 Rem to the skin (which correlated to the WGDT beta dose)At the LPZ1.07 x 10-3 Rem whole body (which correlated to the WGDT gamma dose)3.00 x 104 Rem to the skin (which correlated to the WGDT beta dose)For the Unit 1 SGR, the resultant radiation dose values that were calculated for an OSG dropand postulated. rupture were. well within the above-described UFSAR dose limits for thecomparative WGDT rupture.UFSAR Section 15.5.2 presents the radiological consequences of a WGDT rupture in thecontext of 10 CFR 100. The Basis for Technical Specification 3/4.11.2.6 describes the SQNsite's compliance with NRC Standard Review Plan Section 15.7.1 (Reference 31) for limiting theCurie content in waste gas systems such that any single failure of a component will not result ina whole body dose at the nearest exclusion area boundary In excess of 0.5 Rem. This limit ondose is greater than the calculated dose for an OSG drop. For the Unit 1 SGR, the evaluatedconsequences of an OSG drop were within the 'applicable regulatory criteria of NRC StandardReview Plan Section 15.7.1 and were much less than the limiting licensing design basisaccidents evaluated in Chapter 15 of the UFSAR.During the Spring 2011 Unit 2 refueling outage, radiological sampling data was obtained fromthe Unit 2 OSGs in order to make a comparison between the radiological and radiation dosecharacteristics of the Unit i and Unit 2 OSGs. This comparison includes factors such asapproach distances of transported OSGs to the EAB for the Unit 1 and Unit 2 SGRs, thelocation of the Unit 2 OSGSF immediately adjacent to the Unit 1 OSGSF, and comparison ofisotopic survey data between the Unit 1/Unit 2 OSGs. The conclusion of this comparison, asdocumented In Reference 32, Is that the dose consequences of a postulated drop of an OSGduring Unit 2 SGR transport are bounded by the dose consequences described above for theUnit 1 SGR (Reference 30), and therefore would be acceptable.Summary of OSG Drop Dose CalculatIon for the SQN Unit 2 SGR ProlectCalculation NDQOO0200020100242, Old Steam Generator Storage Facility Dose Assessmentand OSG Drop Dose Considerations,. (Reference 32) was performed for the Unit 2 SGRProject. This calculation determines the radiological impacts at the exclusion area boundary(EAB), the low population zone (LPZ), and the control room (CR) due to a postulated load dropof an OSG during the steam generator replacement. The scenario postulated to cause thefailure was a drop of an OSG from the outside lift system (OLS) crane or from the transporter atthe most conservative location for occurrence along the haul route between the Unit 2Containment and the Unit 2 OSG Storage Facility (OSGSF). The assumptions, inputs andmethodologies used to determine the dose consequences, are stated below.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 57 of 98 Input for OSG Drop Dose Calculation1. Based on surveys taken during the Unit 2 Spring 2011 refueling outage, the highest doserate at a Eadial distance of 3 feet from the outside surface of the shell in the vicinity of thetube region (at elevation 722 ft) was 60 mR/hr. This dose rate was lower than. the value.obtained during a survey performed between February 25, 2000 and March 1, 2000 on theUnit 1 OSGs which found a dose rate of 85 mR/hr for the same general area. Additionalsurveys taken during the November 2001 outage show the maximum dose rate at 3.ft fromsteam generator No. 3 was 85 mR/hr at elevation 722 ft with the primary side full and thesecondary side drained. This calculation conservatively used a dose rate of 85 mR/hr at 10ft to conservatively bound the collected data from all radiological surveys.2. Isotopic surveys for a.number of components in the reactor cleanup and radwaste systemsduring full power operation were also performed to develop CalculationNDQ002000201.00242. Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) resin and drain tank .residue represent the worst case distributions since they have the highest fractions of Co-.60, the most dominant contributor to organ and whole body doses. The CVCS distributionwas selected because it has higher amounts of Cs-134 and Cs-137 than the drain tankresidue; these Isotopes are also important dose contributors. Since the isotopic surveyswere taken while Unit 2 was at power and the SG external dose rate survey was only a fewdays after shutdown, the two surveys were well matched in time and thus no adjustmentwas necessary.3. Dimensions of the tubes within the OSGs and of the tube region of the OSG were asreported in UFSAR Table 5.5.2-1.4. For Calculation NDQ00200020100242, the maximum accident atmospheric dispersionfactors (X/Qs) utilized were as presented in the table below:Table 7-1 -Atmospheric Dispersion Factors (X/Qs).Release Point Dose Point X/Q Reference(seclm3)Containment EAB 1.64E-3 UFSAR, Table 15A-2Containment LPZ 1.96E-4 UFSAR, Table 15A-2Containment CR 1.59E-3 UFSAR, Table 15.5.3-6Haul Route or OSGSF EAB 2.71E-3 See X/Q Calc Summary BelowHaul Route or OSGSF LPZ 4.51 E-5 See X/Q Calc Summary Below5. For Calculation NDQ00200020100242, the maximum breathing rate of persons offsite andin the control room is 3.74E-4 m3/sec (Regulatory Guide 1.4, Sheet 2). This rate wasconservatively assumed for the duration of the accident.6. Doses are calculated using the inhalation, air submersion, and ground deposition doseconversion factors (DCFs) in Federal Guidance Reports 11 and 12 (EPA-520/1-88-020 andEPA-402-R-93-081).Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 58 of 98
- 7. Based on experimental data and NRC recommendation, the structural shielding factor usedfor 0.75 for submersion and 0.33 for ground deposition (NUREG/CR-5164, Sheet 18;NUREG/CR-4551, Volume 2, Part 7 Sheet 3-28). These factors account for the shieldingprovided by buildings and other structures during normal activities.8. Based on experimental data for various aerosol compositions and sizes and variousdeposition surfaces, the mean ground deposition velocity used was 0.3 cm/sec(NUREG/CR-4551, Volume 2, Part 7, Sheet 2-21).Assumptions for OSG Drop Dose.Calculation1. It was assumed that 90 percent of the total SG isotopic inventory was in the tube region andthat this.activity corresponds to the dose rates measured in the vicinity of the tube region.Of the three regions of the generator (steam dome, tube region, channel head), it wasassumed that most of the activity was in the tube region because the channel head is muchsmaller than the tube region and the steam dome, by design, is expected to have negligiblelevels of activity. The Isotopic Inventory Inside the tube region was calculated based on thisdose rate and the known isotopic distribution and physical dimensions. The inventory forthe entire SG was then estimated by dividing the tube region activity by 90 percent.2. It was assumed that 10 percent. of the SG activity was released due to the Impact of thedrop and that 1 percent of this release amount Was in the form of particulates small enoughto become airborne. Hence, the fraction of the total SG activity that gets released to theenvironment Is 0.001. The use of the 0.1 percent of the isotopes for dose assessments hasbeen used historically on other steam generator replacements (SGRs). The early SGRswere not performed under the requirements of 10 CFR 50.59. Instead, a repair report wasprepared and submitted to the NRC for review and concurrence. As part of its review, theNRC performed confirmatory analyses that used this *percentage of isotopes beingreleased. Recent SGRs performed under 10 CFR 50.59 have continued to use this isotopicrelease percentage.3. All activity releases were assumed to occur within the first two hours of the accident. This isconservative as It minimizes the dispersion of activity released to the environment, therebymaximizing the doses.4. The inhalation dose to the control room operator was calculated using the atmospheric.dispersion factor for the control room, but without taking credit for the control roomstructure.5. LPZ doses due to ground deposition are conservatively calculated assuming no evacuationor remediation during the 30-day exposure period.6. The control room is closer to the Containment than to any point on the haul route. It wastherefore assumed that the control room dose from a SG rupture at the Containmentbounds the dose from a rupture at any point along the haul route. or at the OSGSF.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 59 of 98 Methodoloay for OSG Drop Dose CalculationThe Calculation NDQ00200020100242 dose analysis was performed using the f6llowingsteps:1. Using the worst case measured isotopic distribution for the activity. inside the OSG, acharacteristic energy spectrum was calculated in the units of MeV/sec by energy group.See Table 7-2.below (Table 1 of Attachment A of Calculation NDQ00200020100242).2. The energy spectrum (Step 1) was used in a point-kemal computer program to calculate adose rate 10 ft from the outside of the OSG.As the dose. measurement was taken with the primary side of the generators filled withwater and the secondary side drained, the internal medium of the tube region was modeledas a homogenized mixture of steel and water. The homogeneous density of the tube regionwas calculated by dividing the total mass of the steel and water by the volume of the region.3. By ratioing the calculated dose rate (Step 2) to the measured dose rate 10 ft from theoutside of the OSG, a source adjustment factor was determined. Dividing this ratio by 90%(Assumption 1) yielded an adjustment factor of 9.0. The assumed initial isotopic inventory(Input 2) was multiplied by 9.0 to obtain the estimated total activity inside the generator.4. The isotopic distribution (Step 1) was multiplied by the source adjustment factor (Step 3) toobtain -the isotopic activities inside the OSG corresponding to the measured dose rate of85 mPR-hr at 10 ft from the outside of the OSG.5.. It was assumed that a certain fraction (Assumption 2) of the isotopic activity in the OSG(Step 4) Is released to the environment as a result of the rupture. For a given -isotope andorgan, the inhalation, submersion, and deposition doses were calculated based on theguidance in NUREG/CR-5164. Doses were calculated for the Containment to EABpathway. The doses for the other pathways were obtained by applying. X/Q ratios to thetotal EAB doses. The doses from all isotopes and pathways were summed to arrive at thetotal dose.The total activity in the SG was calculated by Calculation NDQ00200020100242 to be 777Cl, with approximately 8 percent being from Fe-55, 6 percent from Co-58, 18 percent fromCo-60, 38 percent from Ni-63, 12 percent from Cs-134, and 15 percent from Cs-137. Therupture of each SG was postulated to release 0.777 Ci to the atmosphere.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 60 of 98 Table 7-2 -Isotopic Survey Data from CVCS Resin Tank*Isotope iClI/g Isotope pCl/g Isotope pClIg Isotope pCI/gH-3 3.99E-03 Ni-59 2.79E-01 Sn-113 2.90E-02 Pu-239 2.30E-04C-14 6.72E-01 Ni-63 3.26E+01 Sb-125 4.94E-01 Pu-240 2.30E-04Mn-54 1.11E+00 Zn-65 3.65E-02 1-129 5.60E-05 Pu-241 3.13E-02Fe-55 6.71E+00 Sr-89 7,49E-03 Cs-134 1.01E+01 Am-241 1.OOE-04Co-57 1,94E-01 Sr-90 1.07E-01 Cs-137 1.30+01 Cm-242 2.59E-04Co-58 4,98E+00 Tc-99 1.08E-04 Ce-144 1.25E-02 Cm-243 2.66E-041,-60 1.59E+01 Ag-1 10n 7.87E-02 Pu-238 6.51E-04 Cm-244 2.66E-04TOTAL 8.63E+01*These values were specified for the Unit 1 evaluation and were determined to be bounding forthe Unit 2 evaluation.Table 7-3 -Summary of Doses from OSG Rupture*Event Release Dose Dose (Rem)Point PointWhole Lung Bone SkinBodyDrop from Containment EAB 2.94E-02 1.28E-01 9.55E-02 1.83E-04CraneLPZ 4.63E-03 1.62E-02 1.27E-02 1.30E-03CR 3.76E-02 1.31E-01. 1.03E-01 1.06E-02Drop During Haul Route EAB 4.86E-02 2.11E-01 1.58E-01 3.02E-04TransportLPZ 1.07E-03 3.73E-03 2.93E-03 3.OOE-04CR 3.76E-02. 1.31E-01 1.03E-01 1.06E-02*These values were specified for the Unit 1the Unit 2 evaluation.evaluation and were determined to be bounding forSummary of X/Q CalculationBechtel Calculation 24370-M-O01, Steam Generator Replacement X/Q Analysis was performedfor Unit 1 in support of the dose calculation to estimate the worst-case atmospheric dispersionfactors (X/Qs) at the EAB and at the LPZ for a hypothetical steam generator drop accidentTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI Page 61 of 98 occurring at any point along the steam generator haul route (Figure 1) during the SGR. Theresults of Calculation 24370-M-001 are contained In Calculation NDQ00200020100242 asAttachment A and are applicable to Unit 2. A summary of the calculation is as follows.Input1. The representative meteorological data used were as reported in UFSAR Section 2.3 andTables 2.3.2-23 through 29, "Joint Percentage Frequencies of Wind Speed by WindDirection" for the 10-meter level (111/72-12/31/75).2. Distance/location information for the EAB and LPZ were as reported in UFSAR Table 2.3.4-*1 and Section 2.3.4.2, respectively. Centered on the Unit 1 Containment vent, a radius of4828 m was used for the outer boundary of the LPZ.3. The Containment Building cross-sectiofial area (1800 M2) used in estimating theatmospheric dispersion factors were as reported In UFSAR Section 2.3.5.2.4. A haul route drawing (see Figure 5-6) shows the locations of the steam generator haul routeand the old steam generator storage facility (OSGSF).5. The elevation at the top of the Containment Building is 856.04 ft with a grade elevation of705 ft. Therefore, the physical height above ground level of the Containment Building is151 ft (46 m).Assumptions1. It was assumed that a postulated steam generator drop could occur at any point along theidentified haul route from the Unit 1 Containment to the OSGSF.2. To account for the reduction in vertical cross-sectional area due to the sloping roof of theContainment Building, the top of the Containment was assumed to be about 45 m formodeling purposes.Methodoloav1. The primary methodology used was based on information contained In the followingguidance documents:a. NRC Regulatory Guide 1.145 -"Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential AccidentConsequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants," Rev. 1.b. NUREG/CR-2858, "PAVAN: An Atmospheric Dispersion Program for Evaluating DesignBasis Accidental Releases of Radioactive Materials from Nuclear Power Stations."2. Since for a nonbuoyant ground-level release, ground-level pollutant concentrationsdecrease with increasing downwind distance, the shortest distance from the haul route tothe EAB and LPZ for points corresponding to the 16 wind direction sectors was determined.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 62 of.98 Based on guidance provided in Section 1.2 of Regulatory Guide 1.145, the assumedrelease points for each of the 16 directions were determined from Figure 5-6 as theminimum distance between any point on the haul route and the EAB for each direction. Theshortest distances between each direction specific release point on the haul route and theEAB are presented in Table 7-4. The LPZ is the area within a 4828 m (15840 ft) radiusmeasured from the Unit 1 Shield Building vent. The shortest distance from the haul route tothe LPZ was found to be 4196 m measured from the OSGSF (located near the north end ofthe haul road) in the north direction. Since shorter distances are generally associated withless dispersion, this minimum distance was conservatively used in all directions to calculatethe X/Q values at the LPZ (see Table 7-5).3. UFSAR Section 2.3.2.4 indicates that terrain variations in the site region are -minimal.Therefore, site-specific terrain adjustment factors (TAFs) were not used in the model.4. The PAVAN model was configured to calculate X/Q values assuming both wake-creditallowed and wake-credit not allowed. The closest EAB is located 666 feet (203 m) from thehaul road in the N and NNW directions (Table 7-4). The Containment Buildings are 151feet (46 m) above grade. The maximum wake-influence distance between a wake-producing structure and a release point was assumed to be 10 'building heights" downwindof the structure. This distance was based on guidance contained in Regulatory Guide 1.23,Proposed Rev. 1, for the siting of meteorological instruments away from wake-producingobjects/structures. The shortest distances from the haul road to the EAB are less than 10building heights away-in the NW, NNW, N, NNE, NE, and ENE directions. Receptors atthese sectors are therefore located within the building wake. influence zone induced by theContainment Building. Thus, the PAVAN "wake-credit allowed" scenario results were usedfor the X/Q analysis at these sectors. However, the entire LPZ, which at its shortestdistance from the haul route is 13765 feet (4196 m), is located beyond this wake influencezone. Thus, the PAVAN 'wake-credit not allowed" scenario results were used for the X/Qanalysis at the LPZ.5. As described in Section 1.4 of Regulatory Guide 1.145, the 0-2 hour and annual average5% site limit X/Q values were used to determine the X/Q values for the intermediate timeperiods by the logarithmic interpolation approach described in the PAVAN computer code.6. Based on Regulatory Guide 1.145, the 0.5% sector X/Q or the 5% overall site X/Q,whichever was higher, was selected. Summarized below (Table 7-5) are the maximum X/Qvalues for the EAB and LPZ.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI*Page 63 of 98 Table 7-4 -Shortest Distances from the Haul Route to the EAB and LPZSector Distance from Unit. I Shortest Distance from Shortest Distance fromShield Bldg Vent to EAB Haul Road to EAB Haul Road to LPZfeet meters feet meters feet metersN 3100 945 666 203.0 13756 4195.6NNE 2402 732 800 243.8 13756 4195.6NE 2300 701 1200 365.8 13756 4195.6ENE 1824 556 1450 442.0 13756 4195.6E 1850 564 1-760. 536.4 13756 4195.6ESE 2001 610 1900 579.1 13756 4195.6SE 2100 640 2065 629.4 13756 4195.6SSE 2300 701 2167 660.5 13756 4195.6S 2851 869 2500 762.0 13756 4195.6SSW 3225 983 2967 904.3 13756 4195.6SW .4199 1280 3556 1083.9 13756 4195.6WSW 2999 914 2560 780.3 13756 4195.6W 2201 671 1940 591.3 13756 .4195.6WNW 2149 655 1690 515.1 13756 4195.6NW 2175 663 1045 318.5 13756 4195.6NNW 2402 732 666 203.0 13756 4195.6Table 7-5 -EAB and LPZ XIQ ValuesTime Period Exclusion Area Boundary Low Population ZoneSector/Distance Max. XIQ Value Sector/Distance Max. X/Q Value(m) (sec/rm) (m) (secim)0 to 2 Hours N 203 m 2.71E-03 N/A N/A0 to 8 Hours N /203 m 1.84E-03 SSW / 4196 m 4.51E-058 to 24 Hours N /203 m 1.52E-03 SSW/4196 m 3.39E-05I to 4 Days N 203 m 1.OOE-03 SSW14196 rn 1.82E-054 to 30 Days N /203 m 5.50E-04 SSW] 4196 m 7.42E-06Auxiliary Building FloodingAs indicated above, a postulated OLS load drop could affect the ERCW tunnel and pipes, -Unit2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, and Fire Protection System piping. The failure of any of these-tanksand pipes could result In flooding of the Auxiliary Building via the ERCW pipe tunnel. UFSARSection 9.3.3.7 states that the Auxiliary Building has a passive sump that collects water fromannulus drain sumps, and blowout panels located in the floors of the pipe chases and theContainment Spray and RHR pump rooms. Per Reference 33, the passive sump has acapacity of 210,862 gallons, and a water level sensor in the passive sump alarms in the Maincontrol room. Compensatory measures to preclude flooding of safety-related equipment in theAuxiliary Building following a postulated large heavy load drop are described in Section 8.2.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 64 of 98 7.2 Unit.2 Shield Building Concrete Section Load DropsAs.indicated in Section 5.5, the Shield Building concrete sections will be approximately 20 ft by45 ft and will weigh less than 132.5 tons (265 kips). These sections will follow the load pathsshown on Figure 5-2. Unlike the steam generators, they will only.be raised a maximum oftwelve feet above the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order to clear construction-'related interferences during rigging. This lift height and the inherent shape of the concretesections will eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Unit 2 Containment In anunanticipated direction. Given that the size and mass of these concrete sections are boundedby those of the steam generators, .the consequences of a Unit 2 Shield Building concretesection load drop are bounded by the steam generator drops described in Section 7.1.7.3 Unit 2 Containment Vessel Steel Section Load DropsAs indicated in Section 5.5, the Unit 2 SCV steel sections will be approximately 20 ft by 45 ftand weigh no more than 15.5 tons (31 kips). These sections will follow the load paths shownon Figure 5-2. Unlikethe steam generators, they will only be raised a maximum of twelve feetabove the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order -to clear construction-relatedinterferences during rigging. This lift height and the Inherent shape of the Unit 2 SCV sectionswill eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Containment in an unanticipateddirection. With'regard to rigging of the Unit 2 SCV steel cut sections by either the Liebherr LR1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by the OLS, postulated drops of these steelsections from crane failures have been evaluated in Reference 24 to result In no failure of theERCW lines over which these loads will travel because of load handling limitations for these liftsand the physical protection of the ERCW lines provided to them by their soil depth and theconcrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipe tunnel containing these ERCW lines.7.4 Unit 2 Steam Generator Compartment Roof Plug Load DropsAs indicated in Section 5.5, the Steam Generator Compartment roof concrete sections will be18-20 ft in diameter and will weigh less than 65 tons (130 kips). These sections will follow theload paths shown on Figure 5-2. Unlike the steam generators, they will only be raised amaximum of twelve feet above the top of the Unit 2 Shield Building dome in order to clearconstruction-related interferences during rigging. This lift height and the Inherent shape of theconcrete sections will eliminate the potential for them to rebound from the Shield Building in anunanticipated direction. Given that the size and mass of these concrete sections are boundedby those of the steam generators, the consequences of a SG compartment roof plug concretesection load drop are bounded by the SG drops-described in Section 7.1.7.5 OLS Component Load Drops During OLS Assembly/DisassemblyAs indicated in Section 5.3, the OLS components vary in size and weight. These componentswill be handled in the OLS assembly/disassembly area shown on Figure 5-2. The cranecomponents will be off-loaded from the tractor-trailers using mobile cranes and forklifts. Duringthe offload process, the components will be lifted slightly higher than the trailer bed and loweredto the ground.. Offloading locations used will minimize the potential for impacting the Unit 2RWST and ERCW piping, and use of the safe load handling paths defined in Figure 5-2precludes any adverse effect upon these SSCs. During assemblyldisassembly of the OLS,Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 65 of 98 when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with identified interferences, timber mats,steel mats, or steel plate Will be used to distribute the impact from a load drop. Theconsequences of OLS component load drops have been evaluated to be acceptable based onprovision of this protection.8.0 Heavy Load Drop Protection Plans/Compensatory MeasuresSection 4 details the regulatory requirements/criteria that are relevant to the handling of heavyloads -over* safety-related equipment and summarizes conformance with theserequirements/criteria. As discussed In Section 4.2, Section 5.1.5 of NUREG-0612 Indicates thatthe effects of load drops should be analyzed (in accordance with the guidelines of Appendix Ato NUREG-0612) and the results should indicate that damage to safe shutdown equipment isnot sufficient to preclude safe shutdown.Each of the potentially affected SSCs identified in Section 6 has been analyzed in accordancewith the NUREG-0612 guidance to determine the effects of a load drop. Summarized below isthe protection required to preclude an adverse effect and/or the actions or compensatorymeasures required to mitigate these effects should a load drop occur. Provision of theidentified protection and taking the specified actions and compensatory measures assures thatsafe shutdown can be achieved following a load drop. In addition, it will be confirmed.that theassumptions made within this technical report regarding the status of the station are valid priorto heavy load handling activities.8.1 Unit 2 ContainmentThe heavy loads of concern that will be handled above the Containment. will only be movedwhile the Unit 2 reactor is defueled. With fuel removed.from the Containment, the only othersafety issue is whether a load drop into the Unit 2 Containment will affect systems common toboth units that pass through the Unit 2 Containment. To preclude a SG drop inside the Unit 2Containment from affecting Unit 1, the ERCW system, Component Cooling System (CCS), andthe Essential Air Distribution System will be isolated with valves outside of Containment prior toperforming heavy lifts with the OLS. In addition; the Spent Fuel Pit (SFP) shall be isolated fromthe Unit 2 Containment to preclude adverse effects to the SFP and the Spent Fuel Pool CoolingSystem.8.2 Auxiliary BuildingHeavy loads will not be handled over the Auxiliary Building and, as discussed in Sections 7.1,7.2, 7 3, and 7.4, will not roll off the Shield Building dome and onto the Auxiliary Building.Therefore, no additional protection of the Auxiliary Building roof is required.In the event a large heavy load drop results in the failure of Unit 2 RWST, Unit 2 PWST, and/orERCW piping in the pipe tunnel (e.g., the '2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers could fail suchthat this supply header piping is severed or leaks), the associated pipe tunnel could fill withwater. To preclude flooding of the Auxiliary Building resulting from a large heavy load drop, atemporary wall (see Figure 8-1) will be installed in the ERCW pipe tunnel near the AuxiliaryBuilding interface to separate the ERCW pipe tunnel from the Auxiliary Building prior tohandling of heavy loads using the OLS. A door will be provided as part of the wall to allowTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 66 of 98 access to the tunnel, if required. This wall will be installed prior to movement of heavy loadswith the OLS and will be capable of withstanding the hydrostatic and velocity head of water fromthe postulated piping failures and loads created by the nearby drop of a steam generator orother large heavy load.. It will also meet Sequoyah Seismic I (L) requirements, so that anearthquake would not cause a failure of nearby safety-related SSCs as a result of a seismically-induced failure of the wall (Reference 34). In the event of a heavy load drop, Operations willmonitor the amount of water collecting behind the temporary pipe tunnel wall separating theSQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel from the Auxiliary Building and will determine the leak rate. Based onthe leak rate and the accumulated volume of water, pre-established methods (e.g., temporary.pumps to remove the water that collects in the Auxiliary Building passive sump from pipe tunnelwall leakage) will be utilized to remove water from the Auxiliary Building that leaks past thetemporary pipe tunnel wall in order to maintain the Operability of required components in theAuxiliary Building.UFSAR Section 9.3.3.7 states that the Auxiliary Building has a passive sump that collects waterfrom annulus drain sumps, and.blowout panels located In the floors of the pipe chases and theContainment Spray and RHR pump rooms. Any leakage through the temporary pipe tunnelwall will eventually drain to the passive sump. Reference 33 calculates the passive sump ashaving a capacity of 210,862 gallons. As described in UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11, the passivesump has a water level sensor in the passive sump that alarms in the main control room. Inaddition, TVA plans to have temporary pumping equipment available onsite to remove excesswater from the Auxiliary Building passive sump. Prior to the commencement of heavy load liftswith the OLS, the passive sump water level will be verified to be less than 12 inches.8.3 Essential Raw Cooling Water SystemIn the event of a large heavy load drop that would negatively impact the Essential Raw CoolingWater (ERCW) System pipe tunnel, analysis has been performed to demonstrate that,assuming worst case damage of the ERCW System piping running through the pipe tunnel,adequate heat removal capability will be -maintained to required equipment serviced by theERCW System. Large heavy loads with the potential to negatively Impact the ERCW Systempipe tunnel, if dropped, are a steam generator (SG), Shield Building concrete cut section, or SGcompartment roof plug. Each of these large heavy loads would be handled using the OutsideLift System (OLS). The three affected sections of ERCW piping which are postulated to failfrom a drop of a rigged SG, Shield Building concrete cut section, or SG compartment roof plug(i.e., those sections of ERCW piping that are located in the pipe tunnel which runs through thedrop zone depicted in Figure 6-2) are the "2A" and '2B" ERCW supply headers and the "B",ERCW discharge header.. The worst case damage of the ERCW System piping runningthrough the pipe tunnel, in the event of a large heavy load drop, is assumed to-be severingeach of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers and crushing the "B" ERCW discharge headerpiping such that no flow Is possible through the discharge header (References 28 and 29). Inorder to ensure that adequate heat removal capability is maintained if this event were to occur,the ERCW System is required to be pre-aligned before commencement of large heavy loadhandling that could potentially damage the piping running through this pipe tunnel. Prior tocommencement of any heavy load movement with the OLS, the portions of the "2A7 and "2B"ERCW supply headers in the drop zone will be isolated from the remaining ERCW piping, the"IA" and "2A" ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together, and the "1 B" and "2B" ERCWsupply headers will be cross-tied together, the "IA" and "2A" ERCW Engineered SafetyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1gPage 67 of 98 Features (ESF) headers will be cross-tied together, and the "IB" and "2B" ESF headers will becross-tied together. Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled, the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 ReactorBuilding, the Unit 2 Containment, Spray Heat Exchangers,. and the Unit 2 Turbine DrivenAuxiliary Feedwater. Pump will be isolated. In addition, prior to commencement of any heavyload movement with the OLS, the. "A" and uB" ERCW discharge headers will be aligned (i.e.,cross-tied) such that ERCW discharge flow normally passing: through the portion of the "B"ERCW discharge header that is located in the drop zone would flow through the "A" ERCWdischarge header in the event of a large heavy load drop that crushed the OB" ERCW dischargeheader piping resulting in Isolation of this discharge flow path. These isolations and alignmentsare shown on Figure 8-2.To establish a minimum boundary for Isolation of the "2A" ERCW supply header piping in thedrop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-81, 2-VLV-67-505A and. 2-VLV-67-518A, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supply lines. to the 1 B-B Diesel Generator andthe 2B-B Diesel Generator are to be isolated. To establish a minimum boundary for Isolation ofthe "2B" ERCW supply header piping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves2-FCV-67-82, 2-VLV-67-505B and 2-VLV-67-518B, are to be closed and ERCW alternatesupply lines to the IA-A Diesel Generator and the 2A-A Diesel Generator are to be isolated.Other valves that isolate larger segments of the ERCW piping may be isolated in lieu of thelisted valves. To compensate for these isolations, the 'IA" and "2A' ERCW supply headers willbe cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1.611 and 0-VLV-067-1612 and the "IB" and"2B" ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1610 and 0-VLV-067-1613. Also to help compensate for these. isolations, the 0IA" and 42A" ESF headerswill be cross-tied together by fully opening 1 -VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622 and the "1 B"and "2B" ESF headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623. To ensure a flow path for ERCW discharge in the event a large heavy load dropcrushes the portion of the "B" ERCW discharge header in the drop zone,- discharge valves 0-VLV-67-552, 0-VLV-67-553, 0-FCV-67-151 and 0-FCV-67-152 are to be fully opened. Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled to an intermediate position to ensure that required flow rates are metand to minimize cavitation potential In certain areas. As a difference from the Unit I SGRProject ERCW. alignment, the evaluated heavy load drop zones for the Unit 2 SGR ProjectERCW alignment are located well away from ERCW piping that is required to remain intactfollowing a postulated drop of a SG, Shield Building concrete section, or SG enclosure concreteroof plug. Therefore, the analysis for the effects of wave propagation that were performed forthe Unit I SGR Project are not required to be performed for the Unit 2 SGR Project.The ERCW System was analyzed using the alignment/configuration described above in order todemonstrate that adequate heat removal capability would be maintained to all requiredequipment serviced by the ERCW System. With the ERCW System in thisalignment/configuration, it has been demonstrated by flow and water temperature modelingperformed in References 28 and 29, that the ERCW System is capable of servicing requiredheat loads to ensure continued operation/safe shutdown of SQN Unit 1 (such as motor-drivenauxiliary feedwater pumps), in addition to supplying ERCW to all other essential equipment(such as spent fuel pool cooling), provided that the ERCW System supply header averagewater temperature is maintained less than or equal to 74"F.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 68 of 98 The ERCW System flow model used for this analysis utilized the same methodology as thatused to support the SQN License Amendments regarding increased temperature and levellimits of the Ultimate Heat Sink (i.e., Amendments 317 and 307 for SQN Units 1 and 2,respectively, dated September 28, 2007 (Reference 35)). This computer flow model wasdeveloped to perform a steady-state hydraulic analysis of the ERCW System and has beenused to analytically determine the flow rates in the ERCW System needed for meeting plantdesign basis conditions. The ERCW System flow model is periodically validated by system flowbalance testing and continuing inspections that assure that no degraded or non-conformingconditions exist that would invalidate the conclusions of the analyses. A physical ERCWSystem flow balance was performed in May .1997, an extensive data gathering test wasperformed in 2002, physical changes to the 'ERCW System have been incorporated Into theflow model and validated, and the flow model is maintained current through continued updatesand validation following ERCW System modifications that are made.Therefore, with pre-alignment of the ERCW System as described above prior to the movementof any heavy load using the OLS, no operator action would be required, after a large heavy loaddrop, to ensure that the ERCW System maintains adequate heat removal capability for allrequired SQN Unit 1 equipment (such as motor-driven auxiliary feedwater pumps) and all otheressential equipment (such as spent fuel pool cooling) serviced by the ERCW System.Due to the potential to adversely affect both trains of ERCW, an amendment to the Unit 1Operating License and Technical Specification 3.7.5, "Ultimate Heat Sink," is proposed. Usingthe NRC commitments presented in Appendix A of this technical report, the amendment to theUnit 1 Operating License amendment and Technical Specification 3.7.5 will include the specificcompensatory actions to address large heavy load handling above the ERCW lines which couldchallenge the integrity of these. lines in the unlikely event of a postulated load drop, and willinclude other conditions regarding rigging of these large heavy loads that are derived from theassumptions and analyses described above. Additionally, the conclusion of the acceptability ofthe ERCW alignment described. above is predicated on the results of ERCW System sensitivityreview performed in Reference 29, which limits the average maximum water temperature forthe ERCW supply header at 74°F. This 74°F ERCW supply header average water temperaturelimitation has been captured as a prerequisite action to large heavy load movement involvingthe steam generators, the Shield Building concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roofplugs that is stated in the NRC Commitments in Appendix A of this technical report that will formpart of the amendment to the Unit I Operating License and will also be defined in the proposedchange to Technical Specification 3.7.5.8.4 Unit 2 Refueling Water Storage TankAs noted in Section 6.4, the Unit 2 RWST is a Seismic Category I structure, but is not tornadomissile protected. Pipes from the Unit 2 RWST to the Auxiliary Building are housed inreinforced concrete tunnels. A storage basin is provided around the tank to retain a quantity ofborated water in the event the tank is ruptured by a tornado missile or other initiating event.As shown on Figure 5-2, no heavy loads will be carried over the Unit 2 RWST by the OLS.Since a potential load drop from the OLS could only occur when Unit 2 is defueled, loss of theUnit 2 RWST function has no safety impact. However, a failure of the Unit 2 RWST piping inthe pipe tunnel between the Unit 2 RWST and the Auxiliary Building could result In flooding inTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 69 of 98 the Auxiliary Building from OLS failure during lifts of the steam generators, the Shield Buildingconcrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Measures to address the potentialfor flooding of the Auxiliary Building during this OLS rigging are described in Section 8.2.The mobile cranes used for assembly/disassembly of.the OLS will be positioned such that aload drop will not impact the Unit 2 RWST. Since the mobile cranes will be used while Unit 2 isin Modes 1-6, the positioning of these cranes away from the Unit 2 RWST assures that the Unit2 RWST function will be available, if required.8.5 Unit 2 Primary Water Storage TankAt noted in Section 6.5 and shown on Figure 5-2, heavy loads will be carded over the Unit 2PWST by the OLS. Since a potential load drop from the OLS could only occur when Unit 2 isdefueled, loss of the Unit 2 PWST function has no safety impact. However, a.failure of the Unit2 PWST piping in the pipe tunnel between the Unit 2 PWST and the Auxiliary Building couldresult In flooding In the Auxiliary Building from OLS failure during lifts of the steam generators,the Shield Building concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Measures toaddress the potential for flooding of the Auxiliary Building during this OLS rigging are describedin Section 8.2.8.6 UnIt 2 Main Steam PipingAs noted in Section 6.6, the MS piping outside the Unit 2 Shield Building is a potentially affectedSSC for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Because during Unit 2 operation aheavy load drop induced failure of the MS piping will be isolated by closure of the MSIVs (referto UFSAR Section 15.4.2.1, "Rupture of a Main Steam Line"), no protective measures arerequired to be applied to this piping for this plant condition. During Unit 2 shutdown when theMS system Is out-of-service, isolation of this piping is administratively controlled by plantprocedures.8. Unit 2 Feedwater PipingAs noted in Section 6.7, the Unit 2 FW piping outside the Shield Building is a potentiallyaffected SSC for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Because during Unit 2operation a heavy load drop induced failure of the FW piping will be isolated by closure of theFW. isolation valves (refer to UFSAR Section 15.4.2.2, "Major Rupture of a Main FeedwaterPipe"), no protective measures are required to be applied to this piping for this plant condition.During Unit 2 shutdown when the FW system is out-of-service, isolation of this piping isadministratively controlled by plant procedures.8.8 Fire Protection System PipingAs noted In. Section 6.8, the high-pressure fire pump and flood mode pump piping in the pipetunnel are potentially affected SSCs for the postulated load drops described in Section 7. Tominimize the impact of a rupture of this piping on flooding of the pipe tunnel, valves 2-26-575and 2-26-653 will be closed prior to OLS movement of the steam generators, the ShieldBuilding concrete cut sections, and the SG compartment roof plugs. Closure of these valvesminimizes the actions that need to be taken to isolate a break. Closing these valves will notaffect plant operation.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 70 of 98 With respect to the impact of closing Unit 2 valves 2-26-575 and 2-26-653 of the High PressureFire Protection (HPFP) System, the piping from valve 2-26-575. to valve 2-26-653 comprisesone of the four feeders to the auxiliary building fire protection ring header. The auxiliarybuilding ring header- design requirements are that no more than one of the feeders be out ofservice. Normal plant processes will be used to document the isolation of the feeder.Therefore, there is no impact on Operability of the HPFP System from the isolation of thispiping segment. The only action required from the isolation of this piping segment is to preventthe isolation of a second feeder to the auxiliary building ring header. Current plantadministrative processes address these controls and will be used to control this activity duringthe SGR heavy load lift compensatory measures.As indicated in Appendix A, the fire protection piping inside the ERCW pipe tunnel will beisolated prior to commencement of load movements with the OLS. The purpose of this action isto minimize the potential contribution of water from fire protection piping on flooding of theERCW tunnel due to failure of the fire protection piping inside the ERCW tunnel as a result of aload drop from the OLS. Isolation of this piping segment will also eliminate any possibility ofdepressurizing the HPFP System. due to the postulated load drop, thus reducing the actionsthat must be performed following a. load drop. As. indicated above, isolation of this portion ofthe fire protection piping will not affect the Operability of the fire protection system.Underground fire protection piping in the yard areas where the mobile cranes are operating hasbeen evaluated for the surcharge loads created by the mobile cranes. This piping is notadversely affected by these surcharge loads. Sectionalizing valves are provided to isolatepotential faults. A fault in the fire protection piping due to a mobile. crane load drop Is nodifferent in its consequences than a fault created by other means. Therefore, theconsequences of a load drop from a mobile crane would be mitigated by closure of theappropriate sectionalizing valve(s). An evaluation of the adequacy of soil cover over the fireprotection piping was not performed, since the consequences of a mobile crane failure or a loaddrop from a mobile crane were no different than other fire protection piping faults.8.9 Outline for Compensatory Measures for Heavy Load Drop ProtectionDue to physical proximity, several piping segments are in jeopardy of being broken or crushedby a postuilated heavy load drop from -the outside lift system (OLS) that will be performed duringthe Unit 2 shutdown and defueled condition. These lines include the essential raw coolingwater (ERCW) 2A and 2B Supply Headers, the B ERCW Return Header, the Unit 2 primarywater storage tank (PWST), the Unit 2 refueling water storage tank (RWST), and theassociated piping for these two tanks. A postulated pipe break of the ERCW system couldoccur in the yard (i.e., underground) or in a pipe tunnel. A postulated rupture of the RWST andPWST could occur such that the water also goes into the pipe tunnel or onto the ground in theyard. Additionally, a fire protection supply line is present in the tunnel. Of these, the lines thathave potential consequences for safe operation of Unit 1 are the ERCW supply and returnheaders. Since the consequences of ERCW pipe ruptures are potentially serious for Unit 1,compensatory measures will be instituted to place the ERCW system in a cross-tied alignmentthat has been demonstrated by analysis to maintain the capability of Unit 1 to be safely shutdown with no reliance upon the ERCW piping that can be potentially damaged from a heavyload drop during OLS operation. This analysis is described in further detail in Section 8.3.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 71 of 98 General Operating Instructions will be modified to proceduralize the alignments and other plantoperations-related activities that must be in place before OLS heavy lifting activities commence.Compensatory measures in the unlikely event of a heavy load drop during OLS operation will beimplemented using an abnormal operating procedure (AOP)."The zone where the potential for damage to the ERCW supply and return headers exists is theload path between the reactor building openings and the upending/downending area for theSGs starting at -7 feet from the inside of the parapet wall until the upending/downending areais reached. For the Shield Building concrete sections and steam generator compartment roofconcrete plug, the zone is between the Reactor Building openings starting at -7 feet from theinside of the parapet wall and until the load is 3 ft above grade. Refer to Figure 5-2 for detailson the load paths. In the event of a load drop of any of these loads (SG, Shield Buildingconcrete section, SG compartment roof plug) In the zone potential for piping damage exists, theERCW system will be inspected immediately. In addition, preparations will immediatelycommence for an orderly shutdown of Unit 1.The principle attributes of the plant procedures to mitigate the consequences of a heavy loaddrop during the Unit 2 steam generator replacement outage are as follows.A specific operating procedure will be developed as a subsection (or attachment) to theGeneral Operating Instructions that will address the required configuration of keycommon systems and structures prior to the start of large heavy load lifts. Theoperating procedure will ensure systems structures are aligned as required in approveddesign documentation associated with the. U2 steam generator replacement outagebefore any large heavy load lift activities. The key common systems and structures thatcould be affected from a heavy load lift accident would be the ERCW System,Component Cooling Water System (CCS), Essential Air Distribution System, HighPressure Fire Protection.System, Auxiliary Building including pipe tunnel, and the SpentFuel Pit and the Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System. The system and structureconfigurations described below (Refer to Actions Prior to Commencement of OLS LargeHeavy Load Lift). will be performed prior to conducting large heavy load handling usingthe crane (OLS), which includes lifts of the OSGs and RSGs, sections Of concreteremoved from the Unit 2 Shield Building dome, and the SG compartment concrete roofplugs. For the ERCW System, an alignment will be utilized, as described in Section 8.3which will ensure that in the event of a heavy load drop, the ERCW System ismaintained Operable..An AOP will be developed to initiate actions associated with a large heavy.load drop.The AOP will initiate appropriate Operator actions to identify and mitigate consequencesassociated with a large heavy load drop.The above procedures will be approved and in-place before heavy load lifts begin. Operatingcrews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) will receive training for.these procedures during a cycle. of operator requalification training that will be conducted priorto the Unit 2 steam generator replacement outage, In addition, ujust-in-timem refresher trainingwill be conducted to specific applicable crew(s) prior to each heavy lift. Drafts or procedures willbe available to support training as part of Operator requalification training.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 72 of 98 In recognition of the plant consequences of a postulated load drop event, Sequoyah plant staffwill also be closely examining other scheduled maintenance-tasks, as well as any failures thatmay arise, in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4).The actions contained In these compensatory measures will ensure that Unit I can be safelybrought to cold shutdown and maintained In cold shutdown in the unlikely event of a largeheavy load drop.Actions Prior to Commencement of OLS Large Heavy Load LiftPrerequisite Actions to Heavy Load Movement with the Outside Lift System (OLS)1. Install a wall in the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant (SON), Unit 2, pipe tunnel to seal the tunnelfrom the Auxiliary Building. Ensure this temporary wall is intact and all openings aresealed. Ensure this temporary wall is fitted with a sight glass and instrument connectionwith a pressure gauge, which will allow detection and quantification of wateraccumulating behind the temporary wall. Means will be provided. to quantify anyleakage through the wall. Measures will be in place to suitably handle significantleakage through the temporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall.2. Develop and issue plant procedure(s) to delineate specific actions required in case of alarge heavy load drop from the OLS to address monitoring any leakage through thetemporary SON Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall and the actions to be taken to respond todetected leakage into the Auxiliary Building. Concerning Plant Operations training,Operations crews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) willreceive training for these procedures during a cycle of requalification training, and "just-in-timen refresher training will be conducted to specific crew(s) prior to each heavy lift.3. When erecting the OLS, utilize the safe load paths defined in procedures. Duringassembly of the OLS, when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with theEssential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System piping and where protection is necessaryfor other buried commodities, utilize timber -mats, steel mats, or steel plate to distributethe impact from a load drop.4. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 740F.5. Place the ERCW System in the alignment to support large heavy load lifts prior to theheavy load lifts occurring with the OLS. This alignment is as follows:-a. Isolation of the Portions of the "2A" and '12B" ERCW supply headers in the drop zonefrom the remainingi ERCW piping.To establish a minimum boundary for isolation of the "2K ERCW supply header.piping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-81, 2-VLV-67-505A and 2-VLV-67-518A, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supplyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRI.Page 73 of 98 lines to the 1 B-B Diesel Generator and the 2B-B Diesel Generator are to be isolated.To establish a minimum boundary for isolation of the "2B" ERCW -supply headerpiping in the drop zone from the remaining ERCW piping, valves 2-FCV-67-82, 2-VLV-67-505B and 2-VLV-67-518B, are to be closed and ERCW alternate supplylines to the 1A-A Diesel Generator and the 2A-A Diesel Generator are to be isolated.b. Cross-tie of the "IA" and "2A' ERCW supply headers and cross-tie of the "i1B" and"2B" ERCW supply headers.To compensate for the isolations of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers, the"IA" and "2K. ERCW supply headers will be cross-tied together by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1611 and 0-VLV-067-1612 and the "I B" and "2B" ERCW supply headerswill be cross-tied together by fully opening O-VLV-067-1610 and O-VLV-067-1613.c. Cross-tie of the 0IA" and "2A" ERCW Engineered Safety Features (ESF) headersand cross-tie of the "1 B" and "2B" ESF headers.Also to help compensate for the Isolations of the 2AK. and "2B" ERCW supplyheaders, the "IA1 and "2K ESF headers will be cross-tied together by fully, openingI-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622 and the 'IB" and "28" ESF headers will becross-tied together by fully opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623.d. Throttling valve 0-67-546C to reduce flow through CCS heat exchangers "0B1" and"0B2."Valve 0-67-546C will be throttled to an intermediate position to ensure that requiredflow rates are met and to minimize cavitation potential in certain areas.e. Isolation of the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 Reactor Building, the Unit 2Containment Spray Heat Exchangers. and the Unit 2 Turbine Driven AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump.f. Alignment (i.e., cross-tie) of the "A" and "B" ERCW discharge headers.To e1fsure a flow path for ERCW discharge in the event a large heavy load drop thecrushes the portion of the "B" ERCW discharge header in the drop zone, dischargevalves 0-VLV-67-552, 0-VLV-67-553, 0-FCV-67-151 and 0-FCV-67-152 are to befully opened.6. Isolate the high-pressure fire protection pump and the flood mode pump piping in theSQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel to the Auxiliary Building by closing valves 2-2S5575 and 2-26-653.7. Isolate the ERCW System, Component Cooling System, and Essential Air DistributionSystem to the SQN Unit 2 Containment using valves outside of the SQN Unit 2Containment to ensure no adverse effects upon SQN Unit 1 from a postulated heavyTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 74 of 98 load drop of a load handled by the OLS. Ensure that the Spent Fuel Pit and Spent FuelPool Cooling System are isolated from the SQN Unit 2 Containment.Active Monitoring Actions Durina OLS OperationSpecific monitoring actions required to be performed prior to commencement of, and during, anOLS large heavy load lift are as follows.1. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 740F.2. Ensure the auxiliary building passive sump level is less than 12".3. Station Operations personnel to visually monitor the crane activities. These personnelobserving the load lift will be in direct communication with the main control mom to relaystatus information bf the lift to the operating crew.4. Station Operations personnel to monitor temporary gauges in the Auxiliary Building andto observe for leakage through the temporary wall. These personnel will be in directcommunication with the main control room to relay status information regarding potentialAuxiliary Building flooding should a large heavy load drop occur.Actions Following a Load DropSpecific actions to be accomplished after a heavy load drop from the OLS are as follows.Immediate Actions1. Following any load drop in the zone where the potential for piping damage exists,commence an orderly shutdown of Unit 1.2. Monitor level of water behind the temporary wall using the installed temporary gauges.3. Monitor for leakage through the temporary wall.4. Monitor Auxiliary Building passive sump level.5. Monitor Unit 2 RWST level and Unit 2 PWST level.Other ActionsBased on a pre-determined leak rate and accumulated volume of water from the temporary wallinto the Auxiliary Building, implement pre-established methods (e.g., temporary pumps to,remove the water that collects in the Auxiliary Building passive sump from pipe tunnel wallleakage) to remove water from the Auxiliary Building that leaks past the temporary pipe tunnelwall in order to maintain the Operability of required components in the Auxiliary Building.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 75 of 98 0CD-0zXCD,0)0,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _h)co00j-*,*
(D0.zz.G)-4(DCD-nGom000In01p..0r-'0)Rcp M Rcp isri-A-U-x+LA-ADtGSOA- 45 pLYEc AAROCHI-A 2AA DIG 1p ICDROPD LOD1-I-A CC 16 .* TO 110MIIUMIOATO RAE. LA MM LNE 2A~AEU MM -C l,,t ,- ,4lSBONDA -IOm SIR _ .A-ACIPA..DTHAGHA DROP /ER CERUS -ERC "f N A41IM-At 14IV .V aLACPm x.U-I3Q- PUBAl- -I -uc- jN.WE,- I .i * *lI.. ..I w ./r TANK OLJ 1046.122"- 24 " SIP O Z(:9xIBBD 30-S M0 -UCfl5 Bf Ea hPEMani y DROP LD 1IB-.a714M = & IB-B CEP7^J B4Y.CR ESSFm Mm.-LMINIMU MSLBIO pp 20-050B3 MB O U N D A R Y F O R CR w ---a/ I 3-B_ 4 1454525 , 0" IToS VALE -l BTO U-2 rora-mvOPZONEit3 9.0 Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) Insights9.1 PRA General DiscussionThe discussions included in this technical report for Unit 2 SGR heavy load handling representan integrated program by IVA to assess and manage'the risks to an operating Unit 1 duringthe Unit 2 SGR lift operations. The approach was based on a philosophy similar to thatprovided in NUREG-0612 (Section 5.3, Safety Evaluation) in that years of design, planning, andtraining have gone into adequate measures to reduce the potential for accidental dropping ofheavy loads. While it was not possible to find a practical load path that avoided travel over allsafe shutdown equipment, the proposed path has been chosen and planned for to reduce thepotential for impact on safe shutdown equipment should a drop occur. Lastly, compensatorymeasures have been proposed so as not to result in the loss of required Unit 1 safe shutdownfunctions.Beyond those provisions, TVA has made additional provisions to decouple certain events asload drop initiators. As was described in Section 5.1, the OLS has been evaluated for seismicloads while unloaded and while loaded with a steam generator. In addition, the OLS hasmandatory wind speed restrictions for operation and includes the necessary monitoringinstruments to ensure these restrictions are iriplemented. The OLS is not dependent uponoffsite power, so the OLS is already decoupled from loss of offsite power as a load dropinitiator.As noted in Section 5.2 of this technical report, mobile cranes used in the OLSassembly/disassembly have limitations on the areas in which they can operate. Their usagehas been evaluated and shown to have no adverse interactions with safety-related SSCs whenoperated in accordance with these limitations and the weather imposed restrictions.The OLS will be used for 18 lifts that may result in damage to safety-related SSCs if the loadwere to be dropped while over or near these SSCs,. These lifts and times for which the liftedcomponent is in the zone for postulated damage to safety-related SSCs are described as:* 2 Shield Building Concrete Cut Sections Removed from the Shield Building Dome (45minutes each)* 4 SG Compartment Roof Concrete Plugs Removed from Containment (45 minuteseach)* 4 Old Steam Generators Removed from Containment (30 minutes each)* 4 Replacement Steam Generators Placed in Containment (30 minutes each)* 4 SG Compartment Roof Concrete Plugs Rigged Back into Containment (45 minuteseach)Of the safety-related SSCs that may be affected, the only one required to be Operable duringthese lifts is the ERCW System. Lifts of the above-listed items can only be performed by theOLS. However, lifts of the Unit 2 steel containment vessel (SCV) steel cut sections may beperformed by either the Liebherr LR 1400/1 / Liebherr LR 1400/2 crawler crane or by the OLS.As described in Section 7.3, postulated drops of these steel sections from crane failures havebeen evaluated to result in no failure of the ERCW lines over which these loads will travelTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 78 of 98 because of load handling limitations for these lifts and the physical protection of the ERCWlines provided to them by their soil depth and the concrete protection features of the Unit 2 pipetunnel containing. these ERCW lines.Concerning the above-listed items (Shield Building concrete cut sections, SG compartment roofconcrete plugs, OSGs, RSGs), because of the alignment that ERCW System will be placed inas a prerequisite to conducting these large heavy load lifts, damage can. be sustained to thepotentially affected ERCW piping without affecting the ability to safely shut down Unit. 1, asdemonstrated in References 28 and 29.Transport of the SGs along the haul route is discussed above. As discussed above, with theprotection described in place, there will be no impact on safety-related SSCs as a result of aload drop'from a transporter.In addition, a numeric estimate of the impact of the SGR outage lifts on core damage frequencyand large early release frequency has been performed and the following summary is provided.9.2 Technical Adequacy of the Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) ModelThe current PRA model for SQN was issued on May 27, 2011. The previous model wasupdated from RISKMAN to CAFTA, which Included a detailed Internal flooding analysis, and amore in depth analysis of all plant systems to represent the as built, as operated plant. A peerreview of the model was performed in January 2011 on the internal events and internal floodingsupporting requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers/American NuclearSociety (ASMEIANS) PRA Standard (i.e., ASME/ANS RA-Sa-2009, "Standard for Level 1/LargeEarly Release Frequency Probabilistic Risk Assessment for Nuclear Power Plant Applications").The peer review team endorsed the model as being compliant with the ASME/ANS PRAstandard with 77 Facts and Observations identified. All of the. Facts and Observations wereresolved to meet capability category II prior to Issue of the model of record.For the SGR, all the postulated accidents and system alignments are covered in the PRAmodel. The PRA model is based on the as built, as operated plant design and can be used toevaluate a possible load drop event by applying specific modeling changes. A detailed analysisof where a load drop can occur and what systems can be affected is documented in Sections6.0 through 8.0. The PRA model was adjusted according to preventative measures listed inTable 5.2A of Reference 45.9.3 PRA Assumptions1. The frequency used for the load drop initiator is the industry average value of 5.6E-05 fromthe BWROG Integrated Risk-Informed Regulation Committee Guidance Document(Reference 44).2. The new alignment of the ERCW valves is assumed to be in place for sixty days.3. Each lift of a heavy load is assumed to take one hour, and will occur eighteen times for atotal exposure window of eighteen hours.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 79 of 98
- 4. A load drop severs all ERCW lines in the Unit 2 pipe tunnel and the Unit 2 RWST supplyline.5. The probability of dam failure (i.e, failure of the wall installed in the SQN, Unit 2, pipe tunnelthat seals the tunnel from the Auxiliary Building) is assumed to be 1.0.6. There are no operator actions which could isolate the flooding event caused by the loaddrop prior to impacting the RHR and CS pumps on elevation 653.7. Mitigation of -flooding events that occur on the 2A ERCW header was modeled by requiringisolation of the 1A ERCW header. Similarly, mitigation of flooding events that occur on the2B ERCW header was modeled by requiring isolation of the 1 B ERCW header.9.4 PRA ModelingFor the steam generator replacement (SGR), the postulated changes in the model concern thechange in alignment of the ERCW/CCS discharge headers and the potential load drops thatcould occur during the crane lifts in support of the SGR. The SQN model of record models allof the valves that are being realigned as part of the changes to support the steam generatorreplacement.Initiating EventsExisting Initiating Events ChangesFor this analysis the Unit 1 initiating event, %1 ERCWDB loss of ERCW discharge header B,was removed from the model. Due to the realignment of the valves in the ERCW dischargeheaders, if the B header were to become blocked the A header would still be available toprovide a sufficient flow path for successful operation of the CCS heat exchangers.New Initiating EventAs discussed in Sections 6.3 and 8.3 of this technical report,, the postulated, location of a loaddrop event is above the B discharge header of ERCW. Therefore a new initiating event called%LOADDROP was added to the PRA under Top Event HE, the failure of the ERCW BDischarge Header (i.e., ERCW B Discharge Header is damaged such that no flow is possiblethrough the discharge header pipe). Inserting the new initiator under top event HE ensures theInitiator Is properly populated throughout the model where the B discharge header Is needed,ensuring all the appropriate effects on systems and components are included in the analysis.An industry average per-lift drop frequency of 5.6E-05 was used for this Initiator (Reference 44).Changes to Plant AlignmentsThe following changes are going to be implemented during the Steam Generator Replacement(Reference 45):* Isolate the potential heavy load drop zone for the 2A ERCW supply header by isolating 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and 2-VLV-067-0518A.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 80 of 98
" Isolate the potential heavy load drop zone for the 2B ERCW supply header by isolating 2-FCV-067-0082, 2-VLV-067-0505B and 2-VLV-06700518B." Cross-tie the A and B discharge headers by fully opening O-VLV-067-0552, 0-VLV-067-0553, 0-FCV-067-0151 and 0-FCV-067-0152." Cross-tie the 1A and 2A ERCW supply headers by fully opening 0-VLV-067-161.1 and 0-VLV-067-1612, and by opening 1-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622.* Cross-tie the 1 B and 2B ERCW supply headers by fully opening 0-VLV-067-1610 and 0-VLV-067-1613, and by opening 1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623.New logic was added to the PRA to represent the ERCW alignment changes during the SGR.An AND gate, U0_CCSSGRCROSSTIE, was added under gates U0.CCSCCSTLG56and UO.CCS_BC1_G5621 to represent the discharge header cross-tie alignments. Thenew cross-tie alignment allows both the A and B Train CCS heat exchangers to dischargeinto the ERCW A discharge header as well the B discharge header.Figure9-1 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train B Heat ExchangersGate UICCSSGRSUPCROSSTIE was added under U1_CCS_AC1_G56 for the A trainCCS heat exchangers to represent the supply header cross-tie alignments. This alignmentallows for the 1A ERCW supply header to provide cooling to the WA1, 1A2, 2A1, and 2A2CCS heat exchangers.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 81 of 98 Figure 9-2 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of CCS Train A Heat ExchangersTo address the second crosstie of the A ERCW headers, the current logic for gateEEACE, logic was added to account for the opening of the crosstie valves (1-VLV-067-1620 and 2-VLV-067-1622). This lineup allows for an additional flow path to the 1A ESFheader equipment supplied by the 2A ERCW header.Figure 9-3 -PRA Figure Illustrating 1A and 2A ERCW Crosstiefor Aux Air Conditioning EquipmentTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 82 of 98 To. address the second crosstie of the B ERCW headers, the current logic for gate FEACE,logic was added to account for the opening of the crosstie valves (1-VLV-067-1621 and 2-VLV-067-1623). This lineup allows for an additional flow path to the 1B ESF headerequipment supplied by the 2B ERCW header.Figure 9-4 -PRA Figure Illustrating Crosstie of IB and 2B ERCW ESF HeadersGate UOCCSSGRSUPCROSSTIE was added under UOCCSBCIG181 for the B trainCCS heat exchangers. This alignment allows for the 1B ERCW supply header to providecooling to the 0B1 and 0B2 CCS heat exchangers.WS37Figure 9-5 -PRA Figure Illustrating SGR to ERCW Air CompressorsTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1,.Page 83 of 98 A transfer gate for Top Event GE, the A discharge header, was added under Top Event HE,the B discharge header, to represent the cross-tie. Due to the discharge header cross-tiementioned above, the B discharge header. is cross-tied to the A discharge header. This isestablished in the model by inserting a transfer gate to Top Event GE under Top Event HE.Figure 9-6 -PRA Figure Illustrating Failure of ERCW Discharge Header B* Basic event values for the 2-FCV-067-0081/82, 2-VLV-067-0505A/B. and 2-VLV-067-0518A/B transferring closed or plugging were set to TRUE due to the valves being closed.For the SGR, these valves are isolated as described in Section 8.3. By setting these basicevents to TRUE, these valves will never fail to the isolated position.* Due to the 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and 2-VLV-067-0518A being isolated, theinitiating event (loss of ERCW header 2A-A) could not occur. Due to the valves beingisolated, an initiating event being caused from the valves transferring closed or pluggingcannot occur. The initiating events with the valves 2-FCV-067-0081, 2-VLV-067-0505A and2-VLV-067-0518A transferring closed or plugging were set to FALSE..Changes to Flooding AnalysisAdditional Flood Initiating EventThe load drop initiating event discussed in the Section "New Initiating Event" above will causethe internal flooding -event therefore no new initiating event for the flooding analysis wascreated. However, to address the probability of failure of the water retention dam, the basicTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 84 of 98 event DAMFAILURE. was added to the model. Figure 9-7 shows how the logic was added tothe model to account for the internal flooding effects.Figure 9-7 -Added Fault Tree Logic for Flooding Initiating EventFlooding ImpactTo address the flooding impact the indirect and direct effects of the flood must be accountedfor. Direct effects are the SSCs that are impacted by the flood waters directly, i.e.submergence or spray damage, indirect effects are loss of system function based on eithersystem characteristics after the pipe break or operator actions to disable the system to mitigatethe flood.The direct effects of this flooding event are that all components on elevation 653 will be faileddue to submergence of from the RWST and ERCW combined flood waters.The indirect effects of this flooding event are that the ERCW supply header 1 B will be failed dueto operator action to mitigate the flood, and the B discharge header will be failed due to the loaddrop.Fault Tree Changes for Internal Flooding EventsThe flooding event shown in Figure 9-7 was added to the following fault tree gates.Table 9-1 -Flooding Consequences Logic InjectionFault Tree Gate ReasonUIRAR This gate will fall all RHR A train functions in the modelUIRBR This gate will fail all RHR B train functions in the modelUI_CSSINJG02 This gate will fail CS A train injection modeUICSSINJ_G13 This gate will fail CS B train Injection modeUl-CSS._REC_G04 This gate will fail the CS A train recirculation modeU1_CSSRECG23 This gate will fall the CS B train recirculation modeThis will disable the ERCW supply header I B-B to the Auxiliary-E BuildingThis will disable the CCS heat exchangers WA1 and 1A2 from_UI_____ A_ G1___ being able to supply cooling.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 85 of 98 Other Internal Flooding ImpactsDue to the crosste of the ERCW headers flood events in the 2A and the 2B headers now mightrequire Isolation of the flood at the I -FCV067-0081 or 1 -FCV-067-0082 valve. For this reasonthe Initiating events that correspond to either 2A or 2B floods must .impact the IA or IB header.Those eventsthat were added to the 1A ERCW model are presented in Table 9-2. Theseevents were added under the gate CEACE in the PRA model. Those events that were. addedto the I B ERCW model are presented in Table 9-3 and were added under the gate DEACE.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1 PPage 86 of 98 Table 9-2 -2A ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1A HeaderInitiating Event Description%653.0-AOI067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-Al FROM ERCW SUPPLY HEADER 2A-A%653.0-A12_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A12 FROM 2A-A SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A14_067..F._2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A14 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-AO1 067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-AO1 067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A24_067 F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2A-A HEADERO669.0-A24 067 M 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A25 067 F 2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25 FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A25_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25"FROM 2A-A HEADER%669.0-A26_067 F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A26 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-1067_F_2A. ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A01-._067_M_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A01-2 067yM 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AOI-4_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-AO1-4 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-AO1-4_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A19 _067,F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A19_067,M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A29_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 2A-A HEADER%690.0-A29_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-AO1-1_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM HEADER 2A-A%714.0-AO1-1_067 M 2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-I FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-AO1-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-2 FROM HEADER 2A-A%714.0-AOI-2_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-AI-2 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-A09_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9 FROM 2A-A HEADER%714.0-A09_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-AS FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-1_067_F,2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-1_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-1 FROM 2A-A HEADER%734.0-A13-2_067_F_2A ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-Al 3-2 FROM HEADER 2A-A%734.0-A13-2_067_M_2A ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-2 FROM 2A-A HEADERTechnical.ReportNo. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 87 of 98 Table 9-3 -.2B ERCW Internal Flooding Events that Impact 1B HeaderInitiating Event Description%653.0-A01067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT.IN 653.0-Al FROM 2B-B ERCW SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A13_067_ F2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A13 FROM 28-B SUPPLY HEADER%653.0-A15_067_F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 653.0-A15 FROM 28-B HEADER%669.0-AO1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-AO1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-Al FROM 2B-B. HEADER%669.0-A24_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-A24.067,M2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A24 FROM 2B-B HEADER%669.0-A25_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25 FROM 28-B. HEADER%669.0-A25_067_M_213 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A25%669.0-A26_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 669.0-A26 FROM 2B-B HEADER.%669.0-A26_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN' 669.0-A26 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-A01-1 067.F_28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-I FROM 25-B HEADER%690.0-A01-1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-Al-1 FROM 28-B HEADER0%690.0-A01-2_067 F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-2 FROM THE 2B-B HEADER%690.0-AOI-2_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-AOI-2 FROM THE 21-B HEADER%690.0-AO1-3_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A014 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-AO1-3_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A01-3 FROM 28-8 HEADER%690.0-AOI-4_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A01-4067M2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVEN IN 690.0-A01-4 FROM 28B3B HEADER%690.0-A19 067 F 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A19 067 aM28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A19 FROM 2B-B HEADER%690.0-A29 067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 28-B HEADER%690.0-A29 067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 690.0-A29 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A01I1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM 2B-B HEADER%714.0-A01-1_067_M_28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-1 FROM 2B-B HEADER%714.0-A01-2 067 F 28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A1-2 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A01-2_067_M_28 ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-Al-2 FROM 28-B HEADER%714.0-A09_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9 FROM 2B-B1 HEADER%714.0-A09067_M_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 714.0-A9%734.0-A13-1_067_F_2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 28-B%734.0-A1 3-1_067_M_2B ERCW MAJOR FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 2B-B9/6734.0-Al3-2_067_F_28 ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13-2 FROM 28-8 HEADER%734.0-A13-2 067 M 2B ERCW FLOOD EVENT IN 734.0-A13 FROM HEADER 28-BTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 88 of 98 PRA Truncation AnalysisThe model results were truncated at the limits specified in the Summary Document (Reference46) 1 E-1 2 from CDF and 1 E-1 3 for LERF.9.6 PRA ResultsWithout Load DropChange in Risk Metric ValueTable 9-4 -Plant Alignment Change in Risk Metric Frequency ChangeRisk Model of Record Value Alignment Change Value Change in ValueMetricCDF 3.0231 E-05 3.0951E-05 7.2000E-07LERF 4.3899E-06 4.4304E-06 4.0500E-08The overall change In. risk metric value is a combination of two effects, by cross tying thedischarge headers an additional flow path is provided for successful operation of the ERCWsystem. However, the other crossties, on the supply headers, were conservatively assumed torequire mitigation of the flood event via the 1-FCV-067-0081 or 82 valves. These additionalfloods increased the risk associated with this condition. The combination of both changes hasyielded the results as presented in Table 9-4.Change in Risk Metric ProbabilityTable 9-5 -Plant Alignment Change in Risk Metric Conditional ProbabilityRisk Alignment Model of RecordMetric Change Value Exposure Conditional RiskCDF 3.0951E-05 3.0231 E-05 60 Days 1.1828E-07LERF 4.4304E-06 4.3899E-06 60 Days 6.6530E-09The ICCDP and ICLERP values reported In Table 9-5 reflect a small Increase in risk due to thechange in the CDF and LERF values being small and the duration of the configuration changebeing much less than one year.With Load.DropFor this analysis the risk increase Is assumed to be from the new alignment results presented inthe Section aWithout Load Drop."Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 89 of 98 Change in Risk Metric ValueTable 9-6 -Load Drop Change in Risk Metric FrequencyRisk Alignment ChangeMetric Value SG Load Drop Value Change in ValueCDF 3.0951 E-05 3.0958E-05 7.OOOOE-09LERF 4.4304E-06 4.4309E-06 5.OOOOE-1 0The risk increase that comes from the load drop is based on the loss of function of the CCSheat exchangers. Following the drop of the heavy load, the ERCW flow that was being sent outof the discharge headers would begin to enter the Auxiliary Building. To alleviate the floodingall loads that can only flow out the B discharge header would be isolated upstream of the break.This would isolate the B train safety system room cooling as well as the WA1 and 1A2 CCS heatexchangers;Change in Risk Metric ProbabilityTable 9-7 -Load Drop Change In Risk Metric Conditional ProbabilityRisk SG Load Drop AlignmentMetric Value Change Value Exposure Conditional RiskCDF 3.0958E-05 3.0951 E-05 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> 1.4384E-11LERF 4.4309E-06 4.4304E-06. 18 hours2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> j1.0274E-12The ICCDP and ICLERP values reported in Table 9-7 reflect a small increase in risk due to thechange in the CDF and LERF values being small and the duration of the configuration changebeing'much less than one year.9.6 PRA UncertaintiesEvaluation of AssumptionsAssumption IThe frequency of the load drop that is used in the analysis comes from an Industryconsensus number for load drops. However, Reference 44 does provide boundingfrequencies of load drops. To address the uncertainty associated with these events andtheir frequencies a sensitivity analysis was performed to show the overall model impact.Assumption 2The time frame in which the plant configuration has been changed to support the isolation ofthe 2A-A and 2B-B ERCW supply headers. However, the risk metrics declined during thisconfiguration so there was no actual increase in the risk metric probability values.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 90 of 98 Assumption 3.The time frame.during which a load drop could occur influences the calculation of theconditional core damage/large early release probability. Due to the extremely- smallincrease in CDF and LERF the model impact of this assumption is small.Assumption 4This is a conservative assumption that is based on the worst case scenario load drop withinthe pipe tunnel. By failing both the RWST and ERCW lines the volume of water enteringthe Aux Building would be such as to fail all components in the base elevation (653).Assumrtlon 5This is a conservative assumption to simplify the modeling of the dam failing. There arelimited sources of probability. for failure of a dam, and as such to bound the potentialconsequences of a failure, the probability of 1.0 was used. Due to the small incrementalincrease in both CDF and LERF, this assumption has a small conservative impact on theoverall results.Assumption 6This is a conservative assumption concerning the ability to mitigate a flood event. Based onthe potential of a load drop failing both the RWST lines and the ERCW lines, some finitetime frame exists by which actions could be taken to stop the propagation of flood watersinto the RHR and CS pump rooms. Since the RWST line is upstream from the 63-1 valve,there is no existing way to isolate the flood waters from the Unit 2 RWST; therefore, theentire volume would enter the basement of the Auxiliary Building. Combined with the flowrate of ERCW from the ruptured header it was conservatively chosen to assume that noactions could- be performed prior to submergence of these RHR and CS pumps. Based onthe minimal risk increase from a load drop in the new plant configuration, this assumptionhas a small conservative impact on the overall results. -Assumption 7This is a conservative assumption as the normal actions following a flood would be toisolate as near the break as possible. There are many isolation valves within the ERCWsystem headers that would allow for a break to be isolated and retain portions of the ERCWheaders for normal operation.Sensitivity AnalysisSensitivity 1: Frequency of Load DropsThe BWROG guidance document (Reference 44) about heavy load drops gives both anaverage load drop frequency and the upper and lower bounds. To evaluate the impact ofthis frequency on the overall risk model, this sensitivity analysis evaluates the change inCDF and LERF for the upper and lower frequencies. Reference 44 states that the lowerbound of the drop frequency is. 1.OE-05 per year and the upper bound of the drop frequencyis 1.5E-04 per year.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 91 of 98 Table 9-8 -Lower Bound Drop Frequency ResultsRisk Metric Lower Bound Average Change in*ValueCDF 3.0952E-05 3.0958E-05 -6.OOOOE-09CERF .4.4305E-06 4.4309E-06 -4.OOOOE-10Table 9-9 -Upper Bound Drop Frequency ResultsRisk Metric Upper Bound Average Change in ValueCDF 3.09705E-05 3.0958E-05 1.2500E-08LERF 4.4317E-06 4.4309E-06 8.OOOOE-10Based on these results the frequency of load drop has a small impact on the overall risk valuescalculated as part of this analysis.9.7 PRA ConclusionFor the proposed ERCW alignment change only, the change in CDF and LERF values are7.2000E-07 and 4.0500E-08 respectively. The added redundancy on the ERCW dischargeheaders removes a potential failure mode from the baseline analysis, and the new internalflooding events create only a small increase in overall risk. Based on these results, theproposed ERCW alignment change during the heavy lift phase of the steam generatorreplacement is acceptable.For the analysis of a postulated heavy load drop, the change in CDF and LERF values are7.OOOE-09 and 5.000E-10, respectively. The calculated increase in CDF and LERF are verysmall with respect to Regulatory Guide 1.174. The Regulatory Guide states that the changes inCDF and LERF are considered very small if less than a 10- change for CDF and 10.7 changefor LERF. Both changes in CDF and LERF are well below the Regulatory Guide 1.174 limitsfor a very small change. The ICCDP and ICLERP values were calculated to be 1.4384E-1 1 and1.0274E-12, respectively, are well under the Regulatory Guide 1.177, "An Approach for Plant-Specific, Risk-Informed Decisionmaking: Technical Specifications," limits of 5.OE-07 for ICCDPand 5.OE-08 for ICLERP. Based on these results the postulated load drop analysis during thesteam generator replacement does not increase risk beyond Regulatory Guides 1.174 or 1.177limits and, therefore, is acceptable.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1.Page 92 of 98 10.0 Summary and ConclusionsThe Steam Generator Replacement at Sequoyah Unit 2 will involve the handling of heavy loadsthat are larger and must travel along load paths different from those evaluated during theoriginal licensing of the plant. Paralleling the guidelines of NUREG-0612, a safe load path hasbeen selected which generally moves the loads away from the plant and away from sensitiveSSCs supporting the continued safe operation of the station. In a few cases, handling over.equipment supporting safe shutdown could not be avoided. Therefore, the continued safety ofthe plant will be assured by:" Equipment selection,* Equipment evaluation for certain external events," Operator training, and" Procedural controls, including lift heights, load paths, and limitations related toweather conditions.Due to the potential to adversely affect both trains of ERCW, an operability issue has beenidentified that -requires an amendment to the Unit I Operating License and TechnicalSpecification 3.7.5.Based upon these considerations and the relatively short periods of time that loads will besuspended over safe shutdown equipment, the risk associated with the drop of a large heavyload as discussed in this technical report is considered to be small. However, as furtherprotection from the postulated load drop: 1) placement of ERCW into an evaluated cross-tiedalignment that isolates portions of that system vulnerable to a postulated drop of a rigged steamgenerator or other large heavy load (i.e., Shield Building concrete cut sections, SGcompartment roof plugs). This alignment precludes adverse effects upon the function ofERCW to ensure the capability of Unit 1 to continue to operate / safely shut down and forERCW to be supplied to all essential heat loads. 2) Protection will be provided from secondaryflooding effects that could occur as a result of the postulated load drop, and 3) compensatorymeasures that will be implemented in the event of a load drop have been developed and will beproceduralized for use during the SGR Outage. These measures provide assurance that theoperating unit (Unit 1) can continue to operate/be safely shut down and that ERCW supply toessential SSCs can be maintained in the event of a large heavy load drop.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 93 of 98 11.0 References1. NRC Generic Letter.80-113, Control of Heavy Loads, December 22, 19802. NRC Generic Letter 81-07, Control of Heavy Loads, February 3,19813. NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants, July 19804. Maintenance Instruction 0-MI-MXX-000-026.0, Control of Heavy Loads in Critical LiftingZones, NUREG-0612 [C.1], Revision 225. Topical Report No. 24370-TR-C-002-A, Sequoyah Unit 1 Steam GeneratorReplacement'Rigging and Heavy Load Handling Topical Report, Revision 36. NRC Bulletin 96-02, Movement of Heavy Loads Over Spent Fuel, Over Fuel in theReactor Core, or Over Safety-Related Equipment, April 11, 19967. NRC Regulatory Issue Summary 2001-03, Changes, Tests, and Experiments, January23, 20018. NUREG-0800, NRC Standard Review Plan, Section 9.1.5, Revision 1, dated March.20079. ASME B30.2, Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Multiple Girder), 2005 Edition10. ASME B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, 2004 Edition11. ASME NQA-1-1994, Subpart 2.15, Quality Assurance Requirements for Hoisting,Rigging, and Transporting of Items for Nuclear Power Plants12. ASME B30.9, Slings, 2003 Edition13. Crane Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA) Specification #70, Specificationfor Top Running Bridge & Gantry Type Multiple Girder Electric Overhead TravelingCranes, dated 200014. Mammoet PTC (SSL) Load Chart, © 2006 by Mammoet Holding B.V., 200615. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-007, Evaluation of PTC Crane for Seismic andWind/Tornado Loads, Revision 116.- Calculation- 39866-CALC-C-009, Evaluation of Safety-Related Buried Commodities Inthe Vicinity of Heavy Lift Load Path for Postulated Load-Drop from OLS, Revision 017. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721, Rigging, Revision 818. T"VA Safety Manual Procedure 721A, TVA Rigging Manual, Revision 2Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 94 of 98
- 19. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 721 B, Rigging Equipment -Standard ProcurementSpecifications, Revision.020. TVA Safety Manual Procedure 802, Requirements for the Safe -Operation of Cranes,Revision 521. Bechtel Calculation 24370-C-026, Evaluation of PTC Crane for Seismic andWind/Tornado Loads, Revision 022. Calculation CSG-87-018, 5% Damped Free Field Top of Soil Response Spectra, SQNUnits 1 & 2, Revision 023. SQN2 SGR Project Document No. 0010037471-V01, PTC User Manual, Revision 024. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-010, Evaluation of Liebherr LR 1400/1 and LR 1400/2Crawler Crane, Revision 1 (CCN 39866-CALC-C-010-1)25. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-045, Qualification of Down Ender Foundation, Revision 026. Specification 39866-SPEC-C-001, Rigging and Handling of Steam Generators, Revision027. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-039, Evaluation of SG Enclosure Concrete Plug RemovalJacking/Lifting Device, Revision 128. TVA Calculation No. MDQ000-067-2000-0095, ERCW Flow Balanced Hydraulic Model,Revision 1129. TVA Calculation No. and MDQ00006720020109, ERCW System Sensitivity Review for87eF, ESF & HVAC Equipment, Revision 730. Bechtel Calculation 24370-M-002, Old Steam Generator Drop Dose Analysis, Revision 031. NUREG-75-087, Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis Reports forNuclear Power Plants LWR Edition, dated May 1980, Section 15.7.1, "Waste GasSystem Failure"32. TVA Calculation NDQ00200020100242, Old Steam Generator Storage Facility DoseAssessment and OSG Drop Dose Considerations, Revision 133. TVA Calculation MDQ-0-077-00-0087, Passive Sump and Auxiliary Building Floor.andEquipment Drain Sump Incremental Value, Revision 034. WVA Calculation SSG-1 S-648, RWST Pipe Tunnel bam, Revision 235. Letter from NRC to TVA, dated September 28, 2007, "Sequoyah Nuclear Plant, Units 1and 2 -Issuance of Amendments Regarding Increased Temperature and Level Limitsof Ultimate Heat Sink (TAC Nos. MD2621 and MD2622)"36. Sequoyah Updated Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 23Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 95 of 98
- 37. Sequoyah Nuclear Plant Unit 1 Technical Specifications38. Sequoyah Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Technical Specifications39. Design Criteria Document No. SQN-DC-V-7.4, Essential Raw Cooling WaterSystem, Revision 2840. System Operating Instruction No. O-SO-67-1, Essential Raw Cooling Water, Revision 8841. Abnormal Operating Procedure AOP-N.02, Tornado Watch/Warning, Revision 2842. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-003, "Evaluation of Underground Commodities Along theHaul Route," Revision 543. Calculation 39866-CALC-C-005, "Evaluation of Safety-Related Commodities Along HaulRoute for Postulated Steam Generator Drop," Revision 044. BWROG-TP-10-OXX, "BWROG Integrated Risk-Informed Regulation CommitteeGuidance Document, Configuration Risk Management -Heavy Loads", Revision C, April201045. MDQOOO-067-2000-0095, "Evaluation of ERCW System Effects from a Unit 2 SteamGenerator Replacement Heavy Load Drop", Revision 1046. MDN-000-000-2010-0200, "SQN Probabilistic Risk Assessment -Summary Notebook"47. MammoetDrawing 0010037471-000-D-L02, Rev. 3, "Lifting (L) Rigging RSG"48. Mammoet Drawing 0010037471-000-D--10, Rev. 2, "Lifting (L) OSG Lifting (SecondaryManways)"49. Westinghouse Calculation CN-PEUS-10-32, Rev. 1, "Sequoyah Unit 2 -SecondaryManway Trunnions"50. SGT Calculation 39866-CALC-C-057, Rev. 0, "OSG Keeper Plate Design [0010037471-000-W-C1 5]"51. Mammoet Drawing 0010037471-000-D-L04, "Ufting (L) Crane Assembly Plan"Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 96 of 98
.Appendix A- NRC CommitmentsThere are a number of actions required to support the conclusions of technical report SQN2-SGR-TR1. These actions are required to be performed prior to and during movement of largeheavy loads involving use of the OLS to rig the Shield Building concrete cut sections, the SGcompartment roof plugs, the OSGs, and the RSGs. These actions are as follows.Prerequisite Actions to Heavy Load Movement with the Outside Lift System (OLS)1. Install a wall in the Sequoyah Nuclear Plant (SQN) Unit 2 pipe tunnel to seal the tunnelfrom the Auxiliary Building. Ensure that measures are in place to suitably handlesignificant leakage through the temporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall. Develop criteriato quantify the amount of water behind the temporary pipe tunnel wall.2. Develop and issue plant procedure(s) to delineate specific actions required'in case of alarge heavy load drop from the OLS to address monitoring any leakage through thetemporary SQN Unit 2 pipe tunnel wall and the actions to be taken to respond todetected leakage into the Auxiliary Building. Concerning Plant Operations training,Operations crews (licensed and non-licensed Operating personnel as applicable) willreceive training for-these procedures during a cycle of requalification training, and "just-in-time" refresher training will be conducted to specific crew(s) prior to each heavy lift.3. When erecting the OLS, utilize the safe load paths defined in procedures. Duringassembly of the OLS, when it is not possible to eliminate a potential impact with theEssential Raw Cooling Water (ERCW) System piping and where protection is necessaryfor other buried commodities, utilize timber mats, steel mats, or steel plate to distributethe impact from a load drop.4. Ensure that ERCW System supply header average water temperature is less than orequal to 74°F.5. Place the ERCW System in the alignment to support large heavy load lifts prior to theheavy load lifts occurring with the OLS. This alignment is as follows:a. Isolation of the portions of the "2A" and "2B" ERCW supply headers in .the dropzone from the remaining ERCW piping,b. Cross-tie of the "IA" and 2M" ERCW supply headers and Cross-tie of the "IB" and"2B" ERCW supply headers,c. Cross-tie of the 1XA" and "2A ERCW Engineered Safety Features, (ESF) headersand Cross-tie of the "1 B" and "2B" ESF headers,d. Throttling valve 0-67-546C to reduce flow through CCS heat exchangers "0BI" and"0B2."e. Isolation of the ERCW supplies to the Unit 2 Reactor Building, the Unit 2Containment Spray Heat Exchangers, and the Unit 2 Turbine Driven AuxiliaryFeedwater Pump, andTechnical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TRIPage 97 of 98
- f. Alignment (i.e., cross-tie) of the "AD and "B" ERCW discharge headers such that -ERCW discharge flow normally passing through the portion of the "B" ERCWdischarge header that is located in the drop zone would flow through the "A" ERCWdischarge header in the event of a large heavy load drop that crushed the "B" ERCWdischarge header piping resulting in isolation of this discharge flow path.6. Isolate the high-pressure fire pump and the flood mode pump piping in the. SQN Unit 2pipe tunnel to the Auxiliary Building.7. Isolate the ERCW System, Component Cooling System, and Essential Air DistributionSystem- to the SQN Unit 2 Containment using valves outside of the SQN Unit 2Containment. Ensure that the -Spent Fuel Pit and Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System areisolated from the SQN Unit 2 Containment.Active Monitoring Actions During OLS Operation1. Monitor weather conditions, for the expected duration of the lift, to ensure conditions areacceptable for OLS operation.2. If weather conditions exceed operational limits of OLS and heavy loads are In the vicinityof safety-related structures, systems and components that are required to be operable,then take actions to terminate heavy load operation and place loads in a safe condition.3. Utilize safe load paths defined in procedures during OLS operation.4. Monitor OLS operation to ensure a minimum clearance of 20 feet exists between theShield Building dome and the bottom of the steam generator when a steam generator isbeing moved over the Shield Building.Technical Report No. SQN2-SGR-TR1Page 98 of 98 ENCLOSURE 2TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITYSEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANTUNIT ISQN2-SGR-TR1REVISION 3 AFFECTED PAGE LISTAffectedPaqe(s)Brief Description / Chanae Authorization52, 776, 18,2035, 41,44,96Added valve numbers to Figures 6-1 and 8-2 as addressed in RAIQuestion 2 regarding these ERCW figures. RE: Letter from TVA to NRC,"Response to NRC Second Request for Additional Information Regardingthe Heavy Load Lifts and UHS One Time Change in Support of Unit 2SGRP (TAC NO. ME7225)," dated March 5, 2012.Manner of rigging attachment to OSGs is changed from using a rigginglug welded to the Main Steam nozzle to use of keeper plates and slings tothe OSG secondary side manways (see revised Figures 5-1 and 5-4).15 Correcting the test weight from 275 tons (550 kips) to 265 tons (530 kips).43 Changing Figure 5-3 to illustrate raising OLS foundation by 6 inches.8, 32, 34, 3539, 65, 78, 95Changing reference to "Liebherr 1400/1" crane to be "Liebherr 1400/1 orLiebherr 1400/2" to permit use of either crane. Calculation39866-CALC-C-010 (Reference 24 in the Technical Report) has beenrevised to qualify both cranes.19 Changes made to reflect updated RSG rigging weight.